Eagle Cement Project EIS For Posting

ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACT STATEMENT
EAGLE CEMENT CORPORATION

Main Office: 153 EDSA Bgy. Wack Wack, Mandaluyong City, Philippines
Plant Site: Brgy. Akle, San Ildefonso, Bulacan, Philippines
Eagle Cement MPSA No. 245-2007-III Quarry Project Table of Contents
Table of Contents
1.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................... 1
1.1 Project Background ....................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Project Location and Area.............................................................................................. 1
1.2.1 Accessibility ..................................................................................................................... 6
1.2.2 Impact Area ..................................................................................................................... 7
1.3 Project Rationale ......................................................................................................... 13
1.4 Project Alternative ...................................................................................................... 13
1.4.1 Alternative Site Location and Process Selection ........................................................... 13
1.4.2 Alternative Source of Fuel............................................................................................. 14
1.4.3 Environmental Impact ................................................................................................... 14
1.4.4 Consequences of not Proceeding with Project ............................................................. 14
1.5 Project Components and Process ................................................................................. 14
1.5.1 Quarry Operation .......................................................................................................... 14
1.5.2 Access and Haul Roads .................................................................................................. 21
1.5.3 Support Facilities ........................................................................................................... 21
1.5.4 Pollution Control Devices .............................................................................................. 22
1.6 Project Size ................................................................................................................. 26
1.6.1 Resource Estimate ........................................................................................................ 26
1.6.2 Production Capacity ...................................................................................................... 26
1.6.3 Project Size .................................................................................................................... 27
1.7 Project Phases ............................................................................................................. 28
1.7.1 Pre-construction ........................................................................................................... 28
1.7.2 Construction .................................................................................................................. 28
1.7.3 Operation ...................................................................................................................... 28
1.7.4 Abandonment ............................................................................................................... 29
1.8 Manpower Requirement ............................................................................................. 34
1.9 Project Costs ............................................................................................................... 35
2.0 ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT .................................................................... 36
2.1 Land............................................................................................................................ 36
2.1.1 Land Use and Classification ........................................................................................... 36
2.1.2 Geology/Geomorphology ............................................................................................. 45
Eagle Cement Corporation Page i

2.1.3 Pedology........................................................................................................................ 56
2.1.4 Terrestrial ...................................................................................................................... 95
2.2 Water ....................................................................................................................... 119
2.2.1 Hydrology/Hydrogeology ............................................................................................ 119
2.2.2 Water Quality .............................................................................................................. 128
2.2.3 Freshwater Ecology ..................................................................................................... 139
2.3 Air ............................................................................................................................ 153
2.3.1 Meteorology................................................................................................................ 153
2.3.2 Air Quality ................................................................................................................... 174
2.3.3 Noise Quality ............................................................................................................... 233
2.4 People ...................................................................................................................... 254
2.4.1 Demographic Baseline Information of Impact Areas .................................................. 254
2.4.2 Perception Survey ....................................................................................................... 294
2.4.3 Focus Group Discussion .............................................................................................. 374
2.4.4 Potential Socio-Economic Impacts of the Projects ..................................................... 378
2.4.5 Impact Assessment and Proposed Mitigating Measures ............................................ 379
3.0 IMPACT MANAGEMENT PLAN ....................................................................................... 384
4.0 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSSESSMENT AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE POLICY AND
GUIDELINES ............................................................................................................................. 406
4.1 Environmental Risk Assessment ................................................................................. 406
4.1.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 406
4.1.2 Risk Screening of Hazardous Substances .................................................................... 408
4.1.3 Hazard Identification................................................................................................... 409
4.1.4 Severity Analysis.......................................................................................................... 416
4.1.5 Probability/Frequency Analysis................................................................................... 417
4.1.6 Risk Characterization................................................................................................... 418
4.1.7 Risk Management ....................................................................................................... 423
4.1.7.2.2 Fly- ........................................................................................................................... 425
4.1.7.2.3 Safety ...................................................................................................................... 426
4.2 Emergency Response Policy and Guidelines ............................................................... 438
4.2.1 Structure and Responsibility ....................................................................................... 438
4.2.2 Emergency Procedures ............................................................................................... 438
5.0 SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN AND IEC FRAMEWORK...................................................... 441
5.1 Indicative Social Development and Management Program (SDMP) ............................. 441
Eagle Cement Corporation Page ii

5.2 Information and Education Campaign ........................................................................ 448

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE MONITORING .............................................................. 452
6.1 Self-Monitoring Plan ................................................................................................. 452
6.2 Multi-Sectoral Monitoring Framework ....................................................................... 459
6.3 Contingent Liability and Rehabilitation Fund .............................................................. 460
6.3.1 Mine Rehabilitation Fund (MRF) ................................................................................. 460
6.3.2 Monitoring Trust Fund (MTF)...................................................................................... 460
6.3.3 Rehabilitation Cash Fund (RCF) ................................................................................... 461
7.0 DECOMMISSIONING/ ABANDONMENT/REHABILITATION POLICY ................................... 462
7.1 Final Mine Rehabilitation Plan ................................................................................... 463
7.1.1 Rehabilitation Strategy ............................................................................................... 463
7.2 Mine Closure Criteria and Performance Standards ..................................................... 464
8.0 INSTITUTIONAL PLAN FROM IMP IMPLEMENTATION ..................................................... 466
8.1 Mine Environmental Protection and Enhancement Office (MEPEO) ............................ 466
8.2 Grievance Procedure ................................................................................................. 467
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1 - Location Map ................................................................................................................... 3

Figure 2 - 360 Degrees Stitched Drone Shot .................................................................................... 4
Figure 3 - Project Vicinity ................................................................................................................. 5
Figure 4 - Accessibility Map.............................................................................................................. 6
Figure 5 - Primary Impact Area on Water ........................................................................................ 9
Figure 6 - Impact Area for Noise .................................................................................................... 10
Figure 7 - Impact Area for Air......................................................................................................... 11
Figure 8 - Direct Impact Area on Terrestrial Ecology ..................................................................... 12
Figure 9 - Quarry Plan .................................................................................................................... 17
Figure 10 - Design of the 2-stage siltation pond. ........................................................................... 22
Figure 11 - Site Development Map................................................................................................. 25
Figure 12 - Land Use Map of Dona Remedios Trinidad .................................................................. 39
Figure 13 - Land Use Plan of Barangay Talbak DRT ....................................................................... 40
Figure 14 - Land Use Map of San Ildefonso Bulacan ...................................................................... 42
Figure 15 - Protected Area Map of Bulacan ................................................................................... 43
Figure 16 - Slope Map .................................................................................................................... 45
Eagle Cement Corporation Page iii

Figure 17 - Geologic Map of Northern Luzon showing approximate Location of Eagle Cement
Project in Bulacan .......................................................................................................................... 47
Figure 18 - Stratigraphic Column for the Central Luzon Basin. Note the Differences Between the
East and West Sides. ...................................................................................................................... 48
Figure 19 - Flood Susceptibility Map .............................................................................................. 51
Figure 20 - Rainfall Induced Landslide Map ................................................................................... 53
Figure 21 - Ground Shaking Hazard Map of Bulacan ..................................................................... 55
Figure 22 - Soil sampling for Bulk Density Using Stainless steel cores ........................................... 57
Figure 23 - Soil Sampling Location Map ......................................................................................... 60
Figure 24 - Soil Map Showing the Soil Series of The Project Area .................................................. 66
Figure 25 - Soil Surface pH of the Soil Sampling Locations ............................................................ 71
Figure 26 - Soil Organic Matter Content of the Soil Sampling Locations ....................................... 72
Figure 27 - Total Nitrogen Content of the Soil Sampling Locations ............................................... 73
Figure 28 - Soil Surface Phosphorus Content ................................................................................. 74
Figure 29 - Surface Soil Potassium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations .................................. 75
Figure 30 - Soil Surface Calcium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations ...................................... 76
Figure 31 - Soil Surface Sodium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations ....................................... 77
Figure 32 - Soil Surface Magnesium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations ................................ 78
Figure 33 - Soil Surface Zinc Content of the Soil Sampling Locations ............................................ 79
Figure 34 - Soil Surface Iron Content of the Sampling Locations ................................................... 80
Figure 35 - Surface Soil Electrical Conductivity .............................................................................. 81
Figure 36 - Soil Surface Arsenic Content of the Soil Sampling Locations ....................................... 84
Figure 37 - Soil Surface Cadmium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations ................................... 85
Figure 38 - Soil Surface Lead Content of the Soil Sampling Locations ........................................... 86
Figure 39 - Soil Surface Mercury Content of the Soil Sampling Locations ..................................... 87
Figure 40 - Soil Surface Bulk Density of the Soil Sampling Locations ............................................. 88
Figure 41 - Start of Slake Test, Soil Sampling Location, S1 ............................................................ 89
Figure 42 - Minutes After Slake Test, Soil Sampling Location, S1 .................................................. 90
Figure 49 - Satellite Image Overlay of the Sampling Stations. ....................................................... 95
Figure 50 - Number of Observed Species Per Taxonomic Families .............................................. 101
Figure 51 - Shannon-Weiner (H') Species Diversity of the Assessment Stations .......................... 102
Figure 52 - Species Evenness of The Sampling Stations ............................................................... 102
Eagle Cement Corporation Page iv

Figure 53 - Shrubs Like Mimosa Sp And Herbs Hagonoy (Chromolaena Odorata) Found in the
Area .............................................................................................................................................. 105
Figure 54 - Diversity of Plant Habits Observed on the Site .......................................................... 106
Figure 55 - Regenerants of Datiles (Muntingia Calabura) Observed on Station 6....................... 106
Figure 56 - Pansit-Pansitan (P. Pellucida) A Known Medicinal Herb Observed in Station 6 ........ 108
Figure 57 - Satellite Image Overlay of The Transect Walk with The Location of The Trapping Site
...................................................................................................................................................... 111
Figure 58 - Panoramic View of the Portion of the Transect Line ................................................. 112
Figure 59 - Number of Species Observed Per Family of Birds ...................................................... 114
Figure 60 - Some of the bird species observed in the area (a. Yellow-vented bulbul, b. Blue-tailed
bee-eater, c. Olive-backed sunbird, d. Blue-rock thrush, e. Chinese sparrow-hawk, and f.
Guaiabero) ................................................................................................................................... 115
Figure 61 - Distribution of Birds in Terms Of Residency ............................................................... 116
Figure 62 - Distribution of Birds in Terms of Feeding Guilds ........................................................ 117
Figure 63 - Captured bat species(a. Ptenochirusjagoriand b.Eonycterisspelaea) ........................ 117
Figure 64 - Draco Volans was Spotted Gliding from One Tree to Another .................................. 118
Figure 65 - Topographic map showing the location of the quarry project within the Conlong
Subwatershed............................................................................................................................... 120
Figure 66 - Satellite Image Showing the Relative Location of The Proposed Quarry Project to The
Pampanga River ........................................................................................................................... 121
Figure 67 – Hydrogeologic Map ................................................................................................... 123
Figure 68 - Location of wells in San Ildefonso based on the water permits granted by NWRB ... 124
Figure 69 - Flood Susceptibility Rating Map (1:10,000) ............................................................... 126
Figure 70 - Seasonal rainfall change projections (2020 and 2050) in Bulacan Province ............. 128
Figure 71 - Baseline Water Quality Sampling Stations ................................................................ 134
Figure 72 - Map of the Freshwater Ecology Component Sampling Stations............................... 140
Figure 73 - Relative abundance of phytoplankton major groups ................................................ 147
Figure 74 - Phytoplankton density across the four sampling stations ......................................... 148
Figure 75 - Zooplankton density across the four sampling stations ............................................ 150
Figure 76 - Relative abundance of benthic macroinvertebrate communities .............................. 151
Figure 77 - Benthic macroinvertebrate density across 4 sampling stations ................................ 151
Figure 78 - Climate map of the Philippines (Source: PAGASA) ..................................................... 156
Figure 79 - Monthly average rainfall and number of rainy days for PAGASA-Science Garden
Station .......................................................................................................................................... 159
Figure 80 - Monthly extreme rainfall (PAGASA- Science Garden)................................................ 160
Figure 81 - Projected change in rainfall for the province of Bulacan (Data Source: PAGASA, 2011)
...................................................................................................................................................... 161
Figure 82 - Number of dry days .................................................................................................... 162
Eagle Cement Corporation Page v

Figure 83 - Days with rainfall greater than 200 mm.................................................................... 162

Figure 84 - Month average air temperature for PAGASA-Science Garden (Data Source: PAGASA)
...................................................................................................................................................... 163
Figure 85 - Monthly extreme rainfall (lowest and highest air temperature) ............................... 164
Figure 86 - Projected change in temperature in Bulacan in 2020 and 2050................................ 164
Figure 87 - Projected extreme temperature events in Bulacan in 2020 and 2050 ...................... 165
Figure 88 - Wind rose (top) and wind class frequency distribution (bottom) (Period: Dec 2015 to
Feb 2016)...................................................................................................................................... 167
Figure 89 - Wind rose (above) and wind class frequency distribution (Period: June 2016 to Aug
2016) ............................................................................................................................................ 168
Figure 90 - Wind rose (above) and wind class frequency distribution (Period: Dec 2016 to Feb
2017) ............................................................................................................................................ 169
2017) ............................................................................................................................................ 170
2018) ............................................................................................................................................ 171
2018) ............................................................................................................................................ 172
Figure 94 - Locations of Air Sampling Stations and Photographs of Air Sampling Equipment
(pictures taken by CRL)................................................................................................................. 176
Figure 95 - Locations of Residences/Households, Gridded Receptors, and Indicative Emission
Sources ......................................................................................................................................... 181
Figure 96 - Modelling domain and receptors ............................................................................... 189
Figure 97 - Topography (two-dimensional) within and in vicinities of the project site ............... 190
Figure 98 - Three-dimensional view of the topography of the project area and vicinities .......... 191
Figure 99 - Predicted 24-hr average concentration of TSP (at 98th percentile) from quarry
operations (without mitigation measures) (Period: Dec. 1, 2015 to Feb 28, 2016)..................... 207
Figure 100 - Predicted 24-hr average concentration of TSP (at 98th percentile) from quarry
operations (with mitigation measures) (Dec. 1, 2015 to Feb 28, 2016) ...................................... 208
Figure 101 - Predicted 24-hr average conc. of TSP (at 98th percentile) from quarry operations
(without mitigation measures) (Period: June 1, 2016 to Aug 31, 2016) ...................................... 209
Figure 102 - Predicted 24-hr average conc of TSP (at 98th percentile) from quarry operations
(with mitigation measures) (June 1, 2016 to Aug 31, 2016) ........................................................ 210
(without mitigation measures) (Period: Dec. 1, 2016 to Feb 29, 2017) ....................................... 211
(with mitigation measures) (Dec. 1, 2016 to Feb 29, 2017)......................................................... 212
Eagle Cement Corporation Page vi

Figure 111 - Predicted 24-hr average conc. of PM10 (at 98th percentile) from quarry operations
Figure 112 - Predicted 24-hr average conc of PM10 (at 98th percentile) from quarry operations
Figure 123 - Sample plot of predicted 8-hour average concentrations of TSP (Period: Dec. 1, 2015
to Feb 28, 2016) ........................................................................................................................... 231
Eagle Cement Corporation Page vii

Figure 124 - Locations of noise sampling stations and photographs taken during noise sampling
...................................................................................................................................................... 235
Figure 125 - Screenshot of noise emission sources, elevation points, receivers, and emission levels
...................................................................................................................................................... 239
Figure 126 - Predicted noise levels (daytime and nighttime) at receiver points arising from
emissions of all indicative noise sources ...................................................................................... 247
Figure 127 - Predicted noise levels during daytime arising from operation of all indicative noise
sources ......................................................................................................................................... 249
Figure 128 - Predicted noise levels during nighttime arising from operation of all indicative noise
sources ......................................................................................................................................... 250
Figure 129 - Predicted noise levels at receiver points with reduction on the number of operating
noise sources or mining equipment ............................................................................................. 251
Figure 130 - Predicted noise levels during nighttime with reduction of the number of operating
noise sources or mining equipment ............................................................................................. 253
Figure 131 - Population Pyramid Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad................................ 258
Figure 132 - Spot Map of Barangay Talbak ................................................................................. 279
Figure 133 - Spot Map of Barangay Akle ..................................................................................... 280
Figure 134 - Population Pyramid Municipality of San Ildefonso .................................................. 283
Figure 135 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Gender ............................ 296
Figure 136 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Place of Birth .................. 297
Figure 137 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Age .................................. 298
Figure 138 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Civil Status ...................... 299
Figure 139 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Religion ........................... 300
Figure 140 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Educational Attainment.. 301
Figure 141 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Source of Income ............ 302
Figure 142 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Monthly Income .............. 303
Figure 143 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Organization ................... 304
Figure 144 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Household Size ................ 306
Figure 145 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Household Composition .. 307
Figure 146 - Number of Household members that got sick in Barangay Akle ............................. 308
Figure 147 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Experience Illness ........... 309
Figure 148 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Place of Treatment ......... 310
Figure 149 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Waste Disposal ............... 311
Figure 150 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Sources of Drinking Water
...................................................................................................................................................... 312
Figure 151 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Type of Toilets ................. 313
Figure 152 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on House Ownership ............ 314
Figure 153 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Land Ownership .............. 315
Eagle Cement Corporation Page viii

Figure 154 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Outer Wall Material of their
Houses .......................................................................................................................................... 316
Figure 155 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Roofing Material of their
Houses .......................................................................................................................................... 317
Figure 156 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on their Common Community
Problems and Concerns ................................................................................................................ 319
Figure 157 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Awareness on the Current
Operation ..................................................................................................................................... 321
Figure 158 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Location of their Houses . 322
Figure 159 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Positive Effects of the
Current Operation ........................................................................................................................ 323
Figure 160 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Negative Effects of the
Figure 161 - Distribution of the Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Familiarity with the
Existing Projects of Eagle Cement ................................................................................................ 326
Figure 162 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Awareness to Existing
Community Projects ..................................................................................................................... 327
Figure 163 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Involvement with the
Projects......................................................................................................................................... 328
Figure 164 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Direct Received Benefits 329
Figure 165 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Awareness on the Proposed
Project of Eagle Cement ............................................................................................................... 330
Figure 166 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Sources of Information
about the Proposed Project.......................................................................................................... 331
Figure 167 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Acceptability of the
Proposed Project .......................................................................................................................... 334
Figure 168 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Gender ........................ 336
Figure 169 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Place of Birth ............... 337
Figure 170 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Age .............................. 338
Figure 171 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Civil Status .................. 339
Figure 172 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Religion ....................... 340
Figure 173 - Distribution of Respondents by Barangay Based on Educational Attainment ........ 341
Figure 174 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Source of Income ........ 342
Figure 175 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Monthly Income .......... 343
Figure 176 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Organization ............... 344
Figure 177 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Household Size ............ 345
Figure 178 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Household Composition
...................................................................................................................................................... 346
Eagle Cement Corporation Page ix

Figure 179 - Number of Household members that got sick in Barangay Talbak ......................... 347
Figure 180 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Experience Illness ........ 348
Figure 181 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Place of Treatment ..... 349
Figure 182 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Waste Disposal ........... 350
Figure 183 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Sources of Drinking Water
...................................................................................................................................................... 351
Figure 184 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Type of Toilets ............. 352
Figure 185 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on House Ownership ........ 353
Figure 186 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak Based on Land Ownership .......... 354
Figure 187 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Outer Wall Material of
their Houses ................................................................................................................................. 355
Figure 188 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Roofing Material of their
Houses .......................................................................................................................................... 356
Figure 189 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on their Common Community
Problems and Concerns ................................................................................................................ 358
Operation of Eagle Cement .......................................................................................................... 360
Figure 191 - Distribution of Respondents Barangay Talbak based on Location of their Houses . 361
Figure 192 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Positive Effects of the
Figure 193 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Negative Effects of the
Figure 194 - Distribution of the Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Familiarity with the
Existing Projects of Eagle Cement ................................................................................................ 364
Figure 195 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Awareness to Existing
Community Projects ..................................................................................................................... 365
Figure 196 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Involvement with the
Projects......................................................................................................................................... 366
Figure 197 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Direct Received Benefits
...................................................................................................................................................... 367
Figure 198 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak on Awareness on the Proposed
Project .......................................................................................................................................... 368
Figure 199 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Sources of Information
about the Proposed Project.......................................................................................................... 369
Figure 200 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Acceptability of the
Proposed Project .......................................................................................................................... 373
Figure 201 - The Risk Assessment Procedure ............................................................................... 407
Figure 202 - Result of risk screening process ............................................................................... 409
Eagle Cement Corporation Page x

Figure 203 - Activities and events that may lead to landslide and rockfall incidents .................. 419
Figure 204 - Activities associated with risks of vehicular/ equipment accidents ......................... 422
Figure 205 - Organizational Chart................................................................................................ 468
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1 - Identified Impact Area per Component ............................................................................. 7

Table 2 - Fuel Requirement ............................................................................................................ 21
Table 3 - Identified Pollutants ........................................................................................................ 23
Table 4 - Summary of Resource Estimates in Million Metric Tons ................................................. 26
Table 5 - Frequent Flooding Events ................................................................................................ 50
Table 6 - Photograph and Geographic Coordinates and the Present Land Use of the Soil Sampling
Locations ........................................................................................................................................ 58
Table 7 - Soil Quality Laboratory Result ......................................................................................... 59
Table 8 - Requested Soil Chemical Analyses of The Eagle Cement ................................................ 62
Table 9 - Area and Percentage of Soil Series and Miscellaneous Land Types of Bulacan Province**
........................................................................................................................................................ 65
Table 10 - The Fernando's Biodiversity Scale used in interpreting indices ..................................... 97
Table 11 - Location of the sampling points. ................................................................................... 98
Table 12 - Complete list of plant species observed on the area..................................................... 99
Table 13 - Tree Species and the Computed Indices ...................................................................... 103
Table 14 - List of Dominant Regenerant Species Observed in the Understory of The Area ......... 104
Table 15 - Some of The Identified Plants with Ethno-Botanical Importance ............................... 107
Table 16 - Terrestrial vertebrates observed in Doña Remedios Trinidad, Bulacan ...................... 112
Table 17 - Distribution of Bird Species in Terms of Bird Group .................................................... 113
Table 18 - Description of the water quality sampling stations .................................................... 129
Table 19 - Summary of Habitat and Environmental Parameters of Freshwater Ecology
Component Sampling Stations in San Ildefonso, Bulacan (November 2018). ............................. 141
Table 20 - Diversity and Biotic Indices of Plankton and Benthic Macroinvertebrates ................. 144
Table 21 - Composition, distribution, and abundance of phytoplankton in San Ildefonso, Bulacan
(November 2018) ......................................................................................................................... 148
Table 22 - Diversity of phytoplankton in 4 sampling stations in San Ildefonso, Bulacan (November
2018) ............................................................................................................................................ 149
Table 23 - Composition, distribution and abundance of zooplankton in San Ildefonso, Bulacan
(November, 2018) ........................................................................................................................ 150
Table 24 - Climatological Normals (1981-2010) in Science Garden (Source: PAGASA 2019) ..... 157
Eagle Cement Corporation Page xi

Table 25 - Climatological Extremes (as of 2018) for Science Garden (Source: PAGASA 2019) .... 158
Table 26 - Coordinates and elevations of the air sampling stations ............................................ 174
Table 27 - Equipment used and corresponding sampled air pollutants (Source: CRL, 2018) ...... 175
Table 28 - Dispersion Model and Preprocessor Used in the Study and Summary of Model Set-Up
...................................................................................................................................................... 177
Table 29 - Sources of air emissions and corresponding types of sources .................................... 179
Table 30 - Modelling simulations for TSP for all non-points sources (except blasting) ............... 199
Table 31 - Modelling simulations for PM10 for all non-points sources (except blasting) ............. 200
Table 32 - Measured 1-hour average ambient air concentrations (in µg/Nm3) in October 2018
and February 2019 (Data source: CRL, 2019) .............................................................................. 201
Table 33 - Predicted highest concentrations of 24-hour (98th percentile) and annual average conc
of TSP and PM10 within the modelling domain ........................................................................... 205
Table 34 - Predicted highest concentrations 24-hour (98th percentile) and annual average
concentrations of TSP and PM10 at household/residences ......................................................... 206
Table 35 - Coordinates and elevations of the air sampling stations ............................................ 233
Table 36 - Environmental quality standards for noise in general areas (NPCC 1980) ................. 234
Table 37 - Coordinates and elevations of receivers assigned around the project site ................. 241
Table 38 - Measured noise levels in October 2018 and February 2019 ....................................... 242
Table 39 - Baseline and predicted noise levels ............................................................................. 245
Table 40 – Population and Growth Rate of Barangay Talbak and Municipality of Doña Remedios
Trinidad, 2010 and 2015 .............................................................................................................. 255
Table 41 – Household Population by age Group and Age Composition: Barangay Talbak, 2015256
Table 42 – Household Population by Age Group and Sex, and Age Composition, and Sex Ratio:
Dona Remedios Trinidad, 2015 .................................................................................................... 256
Table 43 - Dependency Ratio Barangay Talbak and Doña Remedios Trinidad ............................ 258
Table 44 - Population Density of Barangay Talbak and the Municipality of Doña Remedios
Trinidad, 2015 .............................................................................................................................. 259
Table 45 - Number of Household Size and Average Household Size of Barangay Talbak and
Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad .................................................................................... 260
Table 46 - Household Population 10 Years Old and Over by Marital Status and Sex: Doña
Remedios Trinidad, 2015 ............................................................................................................. 260
Table 47 - Household Population 5 Years Old and Over by Highest Educational Attainment and
Sex: Doña Remedios Trinidad, 2015 ............................................................................................ 261
Table 48 - Number of Households by Tenure Status of the Lot: Doña Remedios Trinidad, 2010
...................................................................................................................................................... 262
Table 49 - Household Population 5 Years Old and Over by Sex, Place of Present Residence, Place
of Residence 5 Years Ago: Doña Remedios Trinidad, 2010 ......................................................... 264
Table 50 - Overseas Workers 15 Years Old and Over by Sex and Age Group, Bulacan: 2015 ..... 265
Eagle Cement Corporation Page xii

Table 51 - Ten Leading Cause of Morbidity, Doña Remedios Trinidad, 2017 .............................. 265
Table 52 - Top 10 Mortality 2017 (Ten Leading Causes of Mortality, 2017, Doña Remedios
Trinidad) ....................................................................................................................................... 266
Table 53 - List of Barangay and Number of Non-Communicable Disease, Doña Remedios
Trinidad, 2018 .............................................................................................................................. 266
Table 54 - List of Barangay and Households with Sanitary Toilets, Doña Remedios Trinidad, 2018
...................................................................................................................................................... 269
Table 55 - Household Population 5 to 24 Years Old Who Were Currently Attending School by Age
Group and Sex: Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad, 2015 ................................................. 270
Table 56 - Number of youth (6 – 16) based on Age and Education, Barangay Talbak ................ 270
Table 57 - Transportation, Province of Bulacan, 2012 ................................................................. 274
Table 58 - Gainful workers 15 years old and above by major occupational group and sex,
Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad, 2015 ........................................................................... 276
Table 59 - Number of Labor Force based on Age, Barangay Talbak ............................................ 276
Table 60 - Annual Per Capita Poverty Threshold, Bulacan, 2015 ................................................. 277
Table 61 - Poverty Incidence 2010, 2012, 2015 ........................................................................... 277
Table 62 - Population and Growth Rate of Barangay Akle and Municipality of San Ildefonso, 2010
and 2015 ...................................................................................................................................... 281
Table 63 - Household Population by Age Group and Age Composition: Barangay Akle, 2015 ... 281
Table 64 - Household Population by Age Group and Sex, and Age Composition, and Sex Ratio:
San Ildefonso, 2015 ...................................................................................................................... 282
Table 65 - Dependency Ratio Barangay Akle and San Ildefonso ................................................. 284
Table 66 - Population Density of Barangay Akle and Municipality of San Ildefonso, 2015 ......... 284
Table 67 - Number of Household by Household Size and Average Household Size of Barangay
Akle and Municipality San Ildefonso ............................................................................................ 285
Table 68 - Household Population 10 Years Old and Over by Marital Status and Sex: San Ildefonso,
2015 ............................................................................................................................................. 285
Table 69 - Household Population 5 Years Old and Over by Highest Educational Attainment and
Sex: San Ildefonso, 2015 .............................................................................................................. 286
Table 70 - Number of Households by Tenure Status of the Lot: San Ildefonso, 2010 .................. 287
Table 71 - Occupied Housing Units by Construction Materials of the Outer Walls and Roof: San
Ildefonso, 2010 ............................................................................................................................. 287
Table 72 - Household Population 5 Years Old and Over by Sex, Place of Present Residence, Place
of Residence 5 Years Ago: San Ildefonso, 2010 ............................................................................ 288
Table 73 - Mortality, San Ildefonso .............................................................................................. 289
Table 74 - Access to Safe Water and Access to Sanitary Toilets in Barangay Akle, 2017 ............ 289
Group and Sex: Municipality of San Ildefonso, 2015 ................................................................... 290
Eagle Cement Corporation Page xiii

Municipality of San Ildefonso, 2015 ............................................................................................. 292
Table 77 - Employment and Unemployment Rate of Barangay Akle and Municipality of San
Ildefonso ....................................................................................................................................... 293
Table 78 - Puroks and Number of Respondents ........................................................................... 294
Table 79 - Gender of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle ....................................................... 296
Table 80 - Birthplace of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle ................................................... 297
Table 81 - Age of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle ............................................................. 298
Table 82 - Civil Status of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle ................................................. 299
Table 83 - Religion of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle ...................................................... 299
Table 84 - Educational Attainment of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle ............................. 301
Table 85 - Income Source of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle ........................................... 302
Table 86 - Estimated Monthly Income of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle ........................ 303
Table 87 - Organization of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle .............................................. 304
Table 88 - Organizations in Barangay Akle .................................................................................. 304
Table 89 - Household Size of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle ........................................... 305
Table 90 - Household Composition of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle ............................. 306
Table 91 - Household Member of the Survey Respondents Who Experienced Illness in Barangay
Akle............................................................................................................................................... 307
Table 92 - Common Diseases of the Respondents in Barangay Akle ........................................... 308
Table 93 - Health Facilities and Providers accessed by the Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle
...................................................................................................................................................... 309
Table 94 - Waste Disposal of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle .......................................... 310
Table 95 - Sources of Drinking Water of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle ......................... 311
Table 96 - Sanitation and Toilet of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle ........................... 312
Table 97 - House Ownership of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle ....................................... 313
Table 98 - Land Ownership of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle ......................................... 314
Table 99 - Outer Wall Materials of the Respondent’s Houses in Barangay Akle ......................... 315
Table 100 - Roof Material of the Respondent’s Houses in Barangay Akle................................... 316
Table 101 - Common Community Problems and Concerns of the Respondents in Barangay Akle
...................................................................................................................................................... 317
Table 102 - Proposed Solution of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle on the Identified
Concerns/Problems ...................................................................................................................... 320
Table 103 - Awareness of Respondents in Barangay Akle on the Current Operation of Eagle
Cement ......................................................................................................................................... 321
Table 104. Houses location of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle .................................. 321
Table 105 - Response of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle about the Positive Effects of
the Current Operation of Eagle Cement....................................................................................... 322
Eagle Cement Corporation Page xiv

Table 106 - Response of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle about the Negative Effects of
Table 107 - Awareness of Respondents in Barangay Akle on the Existing Community Projects of
Eagle Cement ............................................................................................................................... 325
Table 108 - Community Development Projects in Barangay Akle................................................ 326
Table 109 - Family’s Direct Involvement with the Projects in Barangay Akle .............................. 327
Table 110 - Benefits directly received by the respondents in Barangay Akle .............................. 328
Table 111 - Awareness of the Respondents in Barangay Akle on the Proposed Project of ......... 329
Table 112 - Sources of Information of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle about the
Proposed Project of Eagle Cement ............................................................................................... 330
Table 113 - Perceived Positive and Negative Effects of the Respondents in Barangay Akle
regarding the Proposed Project of Eagle Cement ........................................................................ 332
Table 114. Proposed Solution of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle on the Perceived
Negative Impact of the Proposed Project .................................................................................... 333
Table 115 - The Acceptability of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle on the Proposed
Table 116 - Gender of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak ................................................. 335
Table 117 - Birthplace of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak ............................................. 336
Table 118 - Age of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak ....................................................... 337
Table 119 - Civil Status of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak ........................................... 338
Table 120 - Religion of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak ................................................ 339
Table 121 - Educational Attainment of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak ....................... 340
Table 122 - Income Source of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak ...................................... 341
Table 123 - Estimated Monthly Income of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak .................. 342
Table 124 - Organization of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak ........................................ 343
Table 125 - Organizations in Barangay Talbak ............................................................................ 344
Table 126 - Household Size of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak ..................................... 345
Table 127 - Household Composition of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak ...................... 346
Talbak ........................................................................................................................................... 347
Table 129 - Common Diseases of the Respondents in Barangay Talbak ..................................... 348
Table 130 - Health Facilities and Providers accessed by the Survey Respondents in Barangay
Talbak ........................................................................................................................................... 349
Table 131 - Waste Disposal of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak .................................... 350
Table 132 - Sources of Drinking Water of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak ................... 351
Table 133 - Sanitation and Toilet of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak ..................... 351
Table 134 - House Ownership of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak ................................. 353
Table 135 - Land Ownership of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak ................................... 353
Eagle Cement Corporation Page xv

Table 136 - Outer Wall Materials of the Respondent’s Houses in Barangay Talbak ................... 354
Table 137 - Roof Material of the Respondent’s Houses in Barangay Talbak ............................... 355
Table 138 - Common Community Problems and Concerns of the Respondents in Barangay Talbak
...................................................................................................................................................... 356
Table 139 - Proposed Solution of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak on the Identified
Concerns/Problems ...................................................................................................................... 359
Table 140 - Awareness of the Respondents in Barangay Talbak on the Current Operation of Eagle
Cement ......................................................................................................................................... 360
Table 141 - Houses location of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak ............................. 360
Table 142 - Response of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak about the Positive Effects of
Table 143 - Response of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak about the Negative Effects
of the Current Operation of Eagle Cement .................................................................................. 363
Table 144. Awareness of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak on the Existing Community
Projects of Eagle Cement ............................................................................................................. 364
Table 145 - Community Development Projects in Barangay Talbak ............................................ 365
Table 146 - Family’s Direct Involvement with the Projects in Barangay Talbak .......................... 365
Table 147 - Benefits directly received by the respondents in Barangay Talbak .......................... 366
Table 148 - Awareness of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak on the Proposed Project of
Eagle Cement ............................................................................................................................... 367
Table 149 - Sources of Information of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak about the
Proposed Project of Eagle Cement ............................................................................................... 368
Table 150 - Perceived Positive and Negative Effects of the Respondents in Barangay Talbak
regarding the Proposed Project of Eagle Cement ........................................................................ 370
Table 151 - Proposed Solution of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak on the Perceived
Negative Impact of the Proposed Project .................................................................................... 371
Table 152 - The Acceptability of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak on the Proposed
Table 153 - Highlights of Focus Group Discussions ...................................................................... 374
Table 154 - Impact Management Plan ........................................................................................ 384
Table 155 - Hazards List and Risk Characterization of the Proposed Eagle Cement Quarry Project
in Akle, San Ildefonso, Bulacan .................................................................................................... 410
Table 156 - The Consequence Severity Rating Chart Used in Consequence Analysis .................. 417
Table 157- The Probability of Occurrence Rating Chart Used in Consequence Analysis.............. 418
Table 158 – Risk Matrix ................................................................................................................ 418
Table 159 – Identified Hazards and Corresponding Recommended Mitigating Measures for the
Proposed Quarry Project of Eagle Cement Corp. ......................................................................... 430
Table 160 - Indicative Social Development Framework ............................................................... 442
Eagle Cement Corporation Page xvi

Table 161 - IEC Framework .......................................................................................................... 449

Table 162 - Environmental Monitoring Plan ................................................................................ 453
Table 163 - Final Land Use of Mine Components ......................................................................... 464
Table 164 - Mine Closure Criteria and Performance Standards ................................................... 465
LIST OF PLATES
Plate 1 - Surface Water Quality Sampling Station S1, Conlong River downstream ..................... 130
Plate 2 - Surface Water Quality Sampling Station S2, Conlong River upstream .......................... 130
Plate 3 - Surface Water Quality Sampling Station S3, Salapangan River upstream .................... 131
Plate 4 - Surface Water Quality Sampling Station S4, Salapangan River downstream ............... 131
Plate 5 - Groundwater Quality Sampling Station GW1 ............................................................... 132
Plate 6 - Groundwater Quality Sampling Station GW2 ................................................................ 132
Plate 7 - Groundwater Quality Sampling Station GW3 ................................................................ 133
Plate 8 - Benthic macroinvertebrates collection using rectangular kick net................................ 142
Plate 9 - Plankton collection using conical plankton net ............................................................. 144
Plate 10 - Left; Sorting and counting of benthic macroinvertebrates using ice cube box and
forceps. Right; identification and photo documentation using stereomicroscope ...................... 145
Plate 11 - Colonies of phytoplankton Aphanizomenon sp. .......................................................... 147
Plate 12 - The most dominant benthic macroinvertebrates observed: Family Hydropsychidae . 152
Plate 13 - Screenshot of the licensed AERMOD View Air Dispersion Model (Serial No.
AER0006927) ................................................................................................................................ 178
Plate 14 - Screenshot of source inputs for bulldozing, drilling, and materials handling .............. 184
Plate 15 - Screenshot of source inputs for off-road trucks travelling along unpaved roads ........ 185
Plate 16 - Screenshot of Source Inputs for Grading and Scraping ............................................... 186
Plate 17 - Screenshot of Discrete Cartesian and Plant Boundary Receptors ............................... 187
Plate 18 - Screenshot of the surface data file (December 2015 to February 2016) ..................... 193
Plate 19. Screenshot of the surface data file (June 2016 to August 2016) ................................. 194
Plate 20. Screenshot of the surface data file (December 2016 to February 2017) ..................... 195
Plate 21. Screenshot of the surface data file (June 2017 to August 2017) ................................. 196
Plate 22. Screenshot of the surface data file (December 2017 to February 2018) ..................... 197
Plate 23 - Screenshot of the surface data file (June 2018 to August 2018) ................................. 198
Plate 24 - Licensed SoundPlan and noise standards used in noise modelling ............................. 236
Plate 25 - List of noise sources and its corresponding sound power............................................ 237
Plate 26 - Screenshot of predicted noise levels with all indicative noise sources and applicable
noise standards ............................................................................................................................ 248
Eagle Cement Corporation Page xvii

Plate 27. Screenshot of predicted noise levels and applicable noise standards with reduction of
operating noise sources or mining equipment............................................................................. 252
LIST OF ANNEXES
Annex A – MPSA
Annex B – IEC Documentation
Annex C – Initial Perception Survey Result
Annex D – Public Scoping Documentation
Annex E – Final Exploration Report
Annex F – Survey Form Copy
Annex G – FGD and Perception Survey Photo Documentation
Annex H – FGD Documentation
Annex I – FGD Attendance Sheet
Annex K – Accountability Statement
Annex K - PEMAPS
Annex L – Laboratory Result
Eagle Cement Corporation Page xviii

Eagle Cement MPSA No. 245-2007-III Quarry Project Executive Summary
EXCECUTIVE SUMMARY
A. PROJECT FACTSHEET
I. Project Information
Project Name Eagle Cement MPSA No. 245-2007-III Quarry Project

Location Barangay Akle, San Ildefonso Bulacan, Bulacan and Barangay Talbak,
Dona Remedios Trinidad, Bulacan
Project Type Quarry Project (Resource Extractive Industry)
MPSA Area Covered 82.6033 hectares
Project Area 69.9011 hectares
Covered
Production Capacity 7,000,000 MT per year
Commodity Limestone
Project - Quarry Operation
Components - Access and Haul Roads
- Siltation Pond
II. Proponent Profile
Company Name Eagle Cement Corporation

Address Main Office: 155 EDSA Bgy. Wack Wack, Mandaluyong City, Philippines
Plant Site: Brgy. Akle, San Ildefonso, Bulacan, Philippines
Contact Number Phone Number: +63 2 301-3453
Fax Number: +63 2 723-9283
Contact Person Engr. Rainier D. Reyes
Mining and Sustainability Manager
Email Address [email protected]
Eagle Cement Corporation Page xix

III. Project Preparer
Address Unit 10C, Lansbergh Place, 170 Tomas Morato,

Quezon City
Authorized Representative/ ENGR. PAULO NONI T. TIDALGO
Contact Person(s) Managing Director
Contact Number (02) 376-0043
B. PROCESS DOCUMENTATION OF THE CONDUCT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

ASSESSMENT
The terms of reference used for this Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) was consistent with that
stipulated in the Revised Procedural Manual (RPM) for Department of Environment and Natural
Resources (DENR) Administrative Order (DAO) No. 2003-30, Implementing Rules and Regulations of
Presidential Decree No. 1586 “Establishing the Philippine Environmental Impact Statement System”.
The Environmental Impact Study (EIS) Team is comprised of multi-disciplinary specialists/experts

who have extensive training and experience on their respective fields and in the conduct of EIA
for various industry sectors.
I. EIS Team
This study is a conglomeration and integration of the various technical, environmental,

institutional/legal, and social inputs and findings of the following specialists/experts:
EIS Team Member Field of Expertise/Module Registration

Paulo Noni T. Tidalgo, EM, RNEnvironment, ERA, Mining and IPCO - 103
Geology
Bernardo V. Valmonte, Jr. EM Mining and Geology IPCO - 0723
Dr. Wilfredo Sanidad Soil Quality IPCO - 139
Catherine L. Addawe, AgE Water Quality and Hydrology IPCO - 055
Ronald Pahunang Meteorology, Air and Noise IPCO-173
Quality
Thelma D. Dela Cruz, DVM, Environmental Risk Assessment IPCO-387
MSc(Env.Sci), MOH
Einre Jinji Elcid Quiambao Terrestrial and Freshwater IPCO-154
Ecology
Thomas V. Tanedo Socio Economic IPCO-112
Jess M. Addawe GIS IPCO – 056
Eagle Cement Corporation Page xx

EIS Team Member Field of Expertise/Module Registration

Czarina May M. Olores, SE Project Manager IPCO – 075
/Environmental Impact
Assessment
II. EIA Study Schedule and Area
The technical scoping was held last October 02, 2018, which was participated by DENR
Environmental Management Bureau (EMB) personnel, EIA Review Committee members, Eagle
Cement Corporation and Axceltechs Inc.
Activity Date
Public Scoping July 27, 2018
Technical scoping October 02, 2018
Soil Sampling November 16 to 18, 2018
Water Sampling October 22 – 23, 2018
Social Survey/Assessment December 5, 2019
Terrestrial Survey November 22 to 26, 2019
Air Sampling October 22 – 23, 2018
February 28, 2019
Freshwater Ecology November 22 to 26, 2018
The EIA study covers the whole MPSA area (82.6033 hectares), the direct and indirect impact
areas of the proposed project are based on the result of the baseline data assessment. The
identification of direct impact area was based on DAO 2017 – 15. The table below presented the
summary of Direct Impact Areas based on the proposed project operation:
Aspect Direct Impact Area

Water - Receiving water bodies of the quarry project (Conlong
River)
- Underlying aquifer
Air - Area/community near the periphery of the quarry
- Barangays Akle and Talbak
Noise - Area/community within the periphery of the quarry
Terrestrial - Vegetated area within the MPSA
People - Barangays Talbak and Akle
Eagle Cement Corporation Page xxi

III. EIA Methodology
Primary and secondary data were utilized for the assessment of the project impacts. Primary data
were obtained from the conducted on-site investigation and field sampling/surveys while
secondary data were acquired from the proponent and government agencies/institutions.
Relevant and previously conducted studies were also considered. The following are the
sampling/assessment methodologies employed by the EIS team for the study:
Module Methodology
Land Land Use Gathering and review of
secondary data
Natural Hazards Gathering and review of
secondary data
Pedology Grab sampling and laboratory
analysis
Terrestrial Transect walk, quadrat
sampling, and trapping
Water Hydrology and Hydrogeology Gathering and review of
secondary data
Water Quality In-situ measurements; grab
sampling and laboratory
analysis
Freshwater Ecology Collection of samples using
nets
Air and Noise Meteorology Gathering and review of
secondary data
Air and Noise Quality High volume samplers,
Personal Sampler and sound
level meter for noise and
review of monitoring data
People Socio-economic Profile Gathering and review of
secondary data
Key informant interviews
Perception survey
Focus group discussions
Public Participation
Stakeholder’s participation in the conduct of EIA study includes the following undertakings:
• Information, Education and Communication (IEC) and preliminary perception survey was
conducted on April 19, 2018, while the Public Scoping was done on July 27, 2018. Among
the attendees were Barangay officials, Purok Leaders, Public School Teachers, and
representatives from Non-Government Organizations.
Eagle Cement Corporation Page xxii

• The Focus Group Discussion and perception survey were undertaken on December 5,
2018. Most of the attendees of these activities expressed their support to Eagle Cement
Corporation’s proposed project.
Issues/Concerns How the issue is address in the EIS/Public

Scoping
Project Description
I would like to verify the total MPSA hectarage 70% of the total MPSA area is covered by Brgy.
covered by Barangay Talbak. Talbak.
Land
What are the preparations of the company to The Impact Management Plan to be
alleviate the impacts of the proposed project implemented by the company is discussed in
considering that there is a possibility that the pages 384 to 405
mountain will be flattened?
People
Hiring of local skilled workers will be
In terms of employment, we are looking prioritized by the company.
forward that our Barangay will be prioritized
in hiring of employees.
What is the possible impact of the project to Since Barangay Talbak will be the host
Barangay Talbak? Will it be able to provide community for the proposed project, the
additional income in our Barangay? Will there barangay will be benefited by the SDMP.
be health programs, educational assistance
and assistance on the construction of The Social Development and Management
baranagay infrastructures? Program is discussed in pages 441 to 447.
General Comments
My concern is regarding the MMT activities, The project is still under pre-operation stage.
like for example in Holcim quarry they Currently, the company is securing all
regularly invite us whenever there is a necessary permits prior to operation. Once
monitoring activiity or meeting. We are also the company was able to complete the
expecting the same way from Eagle Cement pertinent government requirements, that is
since the project covers Barangay Talbak. the time they can start with project
implementation and formulate a Multi-partite
Monitoring Team for EMB’s further approval.
Eagle Cement Corporation Page xxiii

Issues/Concerns How the issue is address in the EIS/Public

Scoping
Discussed in pages 459 to 460
Who’s authorized to be part of the MMT in Discussed in pages 459 to 460
Barangay Talbak?
C. SUMMARY OF BASELINE CHARACTERIZATION
Module Summary of Baseline Conditions

Pedology The soils of Bulacan Province are composed of twenty-four (24) soil series and
one (1) soil variant consisting of seventy-two (72) soil mapping units and five
miscellaneous land types (Soil Survey Report Bulacan Province 1987). Soil in the
project area comprises of Sibul Series. The Sibul series consists of moderately
deep to deep well drained fine clayey soils that occur on sloping to rolling
moderately dissected rounded limestone foothills or on steep to very steep
limestone hills and ridges of the hilly landscape.
Terrestrial A total of 48 species belonging to 25 taxonomic families were observed in the
study area. All other plant species that can be observed inside the area but not
covered by the plots were also included in the assessment for the general
species composition but not in the specific computations for diversity indices
and dominance in specific plots.
Actual observation revealed a total of 34 species, majority of which are birds

(88%). There were also species of reptiles composed of 2 lizards (6%) coming
from different families. Meanwhile, using the mistnet, 2 species of bats (6%)
from the same family were captured and recorded.
Hydrology The proposed 69.9-hectare quarry project of Eagle Cement Corporation is
within the drainage area of Conlong River based on the topographic map in
Figure 65. The project area, characterized by karst topography, has a moderate
relief with elevations in the range of 100 m to 200 m. Based on the Exploration
Report on Geology and Limestone Resources covering the project area, the
region is characterized by karst topography and features sinkholes, poljies and
a few caves. There are no water bodies traversing the project area. Conlong
River is located approximately 1.5 km north of the proposed project area
flowing in a westerly direction. It has an approximate drainage area of 2,783
hectares (27.83 km2) with a reference point located at 121° 1'51.87"E; 15°
4'21.45"N. Another surface water body near the proposed project site is
Eagle Cement Corporation Page xxiv


Salapangan River. It is located south of the proposed project site and also flows
in a westerly direction. Both Conlong River and Salapangan River are tributaries
of the lower reach of the Pampanga River which is the main river of the
Pampanga River Basin. Both tributaries converge into Pampanga River at a
point which is approximately 30 km from the project site and 40 km from the
Manila Bay where the mouth of the Pampanga River is located.
Water Surface Water Quality
Quality
All surface water samples tested were compliant with the DAO 2016-08 Class C
water quality guidelines for all the parameters tested except for dissolved
oxygen (DO) in water sample from station S1 (DO=4.61 mg/l) and for the
parameter Fecal Coliform wherein all the surface water samples exceeded the
WQG value (ranged from 240 to 2,400 MPN/100 ml). The low DO level in station
S1 was probably due to the very low flow (almost stagnant) in that section of
Conlong River during the time of sampling. It is worth noting that traces of lead
(Pb) were observed in the water sample from Station S1 at 0.04 mg/l but is still
below the WQG value. Total suspended solids (TSS) were also found to be at
very low concentrations in all surface water samples ranging from 2.5 mg/l to
8.5 mg/l during the time of sampling. Traces of oil and grease (O&G) were found
in all samples ranging from 0.4 mg/l in S1 to 0.7 mg/l in S3.
Groundwater Quality
Results for the groundwater samples show values within the Class A WQG for
all parameters except for the parameters color (stations GW2=200 apparent CU
and GW3=80 apparent CU), Fecal Coliform (for all GW stations) and pH
(GW3=9.02). In terms of metals As, Cd, Pb, Hg and Cr6+, all groundwater samples
exhibited metal concentrations below their respective method detection limits
(MDL) except for station GW3 wherein Pb was detected at a concentration
equal to 0.006 mg/l (but still within the WQG).
Noise Measured noise levels (Leq) in October 2018 ranged from 59.21 to 64.07 dBA
Quality while in February 2018 from 44.0 to 65.5 dBA. Measured noise levels in
February 2018 were generally lower than those measured in October 2018.
CRL, however, has not provided the data or possible causes of noise reduction
in February 2018 sampling.
Eagle Cement Corporation Page xxv


Sources of noise at the time of monitoring were from vehicles passing near the
sampling stations, which were noted at all monitoring stations. Animal and
community noise were also observed at Stations N1, N2, and N3. Noise from
the cement plant was audible/noted at Station N4.
In comparison with the ambient noise standard, noise levels in October 2018
were higher than the daytime noise standard for residential areas set at 55 dBA,
except at Station N5 in which noise standard for commercial area applies at this
location.
Air Quality Measured TSP levels ranged from 8.1 to 378.9 µg/Nm3 with an average of 105.2
µg/Nm3. Except for TSP measured at Station A5 on October 23, 2018, which was
greater than the ambient air quality standard for TSP set at 340 µg/Nm3. TSP
levels at the rest of the monitoring stations for two (2) periods were within the
NAAQS value set for TSP. Sources of fugitive emissions at the area is dust
emissions along roads.
PM10 levels ranged from 5.5 to 196.6 µg/Nm3 with average concentration of
72.4 µg/Nm3. PM10 levels were within the ambient air quality standard set for
PM10 at 200 µg/Nm3. Sources of PM10 were generally the same as those of TSP.
Measured gaseous air pollutants (SO2 and NO2) were relatively lower and within
the NAAQS of 340 and 360 µg/Nm3, respectively. Highest measured SO2 was 0.3
µg/Nm3 while for NO2 was 38.4 µg/Nm3
Socio- The respondents were asked on their perceived positive and negative effects of
Economic the proposed project by Eagle Cement. There were 109 or 30.36% from the
respondents that perceived additional job opportunities with the proposed
project, 18.38% or 66 additional income to the barangay and provision of free
medicines with 51 or 14.21% of respondents. Also, 13.65% or 49 perceived
additional livelihood opportunities for their households, 32 or 8.91% with
additional sports facilities for youth, 4.74% or 17 less environmental threats
and 4.18 or 15% of the respondents perceived negative issues or problem to be
addressed for the community. About 3.06% of the respondents perceived less
traffic, while 1.67% of the respondents seeing no positive effect of the
proposed project to the household. Only 0.84% of the respondents said the one
Eagle Cement Corporation Page xxvi


of the positive effects of the proposed project will be the installation of jetmatic
in their barangay.
D. EIA SUMMARY
I. Project Alternative
The project will solely cover quarry operation, the depth of the pit and its location will depend
on the exploration activities conducted by the company, thus no other site alternative considered
in terms of quarry area. The location of the haul road to be constructed will be connected to the
existing haul road of MPSA 181. The opposite side of the designated quarry block of MPSA 245
cannot be considered as an alternative site since the slope in specific area is very steep. Further,
considering the type and location of mineral to be extracted, the only feasible mining/quarry
method for the project is surface mining method, thus, there were no other alternative method
considered for the project.
II. Major Project Impact

EIA Study Module Impact Mitigation
Terrestrial Ecology Loss of vegetation due to site - Progressive rehabilitation of
clearing disturbed areas
Land - Loss of top soil due to - Rehabilitation/revegetation

ground/site preparation planning will be conducted in
activities accordance with the EPEP
- Increase in surface erosion - To minimize the impact on the
and down slope natural topography, quarry activity
sedimentation brought about will be conducted in conformance
by quarry development with the mining plan and bench
activities parameter of at least 3m bench
- Top soil removal width and minimum of 10m bench
- Change in topography due to height.
blasting activity
- Erosion/ sedimentation controls
will be installed to mitigate surface
erosion and the consequent down
Eagle Cement Corporation Page xxvii

EIA Study Module Impact Mitigation

slope or downstream
sedimentation.
Water Quality Siltation / degradation of - Construction of a drainage system
surface water quality connecting all drainage canals to a
particularly Conlong River series of adequately-sized settling
ponds.
- Construction of drainage canals at
the bench toe to prevent scouring
or roads.
- Regular desilting of settling ponds
especially before and during the
wet season.
- Enhancement of the riparian
ecosystem if applicable.
Air ad Noise - Local increase in TSP, SOx, - Proper and regular maintenance of
NOx and noise levels equipment
- Air pollution due to Quarry - Water spraying; quarry activities
operation to be confined during daytime as
much as possible
- Strictly implement covering of
hauling trucks and water spraying;
- Preventive maintenance of vehicles
and equipment
- Imposition of speed limits
- Provision of dust and noise PPEs to
employees
III. Risk and Uncertainties
The following are the risk and uncertainties identified during the preparation of the EIA study.
Module Risk and Uncertainties Mitigating Measures
Land Slope Stability Strict implementation of
mining plan and regular
monitoring of benches and
other steep areas.
People Safety during the transport of Strict adherence to blasting
blasting materials materials protocol. Transport
Eagle Cement Corporation Page xxviii

Module Risk and Uncertainties Mitigating Measures

and handling shall be
conducted by accredited
contractors.
Eagle Cement Corporation Page xxix

Eagle Cement MPSA No. 245-2007-III Quarry Project Project Description
1.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.1 Project Background
Eagle Cement Corporation is a fully integrated Filipino-owned company primarily engaged in the
business of manufacturing, marketing, sale and distribution of cement under the brands Advance
Type 1P, Exceed Type 1P and Strongcem Type 1.
The Company has the newest, state-of-the-art, and single largest cement manufacturing plant in
the Philippines. The Company is the 4th largest player in the Philippine cement industry based on
sales volume, with the fastest growing market share among all competitors in the industry since
it started commercial operations in 2010.
The Company was incorporated and registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC) on June 21, 1995.
Eagle Cement plant is located in San Ildefonso, Bulacan and was established in 2008 under the
vision and passion of its CEO and President, Mr. John Paul L. Ang with the goal to provide high
quality cement for the Filipino people.
MPSA 245-2007-III was issued to Eagle Cement Corporation on July 25, 2007 by the Department
of Environment and Natural Resources. The company proposes to operate 69.90111 hectares out
of the 82.6033 hectares MPSA area. Limestone is the main commodity of commercial interest
within the Contract Area being the main ingredient needed in cement manufacturing with minor
occurrences of clay and sandstone–mudstone units intercalated as lenses within the limestone
beds. The company proposes to utilized quarrying as the mining method. The MPSA area has an
existing ground surface elevation of 210 MASL, while the mine final pit bottom will have an
elevation of 70 MASL. The proposed total depth of the quarry is 140 meters.
Eagle Cement Corporation is currently operating MPSA-181-2002-III with an issued Environmental

Compliance Certificate that covers the Cement Plant and Quarry operations. The existing support
facilities and manpower of MPSA 181 will be shared to the proposed operation of MPSA 245.
1.2 Project Location and Area
The proposed project is located in Barangay Akle, Municipality of San Ildefonso and Barangay
Talbak, Dona Remedios Trinidad both in the Province of Bulacan covered by MPSA 245-2007 with
Eagle Cement Corporation Page 1

a total area of 82.6033 hectares, the project will cover an area of 69.9011 hectares encompassed
by the following geographical coordinates:
Corner Latitude Longitude

1 15° 03’ 30.00” 121° 04’ 10.52”
2 15° 03’ 38.35” 121° 04’ 10.78”
3 15° 03’ 42.96” 121° 04’ 07.01”
4 15° 03’ 45.09” 121° 04’ 00.00”
5 15° 04’ 00.00” 121° 04’ 00.00”
6 15° 04’ 00.00” 121° 04’ 30.00”
7 15° 03’ 30.00” 121° 04’ 30.00”
1 15° 03’ 30.00” 121° 04’ 10.52”

Figure 1 - Location Map

Figure 2 - 360 Degrees Stitched Drone Shot

Figure 3 - Project Vicinity

1.2.1 Accessibility
From Manila, the contract area can be reached via the North Luzon Expressway (NLEX) and exiting
at Sta. Rita toll gate. Then, turn right by driving along the Cagayan Valley Road (Maharlika
Highway) up to Poblacion, San Ildefonso, Bulacan. From Poblacion, Akle can be reached via the
San Ildefonso-Akle-DRT Road. By road distance, the contract area is about 85 kilometers from
Manila with a travel time of approximately two (2) hours under normal traffic condition.
Figure 4 - Accessibility Map

1.2.2 Impact Area
The area subjected to Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is base on the perceived direct and
indirect impact area of the proposed project. As stipulated in DAO 2003-30, direct impact areas,
in terms of physical environment, are those where all project facilities are to be
constructed/situated and the designated project area. On the other hand, areas not directly
subjected to any activities/construction and those outside the project area but is within the
jurisdiction of the Municipalities of San Ildefonso and Dona Remedios Trinidad (e.g. stretch of
river draining the project area, communities along haul roads) is considered as indirect impact
areas.
Consistent with the provision of DAO 2010-21, known as the “Consolidated Implementing Rules
and Regulations of the Philippine Mining Act of 1995”, the direct impact barangay are Barangay
Akle and Talbak while the indirect impact area are the Municipality of San Ildefonso and Dona
Remedios Trinidad.
Table 1 - Identified Impact Area per Component

Water Based on the EIA study, the identified direct impact areas of the
project is the receiving water body (Conlong River) and the
underlying aquifer surrounding the proposed operation Figure 5.
There are no water bodies traversing the project area. Conlong

River is located approximately 1.5 km north of the proposed project
area flowing in a westerly direction.
Air and Noise The identification of direct impact area in terms of noise and air
quality were based on the worst-case scenario of the proposed
quarry operation. As per the EIA study, the direct impact areas are
Barangays Akle and Talbak Figure 6 and Figure 7. Some of the
households in Barangay Akle located near the MPSA area will be
greatly affected by the noise and air emissions to be produced by
the quarry operation especially during blasting and hauling
activities. However, the company opted not to concentrate in the
said area and utilized it as a buffer zone for the quarry operation.
Terrestrial The direct impact area in terms of terrestrial ecology is the
vegetated portion to be occupied by the quarry operation, settling
ponds and roads Figure 8.


People Barangays Talbak and Akle are the host barangays for the proposed
project since the MPSA area is covered by the two barangays. In
terms of socio-economic, the MPSA 245 quarry project is foreseen
to increase in local taxes, generation of employment, and livelihood
programs to assist the community.

Figure 5 - Primary Impact Area on Water

Figure 6 - Impact Area for Noise

Figure 7 - Impact Area for Air

Figure 8 - Direct Impact Area on Terrestrial Ecology

1.3 Project Rationale
Eagle Cement Corporation is one of the biggest cement producing company in the Philippines,
with the advancing economy of the country, the demand for cement products are continuously
growing.
The advent of industrialization gave rise to the construction of various infrastructures such as
high-rise buildings, roads, commercial centers, housing units, etc. In the establishment of these
concrete structures/products, cement serves as the major ingredient for its creation.
The “build, build, build” policy of the current Duterte Administration further fuels the demand for
cement on a greater scale.
In order to support the growing demand of cement products in the country, Eagle Cement will
conduct a series of quarry expansion which include this proposed quarry project to provide the
raw materials requirement of the existing cement plant.
The project will contribute to national economy by way of:
• Generation of employment especially to the people of Barangays Akle and Talbak;

Municipalities of San Ildefonso and Dona Remedios Trinidad; and Province of Bulacan;
• Increase in local taxes and licenses;
• Allotment of Social Development and Management Plan expenditures;
• Business enterprises development; and
• Extend much needed assistance to the immediate community in terms of health,
training, livelihood programs, education and technology.
1.4 Project Alternative
1.4.1 Alternative Site Location and Process Selection
The project will solely cover quarry operation, the depth of the pit and its location will depend
on the exploration activities conducted by the company, thus no other site alternative considered
in terms of quarry area. The location of the haul road to be constructed will be connected to the
existing haul road of MPSA 181. The opposite side of the designated quarry block of MPSA 245
cannot be considered as an alternative site since the slope in specific area is very steep. Further,
considering the type and location of mineral to be extracted, the only feasible mining/quarry

method for the project is surface mining method, thus, there were no other alternative method
considered for the project.
1.4.2 Alternative Source of Fuel
If in the event that fuel supply in the plant is not efficient, the project will source its fuel in the
nearest Petron Station which is located outside the Cement Plant .
1.4.3 Environmental Impact
The major environmental impact that will be brought about by the project operation considering
all the alternatives and the nature of project are dust emission, implementation of community
development programs through Social Development Management Plan and generation of
revenues from taxes, permits and LGU share in the quarrying activities
Dust generation is foreseen to arise during construction and operation phase; however,
environmental management plan such as water sprinkling and provision of buffer area thru
planting of trees will be undertaken to alleviate its probable occurrence. The implementation of
SDMP will enhance the socio-economic welfare of the community. Further, the company will
ensure the prompt payment of taxes and fees to the government.
1.4.4 Consequences of not Proceeding with Project
In terms of physical environment, the MPSA area will remain unchanged and undisturbed. As
regards with, socio economic, continues opportunity for employment provided by Eagle Cement
Corporation that extends to other places in the Municipalities of San Ildefonso and Dona
Remedios Trinidad and the entire Province of Bulacan other than of Barangays Akle and Talbak.
The SDMP will be strictly implemented to assist the needs of the community. Additional revenues
from taxes, with no “project option”, the opportunity for additional SDMP assistance and tax
revenue are not possible.
1.5 Project Components and Process
1.5.1 Quarry Operation
Method of operation to be utilized by the project is quarrying using conventional heavy

equipment. The quarry operation will be divided into three (3) stages; the quarry development,
the production stages and rehabilitation.

Development phase is the stage in quarrying where preparation for full blasts production will be
carried out. It will involve stripping, removal of vegetative covers and the overburden, drill and
blasting, establishment of bench face and a floor, drainage canals and access roads to the deposit.
The production bench will be divided into a series of slices of ten (10) meter high and a 70° bench
slope during production stage and five (5) meters in development areas. Development work will
generally start from the uppermost portion of the area and progresses downward. A portion of
the deposit will be sliced until a bench face with a slope of about 70° and a floor width of 30
meters, will be formed enough to sustain the safe movement of quarry equipment. Once a bench
is formed, a new working level below (10m) will be worked out to form another set of production
bench. Should topography warrant, the cycle of creating a new working level (benches) at lower
elevation will continue until desired target is reached. Limestone will be extracted while access
and benches are being established. Generally, the working parameters of the limestone quarry
will be the following:
Devt / Prod’n stage Final Pit

Bench slope 70° - 75° 30°
Bench height 10m 5m
Bench width 5m (min.) 15m
Pit slope 60° (max.) 45°
During quarry development work, it is expected that overburden or waste material will be
produced. The said overburden will be utilized as backfilling materials for the progressive
rehabilitation.
The extraction or production stage is the actual removal of the deposit from the developed
(cleared) benches. The major activities in this stage are drilling for quality control and blasting,
ripping and dozing on ground followed by loading and hauling.
Blasted limestone materials from the bench will be loaded by either a wheel loader or power
shovel excavator into a 35 and 50-ton Off Road Highway Truck and will be transported to the
Cement Plant (with an existing ECC). The cycle of drilling for quality control, blasting, excavation,
loading and hauling continues until all programmed benches have been subjected for production
and resource exhaustion.
Typical quarry cycle involves the following:

Development Stage
Site Clearing
Production Stage
Drilling for sampling and grade

control
Blasting, Ripping and dozing
Loading and Hauling
Rehabilitation Stage
Implementation of the Final

Mine Rehabilitation and/or
Decommissioning Plan
The process flow diagram of the quarry operation involves the following:
Basically, the topsoil extracted from the quarry area will be used as mixing materials in the cement
plant, thus, generation of waste materials is considered to be very minimal.

Figure 9 - Quarry Plan

1.5.1.1 Drilling and Blasting
Drilling and Blasting will be part of the production operation. Blasting shall be performed in
outmost care and with the highest degree of practice in safety. Only blasting contractor that has
the most advance blasting technology, duly registered and has the necessary license from
government agency shall be awarded with the contract.
Non-electric detonation will be use for the initiation of the blasting sequence. This to minimize
the effect of blasting such as air blast, excessive ground vibration and fly rock. To avoid any
accident from happening, a strict blasting procedure will be followed in coordination with the
contractor and the company. The following is the blasting methodology to be followed:
1.5.1.1.1 Blasting Methodology
A. General Methodology:
Blasting operations shall be conducted using pack emulsion or boosters as primers and
ammonium nitrate as column charge. Full delay system of initiation shall be done using non-
electric down line detonators and non-electric surface delays detonators. Starter initiator to be
used shall be ordinary lead in-line.
B. Drilling & Blasting Parameters:
• Blast Hole Diameter: 89 mm

• Drill depth: 10 meters
• Burden and Spacing: 3.5m x 4m
• Drilling Pattern: Staggered
• Powder Factor: 0.30 kg/bcm to 0.36 kg/bcm
• Sub-drill: 10% of burden
• Stemming Height: 30% of Hole Depth
C. Fly-Rock, Noise, Vibration Control:
• All overlying loose materials and loose rocks shall be removed by bulldozer prior to drilling
activity. Bench faces shall be oriented in such a way that blast throw or direction shall not
be pointing directly to any structure, vital facilities or community.
Eagle Cement Corporation

Page 18
• Blaster to prepare drilling layout to ensure the correctness of burden, spacing, and depth
of hole
• Protective works, such as the use of blasting mats, shall be done in blast area in very close
proximity to vital facilities and community.
• Full delay system of initiation shall be used. Only none electric down the hole detonators
and trunk line delay detonators shall be used. Delay time between adjacent holes shall
not be less than 17ms. Firing will be one hole at any given time.
• Stemming materials to be used composed of rock fragments sized 5/8 of hole diameter
mixed with drill cuttings and compacted properly.
D. Safety Methodology:
The company and the contractor shall conform with DENR Administrative Order (D.A.O) No. 2000
– 98 known as the Mine Safety and Health Standards. Only a Licensed Blaster shall supervise the
whole blasting activity. All manufacturers’ safety guidelines and PNP rules and regulations shall
be followed in conducting the blasting operation /activity. The company shall inform the nearby
communities as to the time and date of any blasting operation.
1. Explosives Transport
• All explosives and its accessories should only be transported on a diesel fueled truck.
• Vehicle transporting explosives shall not be overloaded and in no case shall boxes or
packages be piled in such a position that these may easily fall-off.
• A driver of explosives trucks should be in good condition and is not under the influence of
liquor.
• Explosives truck should not enter to any blast layout with loaded holes.
2. Handling & Charging
• Only the Licensed blaster shall do the charging and priming.

• Primer should be assembled only before charging.
• Stemming height should be greater or equal to the designed burden of the layout. Size of
stemming materials shall be 5/8 of the hole diameter mixed with some fine materials and
compacted using a tamping stick.
• Only non-conductive materials should be used for charging or tamping. Tamping sticks
should be flat at the bottom.

• Tamping of stemming materials should be done carefully not to hit the down line initiator
causing it to misfire or initiated prematurely.
• Final connection of loaded holes should only be done when the exact firing time has been
confirmed.
• A final inspection of the whole lay out should be made by the blaster, after which he will
declare that the area is ready to be blasted.
3. Clearing & Traffic Control
• Clearing of blasting area shall be done by Contractor blasting crew. The Contractor shall
designate blast guards to manned roadblocks and barricades.
• If possible, blasting time shall be set during breaks at work such as lunch or snack. No
blasting will be allowed during night time.
• All possible entries towards the blasting area, at least 200 meters from the blast site,
should be barricaded. Also, all equipment and personnel within 200 meters shall be
evacuated for safety.
• When all roadblocks are in place, licensed blaster shall conduct final clearing of the area.
It is only the Drilling and Blasting Supervisor or Project Manager who will give the
clearance to fire the starter initiator after ensuring that the area is fully cleared.
4. Firing
• The licensed blaster will only install the starter initiator (OBC and Safety Fuse) once the
area has been declared clear.
• Each fuse should bear a minimum of three (3) minutes period to allow the blaster to seek
cover.
• A blasting timer should be made by licensed blaster as a warning shot, which will fire
around five (5) to ten (10) seconds prior to the main blast.
• After checking all the connection, the blaster will seek the approval of Drilling and Blasting
supervisor to fire the shot.
• Only the Drilling and Blasting supervisor or Project Manager shall have the authority to
give signal to fire the shot.
• After firing the shot, the licensed blaster shall allow 30 minutes for dust and fumes to
settle before checking for possible misfires.
• In case of a misfire, the blaster shall inform his supervisor about the presence of it. All
roadblocks and barricades shall not be lifted and the whole step in firing shall be repeated
all over again.

• Only the Drill and Blast Supervisor or Project Manager shall declare that blasting is over
and barricades can be lifted. All equipment and personnel can now return and go back to
resume their work.
5. Location and Management of Explosive Magazine
The existing quarry operation of Eagle Cement utilizes drilling and blasting. Nitro Asia is the
current drill and blast contractor of the company, the same service provider will be employed
for the proposed operation. The magazine is located kilometers away from the community
and has an approved plan, and location design from the Philippine National Police Regional
Director as per requirement prior to installation. In addition, the facility has a 24-hr security
personnel guarding the area for safety purposes.
1.5.2 Access and Haul Roads
Quarry development will start from the construction of access/haul road within the quarry site,
which is designed to facilitate opening of benches. The haul roads will be maintained at a width
of 15 meters or three times the width of the largest quarry equipment with a maximum grade of
8-12%. Pre-emptive measures through implementation of appropriate slope/ground failure
monitoring plan will be adopted to identify any instability at an early, non-critical stage so that
safety measures can be initiated to prevent or minimize impacts.
1.5.3 Support Facilities
1.5.3.1 Fuel Requirements
The fuel requirement for the 11 years quarry operation is 27,750,000 Liters.
Table 2 - Fuel Requirement
Annual Capacity Fuel Requirement at est. 0.5L/ton
Year 1 3,000,000.00 1,500,000.00

Year 2 3,500,000.00 1,750,000.00
Year 3 4,000,000.00 2,000,000.00
Year 4 4,000,000.00 2,000,000.00
Year 5 4,000,000.00 2,000,000.00
Year 6 5,000,000.00 2,500,000.00
Year 7 5,000,000.00 2,500,000.00

Annual Capacity Fuel Requirement at est. 0.5L/ton
Year 8 6,500,000.00 3,250,000.00

Year 9 6,500,000.00 3,250,000.00
Year 10 7,000,000.00 3,500,000.00
Year 11 7,000,000.00 3,500,000.00
Total 55,500,000.00 27,750,000.00
1.5.4 Pollution Control Devices
1.5.4.1 Siltation Pond
Siltation pond will be constructed within the project area (MPSA 245-2007). The ponds shall be
made of compacted earth, rock, and strategically placed adjacent to the quarry active area. The
quarry’s surface run-off will be directed to a 2-stage siltation pond with approximate area of
10,800 sq m (120 m x 90 m), through a 114 meters channel line and open culvert from the quarry
siltation pond. The effluent coming from the pond will be monitored for Total Suspended Solids
(TSS), Color, and pH. Based on the existing operation the run-off coming from the quarry site is
only observed during wet season. Water recovered from the settling pond is utilized in road
sprinkling.
Siltation ponds will be desilted as the need arises. To minimize the silt load, siltation traps along
the drainage system will be built inside the active areas. Also, diversion canals will be regularly
maintained to assure efficiency. The construction of these structures will conform to engineering
practices and will be kept at a minimal area so as to limit the impacts on land.
Figure 10 - Design of the 2-stage siltation pond.

Siltation Pond 1:
- Area: 104 sq m
- Capacity: 208 cubic m
- Desilting Schedule: Quarterly
Siltation Pond 2:
- Area: 89.78 sq m
- Capacity: 314.23 cubic m
- Desilting Schedule: Quarterly
Table 3 - Identified Pollutants

Pollutants/Waste Control/Management
Cleared and grubbed • Minimize ground disturbance through strict ground
vegetation clearing clearance procedure.
• Revegetation of buffer zones and immediate
rehabilitation of non-usable areas with endemic species.
Topsoil and subsoil • Minimize ground disturbance.
Sediment-laden runoff • Use of properly sized, graded, and lines stormwater

management system.
• Whenever needed, flattening of slopes and reduction of
slope lengths by silt fence.
• Regular desilting of drainage canals, silt traps and
siltation ponds.
Dust • Minimize ground clearings, disturbance and good

scheduling of works.
• Observance of speed limits – 20kph.
• Surface gravelling of roads to reduce the source of dust
emission.
• Wet suppression of access and haul roads.
• Revegetated buffer zones.
• Immediate rehabilitation of non-usable area.
Noise • Minimize disturbance and scheduling of blasting activity.

• Restriction of noisy activities during resting hours of the
day.
• Observance of speed limits – 20kph.

Pollutants/Waste Control/Management
• Regular maintenance and immediate repairs of
equipment.
• Revegetated buffer zones.
• Implementation of an effective IEC program.
Flyrocks, vibration and • Sounding of siren and clearing of and restricting access
airblast to blast area and safety buffer zone.
• Suspension of vehicular traffic within the buffer zone
during blasting.
• Regular community information and consultation
program.

Figure 11 - Site Development Map

1.6 Project Size
1.6.1 Resource Estimate
The measured and indicated resources in MPSA 245 were obtained with the use of GEMCOM
Surpac software. At an average grade of 45 percent CaO and a density of 2.4t/m 3, the measured
and indicated resource estimates are 8.22 and 46.82 million metric tons, respectively. Inferred
resources which could be considered as a potential resource amounts to 70.9 Million Metric Tons.
The resource estimates were conducted by PMRC Competent Person Geologist Rolando Pena
with Geologist PRC License No. 068 and Competent Person Accreditation No. 07-08-08 from the
Geological Society of the Philippines.
The table below summarizes the resource estimate:
Table 4 - Summary of Resource Estimates in Million Metric Tons

Measured Indicted Subtotal CaO (%) Inferred
Resource Resource Resource
8.22 46.82 55.04 47.65 70.9
1.6.2 Production Capacity
The project will have a total production capacity of 7,000,000 MT/year, based on the resource
estimate the total resource can support the project operation minimum of 10 years. Presented
below is the production schedule of the proposed project:
Year Production
1 3,000,000.00
2 3,500,000.00
3 4,000,000.00
4 4,000,000.00
5 4,000,000.00
6 5,000,000.00
7 5,000,000.00
8 6,500,000.00
9 6,500,000.00
10 7,000,000.00

Year Production
11 7,000,000.00
Total 55,500,000.00
1.6.3 Project Size
The total project area covered by the project is 69.9011 hectares within MPSA 245 – 2007-III.

1.7 Project Phases
1.7.1 Pre-construction
The activity during this phase are as follows:

• Strengthening of the exploration activities; and
• Securing of necessary environmental permits from government agencies and Local
Government Unit (LGU).
1.7.2 Construction
Construction of haul road and access road shall be the first activity during this phase. The
construction of these facilities shall be conducted in a manner wherein minimal disturbance will
be created. All roads shall follow the topographic contour of the area and shall be equipped with
road drainage for further environmental measures.
Temporary settling ponds shall be developed within the construction area to cater the mitigation
of possible siltation and water contamination. If the constructed ponds will no longer be usable
during the operation phase, such facility shall be dewatered, backfilled and revegetated.
1.7.3 Operation
The quarry operation will employ quarrying method. Proper benching shall be utilized in the
individual quarry sites. Once the over burden has been stripped, terrace-like extraction faces will
be cut from the topmost strata progressing downward to serve as quarry levels for positioning
equipment that will conduct excavation and loading activities thereat. Access from one bench
level to another will be provided by ramps or spiral roadways.
Quarrying will be executed by multiple benching pattern, which provides greater operation
flexibility and production output, and will be carried out by combined tractor and
excavator/loader operations. Bench height will be limited by the maximum reach of the loader or
excavator to be used. Bench width shall be governed by final pit slope, loading system and size of
haul truck to be utilized. Drainage canals of sufficient depth to handle storm runoff will be laid
along the bench toe, and berms with average height of 50 cm will be provided on the unprotected
crest site for added safety.

Excavation and loading shall be done by means of a mechanical loader/excavator

(backhoe/payloader) and haul trucks. The excavators shall strip the limestone materials and load
directly to the waiting dump trucks to be transported directly to the cement plant. Drilling and
blasting operation will be utilized by the project.
Siltation pond shall be made of compacted earth, rock, and strategically placed adjacent to
the mine active area to block the water runoff laden with silt and impound/trap the water to
allow the silt to settle, thereby, clear water will be utilized in the road sprinkling to alleviate
the generation of dust.
Fuel requirement to support the quarry operation is estimated at 27,750,000.00 L for the 11 years
mine life. Water requirement will be minimal since the project will only cover quarry operation and all
other facilities will be shared from the Cement Plant operation.
1.7.4 Abandonment
1.7.4.1 Rehabilitation Strategy
The proposed final land uses for each project component will determine the rehabilitation of
the Project. The area disturbed will be cleared and revegetated. Involvement of the host
community will be the prime strategy to ensure the success of rehabilitation.
The preparation of the area will be done using heavy equipment such as dump trucks, loaders,
bulldozers, etc. The final land configuration will incorporate road network to make as many
areas accessible as possible with provisions for drainage system.
The parameters considered in the rehabilitation plan to control erosion and sedimentation
prior to revegetation are the following:
i. Stabilization of the quarry slope areas.

ii. Spreading of top soil on the affected areas.
iii. Introduction of self-sustaining vegetation.
iv. Construction/maintenance of drainage system.
v. Maintenance of nursery to meet the rehabilitation requirements.

1.7.4.2 Site Restoration Plan
1.7.4.2.1 Quarry
The backfilling of benches and other open areas will be the first stage of surface preparation.
The average thickness of backfill will range from 0.5 to 5 meters depending on the surface
foundation. The backfilled materials will then be leveled and graded, such that the slope will
be towards bench toe line. This will allow the surface run off to be drained towards the
drainage along the respective toe line of the benches.
During the rehabilitation stage, only authorized personnel/individual will be given access to
the quarry. Signages will be established to warn the personnel on the possible risk of falling
from cliffs and other possible accidents.
1.7.4.2.2 Siltation pond
The siltation pond will be maintained during the implementation of the final mine
rehabilitation plan to effectively mitigate water pollution. Fences and signage will be
established to alleviate the possible accident specifically drowning of personnel and the
community. Prior to the abandonment, the siltation pond will be rehabilitated by leveling the
pond with its dike and will be revegetated with appropriate plant species. Further, continues
water monitoring and sediment sampling within the area will be conducted to assess water
quality.
1.7.4.2.3 Rehabilitation Earthworks
In employing appropriate rehabilitation earthworks, baseline information and pre and post
assessment of all disturbed land is correlated to arrive with the most appropriate measures
proximate to the intended post mining land uses. Extraction of waste rocks from the
development of stopes may temporarily alter the topography and landscape. However, these
materials will be transported back to backfill and rehabilitate mined-out stopes. These can
also be re-used as back-filling material for the maintenance of the roads.

1.7.4.2.4 Nursery Operation
The company will share the nursery of the Cement Plant. Seedlings of different tree species
will be propagated and raised in the area
1.7.4.2.5 Selection of species to be planted and planting scheme
The following plan species and spacing will be considered in the rehabilitation activity:
Scientific Name Common Name Spacing
Leaucaenaleucocephala L. Ipil-ipil 3x3
GliciridiasepiumJacq. Kunth Kakawate 3x3
ex Walp
Macarangatanarius (L.) Binunga 3x3
Dendrocnide meyeniana Lipangkalabau 3x3
(Walp.) Chew
Chrysopogon zizanioides Vetiver 1x1
1.7.4.2.6 Maintenance and Protection
1.7.4.2.6.1 Replanting
This will be done when 20% of the planted seedlings/wildlings died due to stress, injuries
from transport, planting techniques damages by pests, poor quality of planting stock etc.
1.7.4.2.6.2 Care and Maintenance
1. Watering
Heavy watering at long intervals is better during the early days of planting. With the
installation of drip irrigation system, watering will not be a problem as long as the source of
water will not be dried out.
2. Fertilization
Conduct fertilization at the start or toward the end of rainy season. The used of integrated
fertilization techniques seeds as moisture or combination of organic, inorganic and biological

fertilizer will be encouraged. Initially, recommended organic fertilizer is the 14-14-14 at 20g
per plant or depending on the result of soil analysis conducted in the site.
3. Weeding and mulching
Weeding is done before the weeds suppress the seedling or as often as necessary. The grass
of weeds cut will be placed as much around the seedling to reduce evaporation and prevent
re-growth of weeds. All climbers found during weeding activities will be cut or suppressed.
4. Protection
The plantation must be protected from astray animals and passersby. A fire breaks or fire
lines measuring 8-10 meters wide should be constructed around the perimeter of the
plantation area. Pest and disease likewise will be monitored and the necessary prevention
technique will be imposed during outbreak.
1.7.4.3 Maintenance and Monitoring Program and Procedures
During the implementation of the FMRDP, the EAGLE CEMENT CORPORATION’S Closure Team
will oversee the implementation of the maintenance and monitoring plans. It will be guided
by the closure criteria and performance standards discussed in the previous sections. The
environmental, community relations, safety and health personnel of EAGLE CEMENT
CORPORATION will spearhead the maintenance and monitoring.
This will be in addition to the monitoring and/or audit conducted by the Mine Rehabilitation
Fund Committee (MRFC) through the Multi-partite Monitoring Team (MMT) and the
Contingent Liability Rehabilitation Fund Steering Committee and the Mines and Geosciences
Bureau (MGB).
In compliance with regulation, EAGLE CEMENT CORPORATION will likewise submit a progress
report containing details of fully, partially, and on-going rehabilitation activities relative to the
implementation of the FMRDP. The report will be submitted to the MRF Committee for review
and evaluation within thirty (30) days from the end of the term of the preceding work and

financial plan. The results of the review and evaluation shall be integrated in the succeeding
year’s work and financial plan1.
The maintenance and monitoring plans will be prepared by EAGLE CEMENT CORPORATION
Closure Team in coordination with the MMT. This will be formulated 2 years prior to closure.
The intent is to have a realistic plan based on actual scenario as possible.
1.7.4.4 Long Term management and maintenance
At the end of the FMRDP implementation based on the assessment of that the objectives of
project closure, as contained in the approved FMRDP have been achieved, EAGLE CEMENT
CORPORATION will prepare and submit a Final Rehabilitation Report with third party
Environmental Audit (FRR with EA) for pre-evaluation by the MRF Committee and final
approval by the CLRF Steering Committee. The MRF Committee and/or CLRF Steering
Committee, after due review and evaluation of the FRR with EA, may issue a Certificate of
Final Relinquishment to EAGLE CEMENT CORPORATION signifying approval of the FRR with
EA and freeing EAGLE CEMENT CORPORATION from any further obligations insofar as the
rehabilitated area/s are concerned.
1
DAO 2010-21
1.8 Manpower Requirement
Quarrying operation will be conducted by a general mining contractor. In-house manpower

requirement for the proposed project will be from the existing quarry operation of the company.
The workforce presented below will be shared from the existing Quarry operation.
No. of
Position
Personnel
Project Manager 1
Quarry Supervisor (Mining Engineer) 1
Grade Control Engineer (Mining Engineer) 1
Operation Supervisor 3
Mine Planner 1
Drill and Blast Engineer 1
Operation Foremen 3
MEPEO 1
Pollution Control Officer 1
Forrester 1
Community Relation Officer 1
COMREL Assistant 1
Safety Engineer 1
Rental Coordinator 1
Project Nurse 1
Accounting Staff 1
HR Staff 1
Bulldozer Operator 1
Loader Operator 1
Backhoe Operator 2
Dump Truck Drivers 10
Grader Operator 1
Driller 1
Drill Helper 1
Blasting Engineer 1
Shot firer 3
Blasting Helper 15
Heavy Equipment Mechanic 1
Tire man 1
Helper Mechanic 2 2

No. of
Position
Personnel
Fuel Truck Driver 1
Service Driver 1
Lube man 1
Water Truck Driver 1
Utility/Helper 7
Billing Clerk 1
TOTAL 61
1.9 Project Costs
The proposed project is an extension of the current quarry operations of the company. All the
equipment and support facilities are erected and the required personnel requirement are on
board.
Annual Capacity Operating Cost
Year 1 3,000,000.00 297,000,000.00

Year 2 3,500,000.00 346,500,000.00
Year 3 4,000,000.00 396,000,000.00
Year 4 4,000,000.00 396,000,000.00
Year 5 4,000,000.00 396,000,000.00
Year 6 5,000,000.00 495,000,000.00
Year 7 5,000,000.00 495,000,000.00
Year 8 6,500,000.00 643,500,000.00
Year 9 6,500,000.00 643,500,000.00
Year 10 7,000,000.00 693,000,000.00
Year 11 7,000,000.00 693,000,000.00
Total 55,500,000.00 5,494,500,000.00

Eagle Cement MPSA No. 245-2007-III Quarry Project Assessment of Environmental Impact
2.0 ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
2.1 Land
2.1.1 Land Use and Classification
2.1.1.1 Impact in Terms of Compatibility with Existing Land Use
2.1.1.1.1 Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad Bulacan2
The Municipality is composed of the following general land uses: forest, built-up areas, agriculture
and open spaces, quarry area/mined out area, roads and trails, and rivers and creeks ( see Figure
12 and Figure 13). Majority of the project area or approximately 70% is covered by the
Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad Bulacan, the proposed project is located within the
forested land use.
Among these land uses, forest comprise the greatest land area. Forests occupy the entire eastern
portion of the municipality. This type of land use extends toward Norzagaray on the south,
Quezon Province on the east, and Nueva Ecija Province on the north. Some of the forest areas in
the municipality are declared as protected areas by the Department of Environment and Natural
Resources. The eastern side is designated as watershed reservations (Biak na Bato) while a portion
of the western side is under the National Integrated Protected Areas System (Sierra Madre). These
parts of the forest areas must be maintained in their protected area status. Meanwhile, the
central ship of the municipality running from north to south is mostly allocated for forestry
programs of the DENR. Hence, management as well as any alteration in the use of this part of the
forest area should be referred and approved first by the department. Aside from this, parts of the
designated alienable and disposable area on the western side of Dona Remedios Trinidad, which
are currently undeveloped, are also covered with forests. Conversion of forests in the A & D lands
must also be properly planned and implemented to maximize the use of the land and to
contribute to the general welfare of the municipality and its people. Overall, forests cover a land
area of 60,624.85 hectares or 64.82% of the total land area of the municipality.
Following the forests in terms of most land areas covered are agriculture. Based on maps provided
by the Municipal Planning and Development Office and satellite images identifying existing
agricultural lands, the municipality has 17,195.45 hectares or 18.38% of total land area. The
westernmost portions of Dona Remedios Trinidad are also observed to have more of this type of
2 Source: Volume 1 Comprehensive Land Use Plan of Doña Remedios Trinidad

land use than the central and eastern portions. The lower elevation and gentler slope in this part
of the municipality as compared to the central and eastern parts are possible reasons for this
trend in land use. Human interference is greater when elevation is lower and when the slope is
not that sleep. Also, more activities can be done in these areas, in this case the western portion
of the municipality which would affect the land uses.
Built-up areas are scattered sporadically on the western portion of the municipality. These areas
are either situated in a linear fashion along the major roads as in the case of Barangay Pulong
Sampaloc, or in clusters as can be seen in Barangays Camachile and Sapang Bulak. Built-up areas
in the municipality are composed mostly of residential units, while some are used for institutional
and commercial purposes. Most built-up areas in Dona Remedios Trinidad are situated side by
side with agricultural areas and open spaces. This reveals that one of the main sources of income
for the residents of the municipality is farming.
In terms of location, greater number of settlements and denser built-up areas can be seen on the
western part of the municipality, because it is declared as alienable and disposable land.
Moreover, the elevation on this part is lower and the slope is gentler, so building of structures in
this part is easier and less costly. Furthermore, existing roads, which flank the western side of the
municipality, also facilitate construction on this portion. Meanwhile, smaller pockets of
settlements can also be observed in the central areas of Dona Remedios Trinidad towards the
forest areas, and are also located along roads, trails, and rivers. These settlements may be owned
by families whose source of income is the forest and its products. Almost 3.36 percent of the land
area of the municipality is designated as built up areas or a total of 335.57 hectares.
Patched of land with observable removal of the vegetation and topsoil can be seen in some parts
of the municipality. These are assumed to be sites of mining and quarrying operations. Covering
a land area of 1,135.88 hectares or 1.21%, these extractive land uses are located on the western
and central portions of Dona Remedios Trinidad, usually interspersed inside forest areas or
adjacent to open spaces. It can also be observed that most of these sites have their own service
roads or trails especially created to cater to the needs of their operations.
It can be observed that Dona Remedios Trinidad is full of interconnected rivers, creeks, and other
surface water bodies. Most notable and the largest of these is the Angat Watershed that is located
at the southern central portion of the municipality and stretches towards the Municipality of
Norzagaray. This type of land use has a land area of approximately 7,785.69 hectares, covering
8.32% of the territory of the municipality. These rivers act as natural barriers dissecting the vast
territory of the municipality into smaller and manageable land areas. These can be used as basis
for setting up of boundaries for the different barangays in the municipality.

Roads and trails connecting the barangays and settlements of Dona Remedios Trinidad are
another type of general land use in the municipality. The major road stretches from north to south
on the westernmost portion of the municipality. Meanwhile, some of the roads also connect Dona
Remedios Trinidad to other municipalities such as Angat, San Ildefonso, and San Miguel. Some
trails are also used by residents to travel back and forth from DRT to other municipalities and vice-
versa. Minor roads and trails then branch out from this major artery moving towards the
municipality’s eastern and mountainous side. Most of these trails lead towards pockets of
settlements whose inhabitants choose to stay near the forest, which is the source of their
livelihood. On the other hand, mining and quarrying sites are located at the end of some of the
trails. Consequently, these trails may be created by the operators of these sited for the specific
purpose of transporting the extracted materials from the mining and quarrying sites. The total
occupied land area of the type of land use is 814.79 hectares, which is 0.87% of DRT.

MPSA 245 Quarry Project
Figure 12 - Land Use Map of Dona Remedios Trinidad

MPSA 245 Quarry

Project
Figure 13 - Land Use Plan of Barangay Talbak DRT

2.1.1.1.2 Municipality of San Ildefonso
Majority of the area of San Ildefonso Bulacan is dedicated for agriculture and farming. The
proposed project is located on the southwest portion of the municipality straddling the boundary
between Barangay Akle and Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad encompassed by forest land
(Figure 14). As of July 2019, Municipal Office of San Ildefonso Bulacan is yet to have an approved
CLUP.

Figure 14 - Land Use Map of San Ildefonso Bulacan

2.1.1.2 Impact on Compatibility with Classification as an Environmentally Critical Area
The proposed project area is non-ECA as compared with the categories stated in MC 2014-005. In the province of Bulacan there are two areas declared
by law as National Park namely Angat Watershed and Biak na Bato. Angat Waterdhed is approximately situated 15 kilometers away from the project,
while Biak na Bato is located in San Miguel Bulacan with a distance of about 7 kilometers from the project.
Based on the protected area map of Bulacan Figure 15, the location of MPSA 245 is classified as “non-agriculture uses”
Biak na
Bato
Angat
Watershed
Figure 15 - Protected Area Map of Bulacan

2.1.1.3 Impact in Existing Land Tenure Issues
There are no known CARP areas/CARP-related issues within the project area.
2.1.1.4 Impairment of Visual Aesthetic
The quarrying activities will have permanent and irreversible impact on the slopes and natural
topography of the MPSA area. It will require the removal of vegetation from the active mining
area and the eventual excavation of mineral thereat. These changes will be confined within the
MPSA area which is far from the community.
The progressive rehabilitation program of the project will ensure the re-greening of the area
according to its final landform design. Careful planning and timely execution of environmental
plans shall be observed by the company to safeguard not only the interests of stakeholders, but
also the environment. Good housekeeping will be done along with the implementation of the
reforestation program. This will contribute to the maintenance of a tidy and a well-preserved
working environment.
2.1.1.5 Devaluation of Land Value as a Result of Improper Solid Waste Management and Other
Related Impacts
During pre-operation and operation stage of the project, loss of vegetation and topsoil removal
will be unavoidable to make way for the development of access road, settling pond and quarry
operation, thus, solid waste generation would increase during the mentioned activities.
To alleviate the impact of solid waste to Materials recovered from vegetation removal can be
utilized as:
• Trash lines on steep slopes to mitigate soil erosion

• Compost material/surface mulch for immediate soil cover and for improving SOM content
of soils
• Chipping of cut trees and using the chipped material as a growing medium for rehabilitation

2.1.2 Geology/Geomorphology
2.1.2.1 Change in Surface Landform/ Geomorphology/Topography/Terrain/Slope
2.1.2.1.1 Terrain/Physiography
The topography of the permit area ranges from 100 meters to 160 meters above mean sea level. The lower elevation is dominated by rolling topography
with protruding limestone bodies that are either in-situ or product of collapsed limestone boulders.
Figure 16 - Slope Map

2.1.2.2 Change in Sub-surface Geology/Underground Conditions
2.1.2.2.1 Reginal Geologic Setting
The municipalities of San Ildefonso and DRT, where the project site is located, are in the northern
part of eastern Bulacan. In the vicinity of the western foothills of Southern Sierra Madre range
and the edge of the north trending Central Luzon Basin. The basement of the Southern Sierra
Madre mountain range consists principally of Late Cretaceous ophiolitic rocks. Dioritic intrusions
that commenced in, Middle Eocene time formed batholitic masses from Isabela in the north to
Aurora province in the south. Magmatic activity that persisted up to Late Oligocene gave rise to
stocks of quartz diorite, diorite and alkali rocks. Magmatism is associated with the subduction of
the West Philippine Basin along the ancient East Luzon Trough during the Paleogene period, that
was driven, by seafloor spreading from the Central Basin Spreading center. Subduction ceased at
the closed of the Paleogene with the accretion of Banham Rise (rafted towards eastern Philippines
by the seafloor spreading) the eastern margin of northern Luzon. Since the accretion of Benham
Rise, no subduction-related magmatism has taken place in the eastern strip of Northern Luzon.
Sedimentation took place in the areas covered by the Southern Sierra Madre with the onset of
the Cenozoic era. The Paleogene period was a time of deposition of limestones, clastic
sedimentary rocks, volcaniclastic rocks, volcanic flows, and pyroclastic rocks. During the Neogene
period, after the cessation of subduction beneath the eastern section of northern Luzon,
sedimentation gave rise to limestone and clastic sedimentary rocks.
Bulacan province partly occupies the edge of the eastern part of Central Luzon Basin. The
sedimentary sequence that constitutes the eastern part of the basin came from the uplifted
portions of what is now the southern Sierra Madre range. The sedimentary rocks comprising the
western flank of the basin us derived from the rocks underlying the Zambales Range on the
western part of Luzon (Figure 17).

Figure 17 - Geologic Map of Northern Luzon showing approximate Location of Eagle Cement
Project in Bulacan

2.1.2.2.2 Stratigraphy
The main Central Luzon Basin, located between the Zambales Range and Southern Sierra Madre,
is composed of two different sedimentary packages. The eastern half is composed of rocks
derived from Sierra Madre range, while the western half were deposits sourced from Zambales
range (fig)). However, since a portion of the Central Luzon Basin extends north to connect with
the Ilocos Trough, the rocks in this northern extension were derived from the Central Cordillera.
Figure 18 - Stratigraphic Column for the Central Luzon Basin. Note the Differences Between the
East and West Sides.
On the western flank of Central Luzon Basin, which includes the province of Bulacan, the
basement consists of the volcanic and sedimentary carapace of the ophiolite which is represented

by the Barenas-Baito Formation and the Bayabas Formation. The Late Cretaceous Barenas –
Baito Formation is composed of volcanic flows and breccias with intercalated thin to medium
bedded sandstones, siltstones and argillites and subordinate chert and conglomerate lenses. It is
best exposed along Bernas and Baito creeks in Norzagaray, Bulacan. Overlying the Barenas-Baito
northern of Norzagaray are andesite flows, pyroclastic rocks and tuff breccias with sand-siltstone
interbeds and occasional conglomerate and limestone lenses that make up the Late Eocene-Early
Oligocene Bayabas Formation. Late Eocene quartz diorite, probably equivalent to the Sta. Ines
Diorite is overlain by the Bayabas and Angat formations. Quartz diorite intrusive bodies of
batholithic scale is widespread on the eastern flank of the southern Sierra Madre range.
The sedimentary unit occupy the bottom of the basin is the early Miocene Angat Formation,
which unconformably overlies the Bayabas Formation. It consists of a comparably thin sequence
of lower clastic member and a thick upper limestone member. The lower member is mainly
composed of thin beds of calcareous mudstones and clayey sandstones with sandy limestone
lenses. The upper limestone member is a reefal limestone characterizes by a lower reef flank
deposit and upper biohermal mass. Gonzales and others (1971) estimate a maximum thickness of
more than 800 m at the Mt. Nablo area. Measured sections total around 410m along Bayabas
River and 400 m along Baliculing River in the Biak-na-Bato area. It is approximately 100 m along
Madium River and 20 – 50m in the Sumacbao area (Gonzales and others, 1971)
Conformably lying above the Angat Formation is the Middle Miocene Madlum Formation,
consisting of three members, namely – lower clastic member, Alagao Volcanics and Buenacop
Limestone. The sequence of shale, siltstone, sandstone and conglomerate exposed along Madlum
River in San Miguel, Bulacan make up the lower clastic member. The measures thickness in this
type locality is 1,005m but it could be more (Gonzales and others, 1971). The middle Alagao
Volcanic member consists of andesite flows, pyroclastic bressias, tuff, argillite and greywacke
which is well exposed along the San Ildefonso-Akle road in San Ildefonso Bulacan. The thickness
along Bayabas River is 175 m but is much thicker along Angat River to the south (Gonzales and
others, 1971). The pyroclastic breccias, the prevalent rock type, contain angular to surrounded
cobble to boulder sizes of andesite, basalt and other volcanic rocks set in a tuff matrix (MGB,
2010).

2.1.2.3 Inducement of Subsidence, Liquefaction, Landslide etc.
2.1.2.3.1 Flooding
Flooding, which is the temporary covering of land by water outside of its natural or normal
confines, greatly affects Bulacan. Heavy rains and tidal flooding are the principal causes and the
affected areas are generally low-lying with relatively flat slopes making water run-off to be
slower/receding time longer towards the natural drainage and streams. Silted river systems and
clogged waterways contribute or aggravate to the rapid flood water rise during heavy rains.
Based on the geohazard map visualization (Figure 19) from the Mines and Geosciences Bureau,
the area proposed project area is not susceptible to flooding since the location of the project in
an upland area.
The amount of rainfall that will trigger flooding (frequent events) in Bulacan was arrived at 160.5
mm/day. The return period for frequent flooding event is estimated at two (2) years while the
rare event of flooding is estimated around 20 years.
Table 5 - Frequent Flooding Events

Flooding Event Return Period
Frequent 2
Likely 15.78
Rare 41.96

MPSA 245 Quarry

Project
Figure 19 - Flood Susceptibility Map

Source: Mines and Geosciences Bureau website

2.1.2.3.2 Rainfall-induced Landslides
Rainfall-induced landslide refers to the usually sudden downward movement of loosened

materials (rock and earth) due to rain. This also includes displacements and flows which occur in
unconsolidated soil materials though highly localized, it can be particularly hazardous due to its
frequency of occurrence. Mudflows are flows of rock, earth and other debris saturated with water
which develop when water rapidly accumulates in the ground such as during heavy rainfalls,
changing the earth into a flowing river of mud. This can flow rapidly down the slopes or through
channels and can strike with little or no warning at avalanche speeds.
Based on the geohazard map visualization (Figure 20) from the Mines and Geosciences Bureau,
the upland areas on the eastern side of the province showed the town of Dona Remedios Trinidad
is characterized by moderate to high susceptibility rain-induced landslides.

Figure 20 - Rainfall Induced Landslide Map
Source: Mines and Geosciences Bureau website

2.1.2.3.3 Ground Shaking
The ground shaking hazard map showed that Bulacan is susceptible to strong Intensity VIII
earthquake which is classified as very destructive based on the PHILVOLCS Earthquake Intensity
Scale (PEIS).
The province had experienced seven earthquakes for the past 400 years that caused significant
damage. The 1645 and 1990 earthquake recorded nearly the same magnitude at 7.8 and 7.9
respectively. The historical data shows that Bulacan is prone to strong earthquakes which have
resulted to damages of great extend and fatalities.
2.1.2.4 Impact Management
Change in topography is inherent to any surface mining activity. Activities that would
generate the most significant impact to geology and geomorphology are the site preparation
(i.e. overburden removal and grading) and the quarrying activity itself.
To minimize the impact on the natural topography, mining activity will be conducted in
conformance with the mining plan and bench parameter of at least 3m bench width and
minimum of 10m bench height. The mined-out areas will be recontoured following the
topography. The contours shall be appropriately designed (catch bench width, bench height,
bench angle, general slope angle, slope height, etc.) based on the geology of the area and on
the original land configuration of the area to be quarried.

Figure 21 - Ground Shaking Hazard Map of Bulacan

2.1.3 Pedology
2.1.3.1 Methodology
The proposed project is located in Barangay Akle, Municipality of Sa Ildefonso and, Barangay
Talbak, Doña Remedios Trinidad both in the Province of Bulacan covered by MPSA 245-2007- III
with a total area of 82.6033 hectares, the proposed project will cover an area of 69.9011 hectares.
The study on soils, and land use covered the review of existing literatures and maps of the project
area including the Soil Survey Report (1987), Land Resources Evaluation Project (1987) province
of Bulacan, and at the same time relevant records about the Eagle Cement Quarry Project
available in Mines and Geo-sciences Bureau (MGB) central office, climatic data from PAGASA were
gathered and evaluated.
Ocular observation trip was initially made by the Axceltechs, Inc. Team on the early hours of
November 16, 2018. This was followed by a field survey and, the soil sampling activities during
the remaining hours of the same day.
The site selection criteria of the four (4) soil sampling locations namely Soil sampling Location 1
(S1), Soil sampling Location 2 (S2), Soil sampling Location 3 (SS3), Soil sampling Location 4 (S4)
within the MPSA coverage were made in accordance with the present land use, and slope. The
Dominant present land uses of the quarry area were recorded and documented in the form of
digital photographs together with its geographic coordinates and is presented in Table 6.

2.1.3.1.1 Soil Sampling
2.1.3.1.1.1 Undisturbed Soil sampling:
2.1.3.1.1.1.1 Surface Soil Bulk Density Determinations
Figure 22 - Soil sampling for Bulk Density Using Stainless steel cores

Table 6 - Photograph and Geographic Coordinates and the Present Land Use of the Soil Sampling Locations
S1 S2 S3 S4
Coordinates Coordinates Coordinates Coordinates
N 150 04’ 03.4” N 150 03’ 51.4” N 150 03’ 36.9” N 150 03’ 32.0”
E 1210 04’ 31.4” E 1210 04’ 29.9” E 1210 04’ 29.0” E 1210 04’ 26.6”
Land Use: Predominantly Land Use: Presence of large Land Use: Dense cover of Land Use: Dense brushy
sparsely covered limestone boulders inter shrubs and, climbing vine vegetative cover and presence
grassland/shrubland with small planted with very sparse grass species with partly weathered of exposed small to large
slightly weathered limestone and shrub tree species mainly limestone and presence of limestone boulders.
pebbles to large Limestone ipil ipil. small to large limestone
slabs and boulders on the soil boulders in the soil surface.
surface. Sloping terrain.

Table 7 - Soil Quality Laboratory Result

Stations
Parameters S1 S2 S3 S4
pH 6.30 6.80 7.80 7.40
Soil Organic Matter 5.02 4.53 2.12 4.33
Total Nitrogen 2,840 3,000 1,320 2,590
Phosphorus 364 582 563 1,460
Potassium 204 215 121 612
Calcium 324 875 13,400 6,210
Sodium 17 17 25 33
Magnesium 1,070 1,280 1,250 181
Zinc 15 18 17 17
Iron 21,100.00 29,500.00 29,100.00 28,100.00
Conductivity 137.00 157.00 212.00 205.00
Arsenic 3.30 3.90 4.80 3.40
Cadmium 0.50 3.60 0.80 0.80
Lead 12.00 11.00 10.00 12.00
Mercury 0.20 0.10 0.30 0.30

Figure 23 - Soil Sampling Location Map

From each soil sampling sites established undisturbed soil samples using 100 cc cores were
collected from the immediate surface (0 - 5 cm depth) replicated twice for the surface soil bulk
density determinations. (Figure 22).
2.1.3.1.1.1.2 Slake Test
To measure the aggregate stability of the immediate soil surface, a slake test was conducted
in-situ. The slake test were done in all of the sampling sites and, is an indicator of soil cohesiveness
especially when rapid soil wetting occurs. The soil physical property will determine the soil
stability in terms of erosion potentials even when mechanical manipulation is employed (i.e.
tillage, excavations). The assessment was done with sun dried soil samples and is further
explained below:
A soil fragment (at least 1 cm x 1 cm in size) is gently immersed in distilled or rainwater and
response to rapid wetting is observed for a period of time (i.e. 10 minutes). The soil is therefore
classified in terms of its response to wetting and is described below:
Slake test is not applicable on sandy/stony soils (Class 0).
Class 1 = Very unstable. Soil fragment disintegrates in <5 seconds; very fine bubbles may
emerge.
Class 2 = Unstable. Soil fragment goes slumping within 5‐10 seconds.
Class 3 = Moderately Stable. Slumping of sub-crust but most of the crust is intact.
Class 4 = Very Stable. No slumping of particles is evident after several minutes of being
immersed in water; whole fragment remains intact with no swelling; large bubbles may
emerge.
2.1.3.1.1.2 Disturbed Soil Samplings
From each soil sampling location, disturbed composite soil samples were collected within the 0 –
30 cm. depth using an ordinary mini trowel. The representative soil samples were randomly
collected in a zigzag pattern within the selected sampling sites. There are at least 8 -10 random
soil sampling sites for one composite sample. Presence of organic debris, stone fragments and
other unwanted litters were carefully removed from the collected composite samples on site.
Using a clean used sack, each of the four (4) composite samples were manually mixed thoroughly
and then, quartered twice, rejecting the two (2) quarter of the sample. From the remaining 2

quarter, approximately 1.5 kilograms of samples were finally collected per location and kept in a
12” X 16” polyethylene plastic bag and labeled accordingly.
All of the soil samples were chemically and physically analyzed at the CRL Environmental
Corporation Laboratory, Bldg. 2, Berthaphil Compound 1, Berthaphil Inc. Industrial Park, Jose
Abad Santos Ave., CFZ Pampanga, submitted on November 19, 2018 for the soil physical and
chemical characteristics.
The parameters requested are presented in Table 8. Laboratory results of analyses were reported
on December 12, 2018.
The impact of the proposed project on the soil and the vegetation/land use were assessed and
mitigation measures were given.
Table 8 - Requested Soil Chemical Analyses of The Eagle Cement

Mpsa No. 245-2007-Iii Quarry Project
Chemical Properties
pH (H2O 1:1)
Available Phosphorus (P, ppm)
Organic Matter (OM, %)
Total Nitrogen (N, ppm)
Electrical Conductivity (EC, μS cm-1)
Calcium (Ca, ppm)
Magnesium (Mg, ppm)
Sodium (Na, ppm)
Available Potassium (K, ppm)
Trace Metals/Heavy Metals
Copper Cu(ppm)
Zinc (Zn, ppm)
Mercury (Hg, ppm)
Lead (Pb, ppm)

2.1.3.2 General Description of the Province of Bulacan
2.1.3.2.1 Location and Extent
Bulacan province is one of the provinces comprising the Central Plain of Luzon. It contains a total
area of about 267,200 hectares which also includes the town of Valenzuela, now integrated to
Metro Manila. The southern tip of the province is about 17 kilometers north of Manila. The town
of San Miguel is the northernmost town of the province, is about 75 kilometers from Manila.
Bulacan lies approximately between 140 40’ 10” and 150 15’ 50” north latitude and between 1200
38’ 10” and 1210 20” 00” east longitude. It is bounded by Nueva Ecija on the north, Quezon
province on the east, and Rizal province on the south. The western portion is bounded by Manila
Bay and Pampanga Province. Malolos, the capital is about 45 kilometers, or 30 minutes trip by car
or bus from Manila.
2.1.3.2.2 Relief and Drainage
The province is divided into five (5) major landscapes. Adjacent to Manila Bay to its north and east
is the level to nearly level swampy coastal landscape. The Nearly level broad alluvial terraces and
depressions which is located further inland comprises the upper Candaba Swamp and flood plains.
These landforms have an elevation of less than 20 meters above mean sea level (MASL).
The higher piedmont landscape which is 30 – 100 meters above mean sea level have dominantly
undulating to rolling topography. This landscape is located further inland towards the east and it
runs from north to south of the province. Still located more inland to the east are the
conglomeratic, volcanic and limestone hills and ridges. Their elevation generally ranges from 100
– 300 (MASL).
The towering volcanic mountains with an elevation of 300 meters or more occupies the eastern
half of the province. The highest mountain peak, Mt. Oriod, has an elevation of about 1, 170
meters above mean sea level.
Several rivers and their tributaries serve as the principal drainage system of the province. The
two largest rivers, the Angat and Pampanga Rivers, drain the central part. Other smaller rivers
such as Meycauayan, Guiginto, Labangan, Marilao, Bocaue and, Bigaa Rivers drain the southern
portion. The numerous tributaries of Pampanga River serve as outlet for excess water and run-off
in the coastal areas. All these river systems have their exit at Manila Bay to the west.

2.1.3.2.3 Agriculture, Land Use and Vegetation
Bulacan is primarily an agricultural area. The most common crops grown are rice, corn, vegetables
(string beans, tomatoes, eggplant, bitter gourd, squash, pechay), root crops (cassava, sweet
potato, upland taro, radish) water melon and tree crops (mango, atis, avocado, papaya,
calamansi, pomelo, caimito).
Rice comprises the most extensive cultivated crop. Corn serves only as a secondary crop. It is
commonly grown as green corn, vegetable or animal feed. The main corn areas are located in the
towns of Angat, San Jose Del Monte, Norzagaray and San Miguel.
Watermelon has been grown in commercial scale in the towns of Sta. Maria, Marilao, Bocaue and
Norzagaray. This crop is planted in rotation with rice.
The tree crops most commonly grown are mangoes, atis, avocado, chico, papaya, calamansi and
caimito. Of these, mango is the most important and grown most extensively.
The swampy areas along Manila Bay are mainly devoted for fishpond. Some of these areas are
vegetated with nipa or mangrove trees. The swampy areas are situated in Obando, Bulacan,
Malolos, Paombong and Hagonoy, the coastal towns.
The rolling to hilly areas ere dominantly idle, open grassland or brushland. Only limited area is
cultivated to annual upland crops. Tree crops mostly in small patches are also common. Grasses,
bushes, secondary or tertiary growth forest comprises the major vegetative cover of the eastern
mountainous portion of the province. Only a small portion is left as virgin forest due to continuous
and indiscriminate logging.
2.1.3.3 The Soils of Bulacan Province
2.1.3.3.1 General
The soils of Bulacan Province are composed of twenty-four (24) soil series and one (1) soil variant
consisting of seventy-two (72) soil mapping units and five miscellaneous land types (Soil Survey
Report Bulacan Province 1987). Their extent and corresponding percentage are shown in Table 9.
The twenty four (24) soil series recognized and mapped are: 1) Matimbo, 2) Obando, 3) Masantol
series of the coastal landscape; 4) San Fernando; 5) Corgante; 6) Bigaa; 7) Bantog; 8)Tagulod; 9)
Kapalangan; 10) Quingua, 11) San Manuel, 12) Gapan, and 13) Peñaranda series of the alluvial

landscape; 14) Mysan, 15) Pulong Buhangin; 16) Batis; 17) Awayan; 18) Prensa; 19) Mahipon; and
20) Kalayakan series of the piedmont landscape and 21) Paradise; 22) Novaliches; 23) Kay Bamban
and 24) Sibul series of the Hilly landscape. The miscellaneous land types include the 1) clayey
tidal swamp; 2), loamy tidal swamp; 3) mucky swamp; 4 rivers and streams; and 5) mountainous
land.
Table 9 - Area and Percentage of Soil Series and Miscellaneous Land Types of Bulacan
Province**
A. Soil Series Area in (Has) Percent (%)

*
Dolongan 382.5 0.14
Matimbo 1,702.5 0.64
Obando 592.5 0.22
Masantol 3,532.5 1.32
San Fernando 1,262.5 0.47
Corgante 537.5 0.21
Bigaa 1,075.0 0.40
Bantog 5,942.5 2.22
Tagulod 21,706.3 8.13
Quingua 8,957.5 3.35
San Manuel 6,647.5 2.48
Gapan 407.5 0.15
Peñaranda 662.5 0.25
Kapalangan 842.5 0.31
Mysan 2818.3 1.05
Pulong Buhangin 6,207.2 2.33
Batia 13,226.3 5.91
Awayan 26,803 10.04
Prensa 3,157.5 1.18
Mahipon 825.5 0.31
Kalayakan 1,005.0 0.38
Paradise 7,464.8 2.79
Novaliches 3,331.3 1.25
Kay Bamban 5,488.8 2.06
Sibul 21,526.3 8.05
B. Miscellaneous land Type
Rivers and Streams 3,914.7 1.47

A. Soil Series Area in (Has) Percent (%)

clayey tidal swamp 3,387.5 1.27
Loamy tidal swamp 4,122.5 1.54
Mucky tidal swamp 9,720.0 3.64
Mountainous land 92,022.5 34.44
GRAND TOTAL 267,200.0 100.0
* Variant
** Source: Soil Survey and Classification of Bulacan Province (1987)
2.1.3.4 Soils of the Project Area
Figure 24 - Soil Map Showing the Soil Series of The Project Area

The soils of the project area as mapped by the BSWM (1987) belongs to the Sibul series (Figure
24).
The Sibul series consists of moderately deep to deep well drained fine clayey soils that occur on
sloping to rolling moderately dissected rounded limestone foothills or on steep to very steep
limestone hills and ridges of the hilly landscape.
In a representative profile of Sibul series, the surface layer 24 cm thick has light yellowish brown,
clay in texture. The subsoil; (argillic horizon) to a depth of 120 cm is light yellowish brown to brown
silty clay, clay loam or clay with strong medium angular blocky structure breaking to subangular
blocky structure common small and medium soft limestone fragments occur in the middle and
lower subsoil. The substratum is yellowish brown sticky, plastic, firm clay. Common medium soft
weathered tuff rock fragments occur in this layer.
These soils have low organic matter content and moderate inherent fertility. Available
phosphorus is moderate but high in exchangeable potassium and base saturation. Available
moisture holding capacity is also moderate. Soil reaction is medium acid. Salinity level poses no
problem for normal plant growth.
The Sibul series is relatively extensive consisting of approximately 21,526.3 hectares or 8.05
percent of the total area of the province.
A representative profile of Sibul series in an area with an open grassland vegetation in the town
of Norzagaray (1210 05’ 51’’ E and, 14052’ 13” N) has the following morphological, physical and
chemical characteristics:
Horizon Depth (cm) Description
A 0 – 24 Light yellowish brown (10YR 6/4) dry, clay; no mottles; weak common
medium angular breaking to subangular blocky structure; no concretion;
sticky, plastic when wet, firm; common very few fine roots; abrupt clear
boundary; pH 6.4.
B1 24 – 63 Light Yellowish brown (10YR 6/4) moist, clay; few fine faint diffuse brownish
yellow (10YR 6/6) mottles; sticky, plastic, firm; strong medium angular
blocky breaking under pressure to subangular blocky structure; no
concretions; very few fine roots; clear wavy boundary; pH 6.4.

Horizon Depth (cm) Description
Bt21 63 – 85 Brown (10YR 5/3) mist, clay; weak common medium angular breaking to
subangular blocky structure; sticky, plastic, firm; no concretion; common
small medium hard angular to subangular gravels; very few fine roots;
abrupt clear boundary; pH 6.4
Bt22 85- 120 Brown (10YR 5/3) moist, clay; weak common medium angular
breaking to subangular blocky structure; sticky, plastic, firm; few small and
medium hard angular to subangular gravel and probably limestones; very
few small soft weathered tuff rock fragments; diffuse boundary; pH 6.2.
C 120 – 150 Yellowish brown (10YR 5/4) moist, clay; strong common medium angular
blocky breaking under pressure to subangular blocky structure; sticky,
plastic, firm; few medium black Mn concretions; common medium soft
weathered tuff rock fragments; pH 6.0.
The A horizons, 10 to 30 cm thick, are light yellowish brown, pale brown dark brown, brown or
dark grayish brown clay with moderately weak medium angular to subangular blocky structure.
The subsoil to a depth of 100 cm are light to dark yellowish brown, brown to dark brown, dark
grayish brown or grayish brown clay loam, silty clay loam or clay with occasionally few brownish
yellow mottles. Few to common weathered limestone rock fragments occur in the lower subsoil.
The stratum is very pale brown, light brown, brown or dark grayish clay or clay loam with common
limestone fragments.
The Sibul series is associated with the deeper clayey Bamban soils of the volcanic hilly landscape
and the slightly lower clayey gravelly Paradise series of the low elongated conglomeratic and
agglomeratic ridges and hills.
2.1.3.4.1 Soil Mapping Units
2.1.3.4.1.1 Sibul Clay, 2.0 to 5.0 percent slopes (SbC), 8,017.5 hectares
This mapping unit occurs on gently sloping to undulating moderately dissected rounded limestone
foothills in the mid-northern portion of the province. The most extensive among the mapping
units, it occupies about 3 percent of the total area of the Province. Most of the profiles exhibit
similar characteristics with that representative profile for the series. Included are slightly steeper
and slightly eroded small areas. The main land use and vegetative cover consists of grasses,
brushes and, trees.

2.1.3.4.1.2 Sibul clay, 5.0 to 8.0 percent slopes, slightly eroded (SbD1), 1,320.0 hectares.
Mapped in the eastern part of San Ildefonso, this mapping unit occurs on slightly eroded
moderately sloping to moderately undulating rounded limestone foothills of the hilly landscape.
In most areas, the soil profiles have similar characteristics with that representative profile for the
series. Small areas with steeper slopes, shallower soils and with moderate erosion are included
under this mapping unit.
The vegetative cover consists principally of grasses, brushes and trees.
2.1.3.4.1.3 Sibul clay, 8.0 to 15.0 percent slopes, slightly eroded (SbE1), 7,477.5 Hectares.
This unit occurs on slightly dissected moderately sloping to rolling rounded limestone foothills at
the western boundary of Doña Remedios Trinidad town. This unit constitutes about 2.8 percent
of the total area of the province. The dominant soils have similar characteristics with that
described representative profile for the series. Small slightly shallower, moderately eroded
steeper areas are included in this unit.
Grasses, brushes and tree constitutes the dominant vegetative cover.
2.1.3.4.1.4 Sibul clay, 8.0 to 15.0 percent slopes, moderately eroded (SbE2), 4,902.5 Hectares.
This mapping unit occupies the moderately eroded rolling to hilly limestone areas in the mid-
northern portion of the project along San Miguel - Doña Remedios Trinidad municipal boundary.
This unit is extensive covering about 1.8 percent of the total area of the Province.
Except in some small areas, most of the soils have similar characteristics with that representative
profile for the series. Included are shallower profiles on steeper severely eroded slopes.
Grasses, shrubs brushes and trees comprise the main vegetative cover.
2.1.3.4.1.5 Sibul clay, 15.0 – 25.0 percent slopes, moderately eroded (SbF2), 1,215.0 Hectares.
Located north and south of the Angat river and extending up to Brgy. Bigti to the south and Doña
Remedios Trinidad – Norzagary boundary to the north, this unit occurs on rolling to hilly
moderately eroded limestone landscape. Mostly, the soil profiles have characteristics similar with
that profile representing the series. Included are small areas with shallower soil depth, more
eroded and slightly steeper slopes.

The vegetative cover consists mainly of grasses, brushes and trees.
2.1.3.4.1.6 Sibul clay, 25.0 – 50.0 percent slopes, moderately eroded (SbG2), 6, 611.3 Hectares.
This mapping unit occurs on moderately eroded steep to hilly dominantly limestone landscape at
the middle northern portion of the project along Doña Remedios Trinidad – San Miguel municipal
boundary. The dominant soils have similar characteristics with that representative profile of the
series. Some profiles with thinner sola, severely eroded and steeper areas are included.
The main vegetation consists of grasses, shrubs, brushes and trees. This unit comprises about 2.5
percent of the total area of the province.
2.1.3.5 Results and Discussions
2.1.3.5.1 Chemical Properties of the Soil Sampling Locations
The soils of Eagle cement quarry as classified by the BSWM is a calcareous soil. A calcareous soil
are those soils with high calcium carbonate content whose physical problems of land and water
use for crop production are primarily denominated yet the high content of CaCO3, especially the
active fraction with high specific surface area (FAO Soils Bulletin No. 21, 1972); (Loeppert and
Suarez, 1996).
2.1.3.5.1.1 Soil pH
It is the degree of acidity or alkalinity of a soil expressed in pH value. The optimum pH requirement
of most plants varies between 6.0 to 7.5 below or above this range, nutrient availability decrease
or increase.
Calcareous soils like the Eagle Cement quarry is often characterized to have high pH value because
of the presence of high amount of Calcium Carbonate (CACO3) and the associated mineral
Magnesium.
Cereal crops grow best if the soil pH is between 6.0 to 7.2, root crops and vegetables pH
preference is between 5.6 to 7.0, while fruit trees, industrial and forest crops requires a soil pH
between 5.4 to 6.5 for their optimum growth.

Figure 25 - Soil Surface pH of the Soil Sampling Locations
Shown in Figure 25 is the surface soil pH of the 4 soil sampling locations. Soil sampling location 1
(S1) have the lowest pH value of 6.3 and is described to be slightly acid when compared to the
soil pH scale of standards of the BSWM. The highest pH of the soil sampling sites was given by S3
of 7.8 and is described to be slightly alkaline. Soil sampling sites 2 and 4 are having a pH value of
6.8, 7.4 and is described to be near neutral and slightly alkaline, respectively.
The observed very slight pH level differences in these sites are the results of the differences in
vegetative cover. Where S1 is having a denser cover and surface soil litter derived from the shrubs
and grass understory vegetation in contrast with the rest of the soil sampling sites within the
project area. Where, it was observed to be undergoing various stages of litter decomposition. The
biological process that is actively undergoing greatly affects the soil reaction most especially in
the surface horizon, where the initial product of organic matter decomposition are strong organic
acids and, is being captured by the latest soil testing activity. According to Fuehring, (1972) high
pH levels observed in these soils is the result of unavailable phosphorous and micronutrient zinc
and iron.

2.1.3.5.1.2 Soil Organic Matter (SOM)
Soil Organic Matter (SOM) content influences the physical and chemical properties of soils. It
helps to improve the soil structure, conserve soil moisture and enhance the existence of useful
micro-organisms resulting to high Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC), increased Water Holding
Capacity (WHC) and improves soil consistence and infiltration rates of clayey soils.
Figure 26 - Soil Organic Matter Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
The laboratory test of the surface soil in the project area (Figure 26) revealed that the soil in the
proposed project area of the quarry ranges from medium (2.12 % in S3) to very high (5.02% in S1).
Soil Sampling locations 2 and 4 are within the high SOM content of 4.53 and 4.33 % respectively,
when compared to the BSWM set of standards for SOM.
Differences in the SOM content among soil sampling locations can be attributed to the differences
in slope and the vegetation cover of the soil sampling sites. Soil sampling site S3 being the lowest
is located on the undulating to rolling terrain. There is also noted not much surface litter cover
that may serve as mulch to prevent surface erosion. Never the less, all of the soil sampling sites
have a considerable SOM content in the immediate soil surface to nurture the vegetation for
growth and survival.

2.1.3.5.1.3 Total Nitrogen
One of the essential elements needed by plants for growth and development is nitrogen (N). Being
one of the major components of the chlorophyll it provides green color of the leaves and
determines the size and the protein content of the produce. However, essential plant nutrient N
is the most unstable in soils and can be easily lost through various transformations (e.g.
volatilization, nitrification).
Figure 27 - Total Nitrogen Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
The slightly alkaline pH values found in the soil sampling locations as discussed in this module
affects the rates of N transformations, which in turn can influence the efficiency of N use by the
existing vegetation. The transformation of N via nitrification (i.e. Nitrification is the conversion of
ammonium (NH4+) to nitrate (NO3-) by soil bacteria) and is rapidly accelerated in soils with pH
values between 7 and 8, and decreases with decreasing pH values.
Figure 27 summarizes the surface soil N content of the sampling locations. All of the sampling
locations have low N content (i.e. within 1,000 – 3,000 ppm). This can be attributed to the
inherent high pH of the soil parent material. These results confirmed and explain the findings of
Loeppert and Suarez, (1996) where, they characterized calcareous soil to normally have high pH
level, and have low level of its total Nitrogen.

2.1.3.5.1.4 Surface Soil Phosphorus Content
Essential element phosphorus (P) is normally abundant among Philippine soils but its availability
to plants is highly governed by the soil pH. The availability of P in calcareous soils is usually
restricted. Maximum availability to plants of both native and applied P in the form of Commercial
P fertilizers is in the pH range of 6.0 to 7.5. At higher pH values, phosphate anions react with Ca
and Mg to form phosphate compounds of limited solubility (Mortvedt et al., 1999). In other word,
native soil P can be abundant but is being fixed, rendering the essential nutrient to be less
available to plants.
Figure 28 - Soil Surface Phosphorus Content
Figure 28 summarizes the P contents of the four soil sampling locations. All of the soil sampling
locations showed that there is an elevated level of P reaching a maximum amount of 1,460.0 ppm
(soil sampling location S4). This is about 30 times more when compared to the adequate level set
by the BSWM standards. The Lowest of the soil sampling locations soil P content was given by S1
of only 364.0 ppm, which is still high above to the adequacy level of 50 ppm. The elevated Levels
of all sampling locations can be attributed to the parent material where these soils were derived.
2.1.3.5.1.5 Surface Soil Potassium Content
Figure 29 shows the surface soil potassium (K) content of the four soil sampling locations. The
lowest was given by soil sampling location No. 3 of 121.0 ppm. When compared to the set of

standards by the BSWM, it is rated to be of medium K content. The highest was found in Soil
sampling location No. 4 of 612.0 ppm and is rated to be very high in terms of its K content.
Available potassium (K) are usually found in an adequate supply in calcareous soils. This is due to
native high levels of exchangeable K (Brady and Weil, 1999). However, when the soil is
experiencing an aquic moisture regime (i.e. more than 2000 mm rainfall a year) K deficiency may
occur as K is highly soluble with water and is easily lost thru leaching and runoff. Over all, the soil
of the Eagle Cement quarry area has an adequate K in its immediate soil surface.
Figure 29 - Surface Soil Potassium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
2.1.3.5.1.6 Surface Soil Calcium Content
The presence of Calcium (Ca) on the surface of the Soil sampling locations are presented in Figure
30. Soil sampling locations Nos. 3 and 4 have an elevated level of Ca many times above the
adequate limit of 4,000 ppm (i.e. 13,400.0; 6,210.0 ppm for S3 and S4, respectively). S1 and S2
are rated as low to medium of 324.0 and 875.0 ppm, respectively.
The native Ca content of the soil in the area (i.e. being a calcareous soil and the constant low
elevation dust formation every heavy vehicle passing along the limestone quarry haul road area
specially during dry road surface soil conditions inevitably have increased the Ca content of the
topsoil.

Figure 30 - Soil Surface Calcium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
2.1.3.5.1.7 Surface Soil Sodium Content
The soil provides the essential plant nutrient sodium (Na) in plants. There is a natural
accumulation of sodium in soil from fertilizers, pesticides, run off from shallow salt-laden waters
and the breakdown of minerals which releases salt in the form of Na. Nearness to the sea is also
a good source of Na in the soil. The exchangeable Na is very necessary for the plant in order to
maintain its cell wall turgidity. However, excessive Na in the soil taken up by plant roots can cause
serious vitality problems. Plants exposed to excessive Na will wilt resulting to stunted growth and,
eventually plant death as a result of plasmolysis. Only very few plant species can tolerate high Na
content in the soil. Among those are the coconut, and various mangrove species.

Figure 31 - Soil Surface Sodium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
The laboratory soil test for sodium level of the soil sampling locations (Figure 31) indicated a low
to very low Na content. (i.e. 17.0 ;17.0 ;25.0; 33.0 ppm for S1, S2, S3 and S4, respectively). This
indicate that the soil has no salinity problems.
2.1.3.5.1.8 Soil Surface Magnesium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
Magnesium (Mg) as an essential nutrient in higher plants and, is a component of the green
pigment in the plant leaves (i.e. chlorophyll) and, act as catalyst to the translocation of
phosphorus in the plant vascular tissues. It also aids in the formation of fats and oil in fruits.
Calcareous soils found in the project area Mg content (Figure 32) have medium to very high Mg
content of 1,070.0; 1,280.0; 1,250.0; 181.0 for S1, S2, S3, S4, respectively. When compared to the
BSWM set of standards for Mg content, it indicated a medium (S4) to very high Mg content (S1,
S2 and S3). These values reveal a common Mg content on the topsoil since these soils are derived
from limestone parent materials (Ca – Mg association). Mg, being an essential microelement is
only needed by plants in small quantity. Soil concentration of Mg above the adequate limit pose
as soil pollutants in plants.

Figure 32 - Soil Surface Magnesium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
2.1.3.5.1.9 Surface Soil Zinc Content
Zinc (Zn) is a trace element found in varying concentrations in all soils, plants and animals and, it
is essential for the normal healthy growth of higher plants, animals and humans. Zinc is needed
in small but critical concentrations and, if the amount available is not adequate, plants and/or
animals will suffer from physiological stress brought about by the dysfunction of several enzyme
systems and other metabolic functions in which zinc plays a part. Zinc is an essential component
of various enzyme systems for energy production, protein synthesis, and growth regulation.

Figure 33 - Soil Surface Zinc Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
Figure 33 shows the laboratory results using flame atomic absorption spectrometry (FAAS) of
micro-metallic zinc content of the four soil sampling locations of the Eagle Cement quarry. All of
the soil sampling sites demonstrate adequate levels of Zn when compared to the BSWM sets of
standards. Where, 15.0 ;18.0 ;17.0 ;17.0 for S1, S2, S3 and S4, respectively. However, the soil
reaction of the soil sampling locations has a slightly acid pH reaction to slightly alkaline. This pH
level in the soil will render the availability of Zn to be impaired. The soil reaction values, clearly,
explain the observed stunted growth of the existing vegetation and is caused apparently by Zn
deficiency (i.e. small leaves, slight yellowing and very poor and stunted growth).
2.1.3.5.1.10 Soil Surface Iron Content of the Sampling Locations
Iron (Fe) as an essential micro-metallic plant nutrient is essential in the synthesis and maintenance
of chlorophyll in plants. Also, Fe has been strongly associated with protein metabolism.
Calcareous soils found in the Eagle Cement Quarry may contain elevated levels of total Fe, but in
forms unavailable to higher plants. Visible Fe deficiency, or Fe chlorosis, is common in many plants
around the quarry were observed during the assessment field work. This disorder on calcareous
soils is not always attributable to Fe deficiency; this condition is known as lime-induced Fe
chlorosis.
Figure 34 showed that the surface soil of the Eagle Cement quarry area has more than adequate
level of iron and, is considered to have reached the toxicity level when compared to the BSWM

sets of standards. The lowest Fe content of 29.1; 29. 5ppm was inferred in S3 and S2, respectively.
This is approximately 6.5 times above the adequate level set by the BSWM standard and, the
highest was given by S4 of 28,100.0 ppm. A similar value of about 21,100.0 is given by S1.
Figure 34 - Soil Surface Iron Content of the Sampling Locations
2.1.3.5.1.11 Surface Soil Electrical Conductivity
Soil electrical conductivity (EC) measures the ability of the soil solution to conduct electricity and
is expressed in µS cm -1. Because pure water is a poor conductor of electricity, increase in soluble
salts of the soil solution result in proportional increases in the solution EC.
The range of electrical conductivity value of the four soil sampling locations using the laboratory
method of conductimetry ranges from 137.0 - 205.0 µS cm-1and the standard value of electrical
conductivity should be between 0 to 1,000 μS cm-1 for good soil. Thus, the results show that the
soil samples around that area are suitable for the growth of plants in terms of EC (Figure 35).

Figure 35 - Surface Soil Electrical Conductivity
2.1.3.5.2 Heavy Metal Analysis of the Soil Sampling Locations
Soil contamination by heavy metals is of most important apprehension throughout the

industrialized world ( Hinojosa eat a., 2004). Heavy metal pollution not only result in adverse
effects on various parameters relating to plant quality and yield but also cause changes in the
size, composition and activity of the microbial community Yao and Huang (2003). Therefore,
heavy metals are considered as one of the major sources of soil pollution.
Heavy metal pollution of the soil is caused by various metals especially Cu, Ni, Cd, Zn, Cr, and
Pb ( Hinojosa eat a., 2004). The adverse effects of heavy metals on soil biological and biochemical
properties are well documented. The soil properties l i k e t h e l e v e l s o f organic matter,
clay contents and pH have major influences on the extent of the effects of metals on biological
and biochemical properties (Speira et.al., 1999).
Heavy metals indirectly affect soil enzymatic activities by shifting the microbial community
which synthesizes enzymes. Heavy metals exhibit toxic effects towards soil biota by affecting
key microbial processes and decrease the number and activity of soil microorganisms (Shun-
hong 2009). Conversely, long-term heavy metal effects can increase bacterial community
tolerance as well as the tolerance of fungi such as arbuscular mycorrhizal (AM) fungi, which

can play an important role in the restoration of contaminated ecosystems (Mora et. a l . ,
2 0 0 5 . Chen et al. ( 2 0 1 0 ) suggested that heavy metals caused a decrease in bacterial species
richness and a relative increase in soil actinomycetes or even decreases in both the biomass
and diversity of the bacterial communities in contaminated soils. Karaca et al (2010) reported
that the enzyme activities are influenced in different ways by different metals due to the
different chemical affinities of the enzymes in the soil system. Cd is the more toxic to enzymes
than Pb because of its greater mobility and lower affinity for soil colloids. Cu inhibits b-
glucosidase activity more than cellulose activity. Pb decreases the activities of urease, catalase,
invertase and acid phosphatase significantly. Phosphatase and sulfatase are inhibits by
p e n t a v a l e n t a r s e n i c ( As+ 5 ) but that urease was unaffected. Cd contamination has a
negative effect on the activities of protease, urease, alkaline phosphatase and arylsulfatase
but no significant effect on that of invertase. Each soil enzyme exhibits a different sensitivity
to heavy metals. The order of inhibition of urease activity generally decreased according to the
sequence Cr > Cd > Zn > Mn > Pb.
Diversity and activity of soil microbes play significant roles in recycling of plant nutrients,
maintenance of soil structure, detoxification of noxious chemicals and the control of plant pests
and plant growth communities are important indices of soil quality. It is important to investigate
the functioning of soil microorganisms in ecosystems exposed to long- term contamination by
heavy metals (Wang et.al., 2007). Chromium is commonly present in soils as t r i v a l e n t
c h r o m i u m ( Cr+3) and h e x a v a l e n t c h r o m i u m ( Cr+6), which are characterized by
distinct chemical properties and toxicities. Cr+6) is a strong oxidizing agent and is highly toxic,
whereas Cr+3 is a micronutrient and a non-hazardous species 10 to 100 times less toxic than Cr+6
(Garnier 2006). Cr+6has been reported to cause shifts in the composition of soil microbial
populations, and known to cause detrimental effects on microbial cell metabolism at high
concentrations (Shun-hong 2009). Ashraf and Ali ( 2 0 0 7 ) also reported that the heavy metals
exert toxic effects on soil microorganism hence results in the change of the diversity, population
size and overall activity of the soil microbial communities and observed that the heavy metal
(Cr, Zn and Cd) pollution influenced the metabolism of soil microbes in all cases. In general, an
increase of metal concentration adversely affects soil microbial properties e.g. respiration rate,
enzyme activity, which appears to be very useful indicators of soil pollutions. In case of soil
contaminated with lead (Pb) slight change was observed in the soil microbial profile.
Mercury (Hg) is considered to be a “priority hazardous substance” due to its toxicity, mobility,
long-range transport in the atmosphere, and methylation processes. The contamination of soil
with Hg has attracted public concern as it can be easily incorporated into the food chain. The

development of appropriate technologies to manage the risk of Hg and other heavy metals in soil
is particularly important.
Heavy Metals Effects on Plants
Some of these heavy metals i.e. As, Cd, Hg, Pb or Se are not essential for plants growth, since they
do not perform any known physiological function in plants. Others i.e. Co, Cu, Fe, Mn, Mo, Ni and
Zn are essential elements required for normal growth and metabolism of plants, but these
elements can easily lead to poisoning when their concentration greater than optimal values
(Garrido, 2002, Rascio and Izzo (2011). The use of compost to improve agricultural yield without
caring with possible negative effects might be a problem since the waste composts are most
applied to improve soils used to grow vegetables. Considering the edible part of the plant in most
vegetable species, the risk of transference of heavy metals from soil to humans should be a matter
of concern (Jordao et.al., 2006).
Uptake of heavy metals by plants and subsequent accumulation along the food chain is a potential
threat to animal and human health (Sprynskyy et al., 2007). The absorption by plant roots is one
of the main routes of entrance of heavy metals in the food chain (Jordao et.al., 2006). Absorption
and accumulation of heavy metals in plant tissue depend upon many factors which include
temperature, moisture, organic matter, pH and nutrient availability. The uptake and accumulation
of Cd, Zn, Cr and Mn in Beta vulgaris (Spinach) were higher during the summer season, whereas
Cu, Ni, and Pb accumulated more during the cooler months of the year (Sharma et.al., (2007). It
may be expected that during the summer season the relatively high decomposition rate of organic
matter is likely to release heavy metals in soil solution for possible uptake by plants. The higher
uptake of heavy metals i.e. Cd, Zn, Cr and Mn during the summer season may be due to high
transpiration rates as compared to the winter season due to high ambient temperature and low
humidity (Sharma et.al., (2007).
Heavy metal accumulation in plants depends upon plant species and the efficiency of different
plants in absorbing metals is evaluated by either plant uptake or soil to plant transfer factors of
the metals (Khan et.al., 2008). Elevated Pb in soils may decrease soil productivity, and a very low
Pb concentration may inhibit some vital plant processes, such as photosynthesis, mitosis and water
absorption with toxic symptoms of dark green leaves, wilting of older leaves, stunted foliage and
brown short roots (Bhattacharyya et. al., 2008). Heavy metals are potentially toxic and
phytotoxicity for plants resulting in chlorosis, weak plant growth, yield depression, and may even
be accompanied by reduced nutrient uptake, disorders in plant metabolism and reduced ability to
fixate molecular nitrogen in leguminous plants (Guala et.al., 2010). Seed germination was gradually
delayed in the presence of increasing concentration of lead (Pb), it may be due to prolong

incubation of the seeds that must have resulted in the neutralization of the toxic effects of lead by
some mechanisms e. g. leaching, chelation, meta binding or/and accumulation by microorganisms.
2.1.3.5.2.1 Arsenic (As)
Arsenic is widely distributed in the environment. The earth crust contains an average of 5 µ g-1 of
As frequently in association with other elements such as Cu, Pb and Zn (Tetratech EM Inc., 2001).
It is highly soluble in water and the most common symptom of As causes skin poisoning and
exhibit harmful effects on kidneys and the central nervous system is highly associated with As
(Adelakan et. al., 2011).
Figure 36 summarizes the heavy metal laboratory analysis for Arsenic. All of the sampling
locations have low levels of As when compared to the U.S. EPA (1993) standard of 6 ppm. The
lowest As content was found on S1 of 3.3. ppm in contrast, the highest concentration of As was
observed on S3 of 4.80 ppm. The rest of the soil sampling locations (S2 and S4) have very negligible
amount of As in the surface soil.
Figure 36 - Soil Surface Arsenic Content of the Soil Sampling Locations

2.1.3.5.2.2 Cadmium (Cd)
Cadmium in nature is relatively rare element and, it occurs in nature in the form of various
inorganic compounds and as complexes with naturally occurring chelating agents.
Figure 37 - Soil Surface Cadmium Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
As shown in Figure 37 the cadmium content of the soil sampling locations is slightly above the
permissible limits set by the US EPA (1993) of 0.6 ppm for S2, S3 and S4 of 3.60; 0.80; 0.80 ppm,
respectively. Exception was found in S1 of 0.50 ppm which is slightly below the standard.
With regards to plant nutrition Cd is considered to be a non-essential element but may be

absorbed by the plant roots. Cd presence in the soil decrease root respiration, water and nutrient
uptake and inhibit cell mitosis in root meristematic regions (Gemmell, 1977). This may explain the
observed poor vegetative growth in the quarry area.

2.1.3.5.2.3 Lead (Pb)
Figure 38 - Soil Surface Lead Content of the Soil Sampling Locations
According to Sobolev and Begonia, (2008) heavy metal Lead (Pb) is the most common
environmental contaminant found in soils. Unlike other metals, Pb has no biological role, and is
potentially toxic to soil microorganisms. Its excessive accumulation in living organisms is always
detrimental.
In cement plants, there is always an indication of Pb enrichment within the vicinities of the
processing plants and, diminishes as you are farther from the cement plant. Although the lead
pollution from mining activities presents a relatively localized problem, its magnitude is
considered significant.
As shown in Figure 38 the presence of lead (Pb) in the Eagle Cement quarry area soil sampling
locations are slightly above the permissible limits set by the USEPA (1993) standard of 10 ppm for
S1 S2 and S4 of 12.0; 11.0 and 12.0 ppm, respectively. Exception was found in S3 of 10.0 ppm Pb
and is within the permissible limit for Pb. The presence of Pb in these areas basically undisturbed
areas of the quarry area of Eagle Cement maybe due to the use of Pb containing fuels for decades
in the Country. Vehicular emissions fall out normally reaches these undisturbed areas and, are
normally intercepted by the existing vegetation leaves. When there is a rainfall event, this

vehicular emission fall outs are washed away from the leaf surface and eventually reaches the soil
surface and, accumulation thru time is realized.
2.1.3.5.2.4 Mercury (Hg)
Mercury (Hg) in relation to the soil is not an essential element needed by plants but, can be
absorbed by plants in excessive amounts. Hg is one of the highly toxic compounds found in nature
and exist in oxidation the form elemental Hg0 mercurious ion (Hg+) and mercuric ion (Hg++). The
means of presence in soil is characterized by absorption between the colloidal surface where this
is mainly found in the upper surface soil (0 - 5 cm). In general, Hg is not translocated below the
surface layer of the soil (0 - 10 cm). Thus, Hg not adsorbed in the soil matrix will be either absorbed
by the plants through ionic exchange in the soil solution, precipitated, volatilized under high
temperature.
The presence of element Hg in the four soil sampling locations within the Eagle Cement proposed
quarry area is summarized in Figure 39. All of the sampled sites are within the acceptable limits
set by the US EPA (1993) standard of 0.30 ppm. Presence of traces of Hg in these areas are
considered incidental.
Figure 39 - Soil Surface Mercury Content of the Soil Sampling Locations

2.1.3.5.3 Soil Physical Properties of the Soil Sampling Locations
2.1.3.5.3.1 Soil Surface Bulk Density
Soil bulk density is the oven dry weight over volume. Commonly expressed in g cc -3. A non-
disturbed surface soil commonly has a low bulk density when compared to disturbed soils. Ideally
for rapid water infiltration, gas exchange and aeration and root penetration of the plants a bulk
density value of less than 1 g cc-3 is highly ideal.
Shown in Figure 3.5.3.1 is the immediate soil surface bulk density (0 – 5 cm depth) of the proposed
quarry area of Eagle Cement. All of the soil sampling locations have less than 1 g cc-3 bulk density
values in their undisturbed state. This indicate that these soils have rapid infiltration rates and is
not compacted to restrict air movement. Therefore, they have a soil physical condition that is
ideal for plant growth and development.
Figure 40 - Soil Surface Bulk Density of the Soil Sampling Locations
2.1.3.5.4 Slake Test of the Soil Sampling Locations
Slaking is defined as the breakdown of large soil aggregates (>2-5 mm) into smaller sized micro-
aggregates (<0.25 mm) when they are suddenly immersed in water.

Slaking occurs when aggregates are not strong enough to withstand internal stresses caused by
rapid water uptake. Internal stresses result from differential swelling of clay particles, trapped
and escaping air in soil pores, rapid release of heat during wetting, and the mechanical action of
moving water.
Slaking is important because it indicates the stability of soil aggregates resistance to erosion and
suggests how well soil can maintain its structure to provide water and air for plants and soil biota
when it is rapidly wetted. It is very handy that it can be measured under field conditions in a very
short period of time (Herrick et. al. 2001).
Limited slaking suggests that organic matter is present in soil to help bind soil particles and micro-
aggregates into larger, stable aggregates.
2.1.3.5.4.1 Slake Test, Soil Sampling Location S1
Figure 41 - Start of Slake Test, Soil Sampling Location, S1

Figure 42 - Minutes After Slake Test, Soil Sampling Location, S1
Slake test of Soil Sampling Location S1 is shown in Figure 41 (start of the slake test) and Figure
42 (end of the Slake test). The soil fragment (at least 2 cm x 2 cm in size) was taken at the
immediate soil surface of S1. Soil response using a distilled water to rapid wetting is observed for
a period of 10 minutes. The result shows that the soil can be classified as Class 4 or Stable. After
10 minutes of being immersed in water, there is no evidence of slumping of the soil particles. A
small swelling of the aggregate was observed but, the whole fragment remains intact (Figure 42,
no evidence of disintegration of particles).
The undisturbed soil of S1 of the proposed quarry area is therefore resistant to the erosive forces
of rapid wetting.
The start of slake test for S2 is shown in Figure 43. The soil fragment (at least 2 cm x 2 cm in size)
was taken at the immediate soil surface of the soil sampling location. No rapid scape of air bubbles
from the aggregate sample was observed.

In Figure 44 shows the response of the aggregate soil sample to rapid wetting within 10 minutes
of wetting. The result showed that the soil can be classified as Class 4 or Stable. There was no
observed slumping of the crust.
The slake test for Soil Sampling no. 3 (S3) is summarized in Figure 45 and Figure 46.

Similarly, the aggregate sample was carefully immersed with the distilled water using a stainless
steel pan and the slaking property was observed within 10 minutes. The result shows that the soil
remain intact, no slumping was observed. This soil is then classified as class 4 or Stable.

For the soil sampling location no. 4 (S4) the slake test also demonstrated that the soil is stable no
slumping was observed after 10 minutes of submergence (Figure 47 and Figure 48). There is only
a slight swelling of the soil when it is immersed for a period of 10 minutes. This soil is therefore
classified as Class 4.

Identified impact for pedology and soil quality are the following:
• Loss of top soil due to ground/site preparation activities and vehicular and human
movement (i.e. excavation of the foundations of Quarry components and new
haul/access roads).
• Earthworks, Quarry facility construction activities, and movement of heavy equipment
will highly disturb the soil surface (i.e. compaction/soil shearing) and induce accelerated
erosion susceptibility of the soil.
• Soil Contamination due to accidental fuel and lubricant spills from vehicles and
quarrying plant equipment may occur.
To mitigate the above-cited impacts the following measures shall be implemented by ECC:
• Bulk of the total project area will be reverted to its pre-mining land use by strict
adherence to the approved EPEP and FMRDP.
• Soils that will be removed will be conserved and stockpiled in a pre-determined area and
later to be used in rehabilitation.
• Contaminated soils will be removed and disposed off-site.
Heavy Metals Mitigating Measures
In recent years, intensive research have been initiated on remediation of metal polluted soil due
to the public concerns on ecosystem deterioration. Plants as stated above are used as an effective
tool in remediation of metal polluted soil. A simple and quick management of soils contaminated
with metals is by using the natural micro-organisms of the soil proven to be effective to restore
highly disturbed soils brought about by mining/quarrying activities.
In natural ecosystem, plants are associated with soil microorganisms which plays an important
role in enhancing plant growth in metal contaminated site and phytoremediation process. Among
the microorganisms, the lowly arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi (AMF) contributes markedly in the
phytoremediation process in metal contaminated site by enhancing plant stress tolerance and
metal extraction from soil (phytoextraction) and immobilization of metals in soil (phyto-
stabilization) (Krishnamoorthy et. al., 2019).

2.1.4 Terrestrial
2.1.4.1 Terrestrial Flora Assessment
2.1.4.1.1 Methodology
Establishment of the plots necessary for the assessment were done using available online satellite
images. Tracking and plotting were done using Orux Maps.
To assess the floral assemblage of the area, nested-quadrat technique was done. A transect of
approximately two (2) kilometers were established in 7 stations/transects. These stations were
selected to represent different forest covers identified inside the study area. Along the transect,
three (3) 20x20 m plots were established to identify the canopy, intermediate and understory
floral cover of the area.
For the canopy layer, only trees with diameter-at-breast-height (DBH) ≥ 10cm were included. For
understorey, trees with 10cm≥DBH>5cm were included, while those with DBH<5cm were counted
on the understory and regenerants.
All other plant species that can be observed inside the area, but not covered by the plots, were
also listed but were not included in the computation for the Importance Values. Refer to Figure
49 for the map of the assessment stations.
Figure 49 - Satellite Image Overlay of the Sampling Stations.

For all of the floral species intercepted by the plots, parameters such as Density, Frequency and
Dominance were computed. Relative values of these trees were used to calculate the Importance
Values (IVs) of each trees assessed among all stations. Importance Values determine which
species affects the area in terms of forest dynamics. The parameters computed were as follows:
Density is the total number of individuals of each species in all the quadrats divided by the total
size of quadrats studied. Density is calculated by the equation:
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑖𝑛 𝑎 𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑑𝑟𝑎𝑡

𝐷𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑦 =
𝑆𝑖𝑧𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑑𝑟𝑎𝑡
Relative density measures the density of the plant species in all of the quadrat assessed. It is the
numerical strength of a species in relation to the total number of individuals of all the species and
can be calculated as:
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑢𝑎𝑙𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑎 𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑒𝑠 𝑖𝑛 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑑𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑠

𝐷𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑦 =
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑠𝑖𝑧𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑢𝑎𝑙𝑠
Frequency refers to the degree of dispersion of individual species in an area and usually expressed
in terms of percentage occurrence.
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑑𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑠 𝑖𝑛 𝑤ℎ𝑖𝑐ℎ 𝑎 𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑐𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑒𝑑
𝐴𝐴𝑏𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑒 𝑓𝑟𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑦 =
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑑𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑠 𝑠𝑡𝑢𝑑𝑖𝑒𝑑
Relative frequency compares the absolute frequency of a species to the frequencies of all species
found on the plots. It is the degree of dispersion of individual species in an area in relation to the
number of all the species occurred. This can be calculated using the formula:
𝐶𝑎𝑙𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑎𝑏𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑒 𝑓𝑟𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑦 𝑜𝑓 𝑎 𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑒𝑠

𝑅𝑒𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑓𝑟𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑦 = 𝑥 100
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑓𝑟𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑖𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑒𝑠
Dominance of a species is determined by the value of the basal cover while relative dominance
is the coverage value of a species with respect to the sum of coverage of the rest of the species
in the area. These can be computed as:
𝐴𝑏𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑒 𝑑𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 = 𝑀𝑒𝑎𝑛 𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑎𝑙 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 (𝑀𝐵𝐴) 𝑥 𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑢𝑎𝑙𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑎 𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑒𝑠
𝐷𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑎 𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑒𝑠
𝑅𝑒𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑑𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 = 𝑥 100
𝐷𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑐𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑒𝑠

Shannon-Wiener Diversity Index (H) is calculated using the formula below and the result was
compared to the Modified Fernando Biodiversity Index to obtain the relative value of the
diversity. This index measures the diversity of the area using the number of species present.
H' = ∑ pi ln pi
i=1
Where;
H’ = Species diversity index
S = The number of species
Pi = The proportion of individuals of each species belonging to the ithspecies of the
total number of individuals
Pielou’s species evenness index is another biodiversity index used to describe how evenly
distributed the species in the study area are. This can be calculated using the formula,
𝐻′
𝐽′ =
𝐻′𝑚𝑎𝑥
Where:
J’ = Species evenness
H’ = Computed Shannon-Weiner Index
H’max = lnS
S = Species richness
The computed values can be interpreted using the Fernando’s Biodiversity Scale which is
elaborated on Table 10.
Table 10 - The Fernando's Biodiversity Scale used in interpreting indices

Relative Values Shannon-Weiner Index Evenness
(H’)
Very High 3.50 – 4.00 0.75 – 1.00
High 3.00 – 3.49 0.50 – 0.74
Moderate 2.50 – 2.90 0.25 – 0.49
Low 2.00 – 2.49 0.15 – 0.24
Very Low 1.99 and below 0.14 and below

2.1.4.1.2 Floral Assessment Result
Assessment was conducted on random sites with different forest cover types. It was found that
the area contains a variety of vegetation type ranging from open forest, grassland, and
regeneration forests. The complete list of sampling stations is in Table 11.
Table 11 - Location of the sampling points.

Station Coordinates Elevation Dominant Type of Vegetation
(masl)
1 15o 3’55’’ N, 121o 4’ 35” E 167.67 Open shrubland dominated by small cassava
plans and patches of ipil-ipil.
2 15o 3’ 53” N, 121o 4’ 34” E 165.51 Open shrubland and grassland dominated by
Mimosa sp.
o o
3 15 3’ 45” N, 121 4’ 35” E 164.59 Wooded forest edge with varied trees
averaging about 10m tall.
4 15o 3’ 41” N, 121o 4’ 35” E 164.29 Wooded area with observed dominance of
ipil-ipil.
5 15o 3’ 34” N, 121o 4’ 33” E 167.03 Sparsely-vegetate area with stands of taluto.
6 15o 3’ 29” N, 121o 4’ 27” E 163.07 Wooded area with trees averaging 10m tall.
o o
7 15 3’ 26” N, 121 4’ 31” E 157.82 Forest edge with mixture of brushes and
small trees.
The first station is a forest edge located. It is characterized by shrubs, grasses and small trees with
varying height but not more than 5 meters tall. Smaller tree recruits of Ipil-ipil were found in the
area. Commercially-important cassava is also dominant.
The second station is abrushland dominated by several species of shrubs and grasses. Significant
cover of Mimosa sp. is curtained on the station. For the third station, an area dominated by small
trees with averaging at 10m and small shrubs were assessed. Small stands of (Gliricidia Sepium)
kakawate and balakat were observed.
Station four is a closed forest where high stands (>10m) of Ipil-ipil and (Gmelinaarborea) Gmelina
were observed. It has a steep slope overviewing parcels of sparsely-vegetated areas.
Station five is a sparsely-vegetated area with mixture of brushes and stands of (Pterocymbium
Tinctorium) taluto. Other species of small trees were also found like balakat and kalumpang.

Station six is a conglomerate of small trees. Small individuals of some reforestation species such
as (AlstoniamacrophyllaWall. ex G.Don) Batino and (Acacia mangium) Mangium.
Station seven is located on a forest edge. Kakawate and Ipil-ipil is still present on the last station.
Bigger trees such as binunga and kupang were also found. Numerous species of shrubs were also
located on the area.
2.1.4.1.2.1 Species composition and Diversity Indices
A total of 48 species belonging to 25 taxonomic families were observed in the study area. All other
plant species that can be observed inside the area but not covered by the plots were also included
in the assessment for the general species composition but not in the specific computations for
diversity indices and dominance in specific plots. Table 12 shows the complete list of observed
floral species in the area.
Family Fabaceae is the most represented family with eight (8) species, while Families Poaceae and
Euphorbiaceae have five (5). Dominance of Family Fabaceae is observed in many types of
ecosystems since the family is not limited to a single growth habit. Figure 50 shows the
distribution of number of species among families observed on the site.
Table 12 - Complete list of plant species observed on the area.

Species Scientific Name Family Habit
Lamio Dracontomelon dao (Blanco) Merr. & Rolfe Anacardiaceae tree
Laneteng pula Wrightia candollei Vidal Apocynaceae tree
Galamay-amo Schefflera elliptica (Blume) Harms Araliaceae shrub
Bigonia Begonia sp. Begoniaceae shrub
Anabiong Trema orientalis (L.) Blume Cannabaceae tree
Hagonoy Chromolaena odorata (L.) R.M.King&H.Rob. Compositae shrub
Thickhead Crassocephalum crepidioides (Benth.) Compositae shrub
S.Moore
Tuhod-manok Synedrella nodiflora (L.) Gaertn. Compositae shrub
Mile-a-minute Mikania micrantha Kunth Compositae vine
Red ipomoea Ipomoea hederifolia L. Convolvulaceae vine
Tamling Coccinia grandis (L.) Voigt Cucurbitaceae vine
Cassava Manihot esculentaCrantz Euphorbiaceae shrub
Binunga Macaranga tanarius (L.) Muell.-Arg. Euphorbiaceae tree


Alim Melanolepis multiglandulosa Euphorbiaceae tree
(Reinw. Ex Blume) Reichb. f. &Zoll.
Banato Mallotus philippensis (Lamk) Muell.-Arg. Euphorbiaceae tree
Takip-asin Macaranga grandifolia (Blanco) Merr. Euphorbiaceae tree
Ipil-ipil Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) de Wit Fabaceae tree
Aklengparang Albizia procera (Roxb.) Benth Fabaceae tree
Kupang Parkia timoriana (DC.) Merr. Fabaceae tree
Rain tree Albizia saman (Jacq.) Merr. Fabaceae tree
Centrosema Centrosema pubescensBenth. Fabaceae vine
Mucuna Mucuna sp. Fabaceae vine
Kakawate Gliciridia sepium (Jacq.) Kunth ex Walp Fabaceae tree
Makahiya Mimosa sp. Fabaceae shrub
Climbing Flagellaria indica Flagellariaceae bamboo
bamboo
Gmelina Gmelina arboreaRoxb. Lamiaceae tree
Alagaw Premna odorata Blanco Lamiaceae tree
Walis-walisan Sida acutaBurm.f. Malvaceae shrub
Bayok Dombeya diversifolia, Spreng Malvaceae tree
Tan-ag Kleinhovia hospita L. Malvaceae tree
Kalumpang Sterculia foetida L. Malvaceae tree
Ficus Ficus sp. Moraceae tree
Hauili Ficu sseptica Moraceae tree
Balete Ficus sp. Moraceae tree
Datiles Muntingia calabura L. Muntingiaceae shrub
Kurunggut Passiflora foetida L. Passifloraceae vine
pansitpansitan Peperomia pellucida (L.) Kunth Piperaceae shrub
Buho Schizostachyum sp. Poaceae bamboo
Kawayantinik Bambusa blumeana Schult.f. Poaceae bamboo
Bikal Dinochloa sp Poaceae bamboo
Pennisetum Pennisetum polystachion (L.) Schult. Poaceae grass
Parag-is Eleusine indica (L.) Gaertn. Poaceae grass
Balakat Ziziphus talanai (Blanco) Merr Rhamnaceae tree
Severinia Severinia sp. Rutaceae shrub
Kusibeng Sapindus saponaria L. Sapindaceae tree
Lipang kalabau Dendrocnide meyeniana (Walp.) Chew Urticaceae tree


Coronitas Lantana camara L. Verbenaceae shrub
Mali-mali Leea guineenseG.Don Vitaceae shrub
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Piperaceae
Moraceae
Vitaceae
Fabaceaae
Sapindaceae
Araliaceae
Cannabaceae
Apocynaceae
Compositae
Flagellariaceae
Muntingiaceae
Malvaceae
Poaceae
Rutaceae
Anacardiaceae
Passifloraceae
Convolvulaceae
Rhamnaceae
Verbenaceae
Urticaceae
Begoniaceae
Cucurbitaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Lamiaceae
Figure 50 - Number of Observed Species Per Taxonomic Families
Based on the plots assessed, the most abundant tree species is (LeaucaenaleucocephalaL.) Ipil-
ipil of Family Fabaceae with 19 individuals recorded. (Macarangatanarius (L.) Binunga Muell.-
Arg.)of Family Euphorbiaceae and (GliciridiasepiumJacq. Kunth ex Walp) Kakawate of Family
Fabaceae are the next most abundant species with eight (8) recorded individuals.
The over-all species diversity described by Shannon-Weiner Index (H’) of the area is 2.016. based
on the Fernando Scale, it translates into a Low diversity. The value differs across the seven (7)
established stations. The values range from Low to Very Low diversity based on the Fernando’s
Biodiversity Scale. Transect 3 (T3) registers a diversity (H’=2.04), which is the highest among the
assessed areas but still registered a Low diversity. Varied diversity indices are expected since
multiple vegetative communities were observed on the sampling site. Figure 51 shows the
Shannon-Weiner Value of species diversity in each sampling station.

1.5
0.5
0
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 Over-all
Figure 51 - Shannon-Weiner (H') Species Diversity of the Assessment Stations
Contrary to the varied diversity indices, species evenness (J’) as described by Pielou’s Index were
generally high all throughout the assessed transects. All of the values obtained registera Very High
species evenness, except to Stations 1 and 4, indicating that species are present in uniform
distribution and dominance of certain species is not highly significant. Only Station 1 registers a
High evenness of 0.74. Station 4 has the lowest evenness of 0.47, which is accounted to the
dominance of Ipil-ipil in the area. Over-all, the area assessed registered a High evenness of 0.63.
Figure 52 shows the complete values of the computed and Pielou’s species evenness (J’).
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 Over-all
Figure 52 - Species Evenness of The Sampling Stations

Importance Values (IVs) of the trees intercepted in all seven (7) stations were also analysed (Table
13). The respective IVs of the plants were the summation of their computed Relative Density,
Relative Frequency and Relative Dominance. It has to be noted that trees with DBH ≥10cm are
included in the computation of the IV. From the results, Ipil-ipil has the highest IV (75%) which is
accounted heavily to its Relative Density. It is followed by (M. tanarius) Binunga and(G. sepium)
Kakawate both with 47%. Although both are small trees, like Ipil-ipil, their abundance in the
transects established accounts to their high IV. (Ziziphustalanai) Balakat of Family Rhamnaceae is
also at the top of the list of the floral species (IV=30%).
Table 13 - Tree Species and the Computed Indices

Common Scientific Name Relative Relative Relative IV
Name Density Frequency Dominance
Ipil-ipil Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) de 0.36 0.12 0.27 75%
Wit
Kakawate Gliciridia sepium L. 0.15 0.21 0.11 47%
Binunga Macaranga tanarius (L.) Muell.- 0.15 0.21 0.11 47%
Arg.
Balakat Ziziphus talanai (Blanco) Merr 0.06 0.06 0.18 30%
Alagaw Premna odorata Blanco 0.08 0.06 0.05 18%
Kalumpang Sterculia foetida L. 0.04 0.06 0.08 17%
Taluto Pterocymbium tinctorium 0.04 0.06 0.04 14%
(Blanco) Merr.
Kupang Parkia timoriana (DC.) Merr. 0.04 0.06 0.04 14%
Takipasin Macaranga grandifolia (Blanco) 0.04 0.06 0.03 13%
Merr.
Tan-ag Kleinhovia hospita L. 0.02 0.06 0.02 10%
Lipangkalabau Dendrocnide meyeniana (Walp.) 0.02 0.03 0.03 8%
Chew
Alim Melanolepis multiglandulosa 0.02 0.03 0.02 7%
(Reinw. Ex Blume) Reichb. f.
&Zoll.
TOTAL 1.00 1.00 1.00 3

2.1.4.1.2.2 Understory and regenerants
Assessment of the smaller plants such as understory species and regenerants were also
conducted inside the established plots. These species include shrubs, grasses, herbs, palms, vines
and ferns. Assessment of these smaller plants is essential particularly in predicting what species
will probably dominate the area through time. It will also give an idea on what species have a
higher chance of maintaining their stands. Table 14 shows the most dominant understory and
regenerant species observed in the area.
Table 14 - List of Dominant Regenerant Species Observed in the Understory of The Area
Common name Scientific name Stations observed
Ipil-ipil Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) de Wit 1,2,3,5,6,7
Kakawate Gliciridia sepium (Jacq.) Kunth.exWalp. 1,2,3,4,6,7
Lipangkalabau Dendrocnide meyeniana (Walp.) Chew 2,3,5,6
Binunga Macaranga tanarius (L.) Muell.-Arg. 3,4,7
Tan-ag Kleinhovia hospita L. 2,3,7
Datiles Muntingia calabura L. 2,6
Binunga Macaranga tanarius (L.) Muell.-Arg. 1,4
Shrubs like Begonia sp. Was found thriving in the cliff walls near Station 4. This species is known
to be shade-loving and is usually found in areas near water source. The individuals were found in
the crevices of a limestone wall. Other shrub found in the area includes Lantana camara) Coronita
(of family Verbenaceae and (Leea guineense G. Don) Mali-mali of Family Vitaceae.

Figure 53 - Shrubs Like Mimosa Sp And Herbs Hagonoy (Chromolaena Odorata) Found in the
Area
Grasses (Family Poaceae) are also observed on the site. Species like Pennisetum polystachion (L.)
Schult. and Eleusine indica (L.) Gaertn were found in almost all of the sampling stations and even
on the roadside buffers of the area. A comparison of the abundance of floral species according to
their growth habit is listed on Figure 54.
Regenerants of trees were also recorded. It is observed that Ipil-ipil has regenerants in almost all
of the sampling station. As supported by the recorded high IV, particularly its density, Ipil-ipil will
continue to dominate the areas given the existing conditions. Regenerants of other trees such
Balakat, Datiles(Figure 55) and Kalumpang were also observed.

bamboo grass shrub tree vine
Figure 54 - Diversity of Plant Habits Observed on the Site
Figure 55 - Regenerants of Datiles (Muntingia Calabura) Observed on Station 6.

Endemicity and Vulnerability
One of the main considerations in assessment and monitoring of floral species is the presence of
flagship species or those with conservation values. To assess this, determination of the species
residency and vulnerability was done. Based on literature review of the range of all the species
observed, it was found that all 46 species were indigenous to the Philippines. This means that
these species are found here in the Philippines but can also be found on other areas of the world.
No endemic species were observed on the area.
It has to be noted, however, that some of the plants listed by Center of Agricultural and Biosicence
International as invasives are found thriving in the area. One of the examples of this is coronitas
(L. camara).
Vulnerability of the species to threats like over-exploitation and habitat loss were also
determined. It was found out that two vulnerable species are present on the site. These are
Balakat (Z. talanai) and Begonia sp. According to the IUCN Redlist, Balakat is threatened by habitat
loss and massive logging. Begonia species are vulnerable because of over-exploitation of the
plants for ornamental uses. It is highly recommended that these species will be given prime
importance in planning and implementing the rehabilitation plan of the mining area.
Ethnobotany
Local usages of the different plants observed on the sites were listed to see how the nearby
community utilize the forest. Of the species recorded, most of the usable plants exhibit medicinal
properties while other species are used as food and for utilities. Table 15 shows some of the
common plants and their respective uses.
Table 15 - Some of The Identified Plants with Ethno-Botanical Importance

Common Name Scientific Name Uses
Alim Melanolepis multiglandulosa Cough
(Reinw. Ex Blume) Reichb. f. &Zoll.
Bigonia Begonia sp. Ornamental
Banato Mallotus philippensis (Lamk) Muell.-Arg. Anti-bacterial
Casava Manihot esculenta Food
Takip-asin Macaranga grandifolia (Blanco) Merr. Astringent
Ipil-ipil Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) de Wit Furniture
Aklengparang Albizia procera (Roxb.) Benth Anti-rheumatism

Common Name Scientific Name Uses

Rain tree Albizia saman (Jacq.) Merr. Furniture
Gmelina Gmelina arboreaRoxb. Furniture
Alagaw Premna odorata Blanco Furniture
Kalumpang Sterculia foetida L. Diuretic
pansitpansitan Peperomia pellucida (L.) Kunth Anti-inflammatory, analgesic
Buho Schizostachyum sp. Ornamental, utilities
Kawayantinik Bambusa blumeanaSchult.f. Ornamental, utilities
Cassava (Manihot esculenta) was found thriving in Station 1 and some patches were also found in
other stations assessed. The occurrence of the economically-important crop in the area, whether
human-induced or natural, shows that the soil composition can support the plant. Plants with
medicinal properties whether tree, shrub or herb species were also recorded in the site. Medicinal
herbs such pansit-pansitan (P. pellucida) (Figure 56) were also found on the understory in Stations
6 and 7.
Figure 56 - Pansit-Pansitan (P. Pellucida) A Known Medicinal Herb Observed in Station 6
A very important bamboo species, Buho (Schizostachyum sp.) was also found in the area. The
species was found on the Stations 3 and 4. This bamboo is used for ornamental and construction
purposes.

2.1.4.1.3 Possible Threats Due to The Proposed Projects and Possible Mitigation Measures
In the area assessed, it is evident that some of the patches of the trees observed are located just
meters away from the roads. It is then suggested that careful planning of the final road plan for
the project must be employed to consider the most efficient route that will entail the least
damage to the local floral assemblage.
During the operations phase, impact in the local ecosystem is unavoidable since clearance of the
forest is expected, parcels will be activated for extraction of the limestone. Subsequently,
damages to the local ecosystem are expected, maintenance of buffer zones in the circumference
of the damaged area is needed. These buffer zones must be designed to neutralize the effects of
the mining activities, thus preventing the effects to reach other parts of the forests. One of the
major examples of these are riparian buffer ones. These buffer zones are designed to prevent the
damages of the mining activities to reach the streams and rivers. Usually, a layer of riparian
vegetation is left untouched to serve as the buffer zone of the area. No major stream is located
inside the target area for operation.
The proposed operation is not expected to have a negative effect on the livelihood and health of
the community since the MPSA area is not accessible due to its terrain. Also, the operation will
be confined within the Eagle Cement area, hauling of quarried materials from MPSA 245 to the
plant will not require the use of barangay road since there are established access roads within the
mining tenements and the cement plant.
Progressive rehabilitation shall be implemented by the company. Conservation of the local

biodiversity must be incorporated on the progressive rehabilitation strategies. This can be done
by using a mixture of known reforestation trees such as the leguminous plants that are capable
of nitrogen-fixing with other indigenous trees that were determined to be part of the original
landscape of the area. Re-vegetation of most mining areas involves different considerations due
to the changes in the physical and chemical conditions brought by the mining operations. The
land topography, for example is drastically changed by mining operations. The necessary
flattening and alteration of the original slope for the access road requires different conditions for
the selection of species for rehabilitation.
Results of the floral assessment showed that the current assemblage is not highly diverse, thus,
there is no foreseen impact on the food security of the community. Trees that are fast growing
such as Ipil-ipil and kakawate are the most dominant. It will also be advantageous since they are
nitrogen-fixing. In terms of the regenerants and understory, these fast-growing trees are also the

most prevalent. This means that the rehabilitation of the damaged parcels, once mined-out, will
be easier because of abundance of recruits from these plants. Extensive care is necessary once
the rehabilitation of some areas will start since it was observed that the area’s exposure to
sunlight is very high. The reflectivity of the white limestones makes the sunlight more intense.
Aside from trees, other smaller plants such as shrubs, herbs, ferns and grasses can help in
reforesting the area. As discussed on the floral composition of the mining sites, different
understory species can be found on the area. This will also ensure diversity of species found on
the area. From the ecological succession model, grasses and smaller plants are first plants to
spring naturally in a damaged area.
Bamboo species are also known to be effective in mine rehabilitation. It is noted that Boho, (S.
lumampao(Blanco) Merr) was found in abundance in some of the studied transects. Bamboo
species are known for their stability and dense root systems, these qualities can make them
suitable in rehabilitation of the site.
2.1.4.2 Terrestrial Fauna Assessment
2.1.4.2.1 Methodology
Faunal assessment was conducted across different microhabitats within the proposed quarry
project site within MPSA 245. For avian fauna, an ocular observation of birds along roadside was
conducted by walking moderately while listing all encountered birds either in flight or perched
(Figure 57). Using a Nikon 10 x 25 binocular, zoom camera and book guide on Philippine birds,
birds were easily identified. Audio observation through bird calls or songs were also noted.
Sightings of other forms of wildlife such as birds, reptiles, mammals and amphibians, even tracks,
feces and other signs that can be attributed to certain species outside the transect survey and are
present within the area were considered as well. Ethno survey or information from the local
communities of other existing wildlife in the area was also considered. Identification of recorded
species was aided using field guides such as Kennedy et.al (2000) and electronic references like
IUCN RedList and Avibase (World Bird Database).

Figure 57 - Satellite Image Overlay of The Transect Walk with The Location of The Trapping
Site
For bats and other cryptic birds, mist nets were used to validate other present volant animals that
are not observed during the transect survey. The net is made up of black nylon mesh with
pouches, measuring 3 x 9 meters. The nets were set up strategically along the fly path of the bird,
commonly near fruit trees or an opening in a vegetated area. Captured specimens were released
after it was recorded.
Collected data were computed for the determination of abundance and diversity values.
Shannon-Weiner diversity index (H’) formula (Σ s = (-pi Ln pi)) was used, where pi is the proportion
of total samples belonging to the i nth species and S is the number of species (Odum, 1971).
Pielou’s species evenness (J’) is also computed to describe how evenly distributed the species in
the study area are. This is calculated using the formula: J’ = H’/H’max.
2.1.4.2.2 Faunal Assessment Result
The proposed site is characterized as a mixed secondary vegetation dominated by pioneer plant
species such as Takip-asin (Macaranga grandifolia (Blanco) Merr.), Binunga (Macaranga tanarius
(L.) Muell.-Arg.), Tan-ag (Kleinhovia hospita L.), Ipil-ipil (Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) de Wit),
akleng-parang (Albizia procera (Roxb.) Benth), Tibig (Ficus nota (Blanco) Merr.) and alim
(Melanolepis multiglandulosa (Reinw. Ex Blume) Reichb. f. &Zoll.).

Alongside are shrubs such as Hagonoy (Chromolaena odorata (L.) R.M.King&H.Rob.), Makahiya
(Mimosa pudicaL.), synedrella (Synedrella nodiflora (L.) Gaertn) , Lantana (Lantana camara L.) that
were observed in some open areas along the road (Figure 58).
Bamboos of different species also occupy a great portion of the area together with some vines of
mile-a-minute (MikaniamicranthaKunth), Velvet bean (Mucuna sp.) and Centrosema (Centrosema
pubescens Benth.). The Muntingia calabura, locally known as datiles, was the only fruit-bearing
tree that is non-commercial, found scattered within the project site. Patches of grasses such as
cogon (Imperata cylindrica (L) P. Beauv.), Pennisetum sp., and Eleusine indica were also found to
be the foraging areas of some grain-eating birds like the munias.
Actual observation revealed a total of 34 species, majority of which are birds (88%). There were
also species of reptiles composed of 2 lizards (6%) coming from different families. Meanwhile,
using the mistnet, 2 species of bats (6%) from the same family were captured and recorded.
Figure 58 - Panoramic View of the Portion of the Transect Line
Table 16 - Terrestrial vertebrates observed in Doña Remedios Trinidad, Bulacan

Class Families Number of Species Number of individuals
Birds 23 30 92
Reptiles 2 2 2
Mammals 1 2 8
Total 26 34 102

2.1.4.2.2.1 Avifauna
2.1.4.2.2.1.1 Species Composition and Diversity
Birds survey across the 82 ha proposed area revealed a total of ninety-two (92) individual birds,
represented by thirty (30) species that belong to twenty three (23) families. The highest
abundance of bird group came from the passerines or perching bird with 21 representative birds,
followed by doves and pigeons, and swifts with 2 species each (Table 17).
Table 17 - Distribution of Bird Species in Terms of Bird Group

Groups Number
Perching birds 21
Doves, pigeons and dodo 2
Swifts 2
Parrots and their relatives 1
Cuckoos 1
Kingfishers and bee-eaters 1
Waterbirds 1
Diurnal birds of prey 1
Out of the twenty-three (23) families observed, Muscicapidae was most well represented with 3
species. Two species each were recorded belonging to families Apodidae, Columbidae,
Estrildidae, Locustellidae and Pycnonotidae. Seventeen (17) families were represented by one
species each. Figure 59 shows the number of species observed per family of birds.
Merops philippinus, under the family Meropidae was observed to be the dominant species (n=11).
These are bee-eaters, found sweeping back and forth in flight catching bees and other insects.
Next to it are the Pycnonotus goivaier (n=9), Lonchura leucogastra(n=6), Collocalia esculenta
(n=5). Seven (7) species were tied at 4 individuals, 4 species with 3 individuals, 6 species at 2 heads
while the rest with one individual each. Some of the bird species observed in the area is shown in
Figure 60. Figure 59 shows the complete list of birds observed in the area.

Zosteropidae 1
1
Oriolidae 1
1
Motacillidae 1
1
Laniidae 1
1
Dicaeidae 1
1
Corvidae 1
1
Campephagid… 1
1
Ardeidae 1
1
Acanthizidae 1
2
Locustellidae 2
2
Columbidae 2
2
Muscicapidae 3
Figure 59 - Number of Species Observed Per Family of Birds
Species diversity was computed using the Shannon-Weiner index. Based on computation, the
species diversity is moderately high (H’=3.1602). Dominant species is present with a little
competition between species.The competition however may not affect the existence of other
species in the area since species distribution is more likely evenly distributed (J=0.9184).

Figure 60 - Some of the bird species observed in the area (a. Yellow-vented bulbul, b. Blue-
tailed bee-eater, c. Olive-backed sunbird, d. Blue-rock thrush, e. Chinese sparrow-hawk, and f.
Guaiabero)

Island endemics comprise about 27% of all identified bird species present in the area. These are
birds that are restricted only in the country. Among these birds are Collocalia troglodytes,
Orthotomus derbianus, Phapitreron leucotis, Loriculus philippensis, Hypsipetes philippinus,
Gerygone sulphurea, Centropus viridis and Dicaeum australe. About 17% of the total bird
community comprise the migrants while resident birds were 56% (Figure 61).The presence of a
number of endemic species indicate that the area is still an important habitat for birds despite
the disturbances and noise such as blasting activities conducted in the nearby plant.
Endemic
27%
Resident
56%
Migrant
17%
Figure 61 - Distribution of Birds in Terms Of Residency
Foraging behavior Swas grouped into 7 trophic levels to determine the different feeding behaviors
and the food source of birds in the area. Results showed that insectivores or insect eating
birds(60%) was the dominant group as compared to all other feeding guilds in the area (Figure
62). Insectivorous birds are said to increase plant growth by consuming herbivorous insects and
reducing insect damage (Sipura, 1999). Study by Marquis and Whelan (1994) showed that declines
in populations of insectivorous birds may reduce forest productivity because of potentially higher
numbers of leaf—chewing insects and the concomitant negative effect on plant growth.Among
these insectivorous birds are the M. philippinus, which was also observed as the most dominant
among all other birds. Other birds of this kind are the swifts, cuckoos and perching birds.
Other feeding guilds observed in the area were frugivores or fruit-eating(10%),granivores or grain
feeders(10%),combination of frugivores and granivores(7%) and nectarivores or nectar feeder
(7%). Piscivore-invertebrate eaters or fish eating and the carnivores or flesh-eating birds were
found least observed.

0% 0% 0%
0%
Figure 62 - Distribution of Birds in Terms of Feeding Guilds
2.1.4.2.2.2 Other Terrestrial Fauna
Eight frugivorous bats composed of 2 species under the Family Pteropodidae were captured using
the mistnet. These are the Ptenochirus jagori and Eonycteris spelaea (Figure 63). These 2 species
of bats are widely distributed and commonly seen in disturbed and agricultural areas. Live traps
baited with roasted coconut were also in placed however were not able to capture any rodent.
Figure 63 - Captured bat species(a. Ptenochirusjagoriand b.Eonycterisspelaea)
Two species of lizards were accidentally observed namely the Draco volans and Gekko gecko.
These species are also common and not listed as threatened species. The D. volans was spotted
gliding from one tree to another (Figure 64) during the setting up of the mistnet while G. gecko
was heard during the transect survey.

Figure 64 - Draco Volans was Spotted Gliding from One Tree to Another
2.1.4.2.3 Possible Threats and Mitigation Measures
Proposed project operation entails site clearing of the area. This will remove vegetation cover
which will cause direct habitat loss for faunal species residing within the disturbed areas and
vicinities. Similarly, the loss of mature trees will decrease the sources of seeds and regenerants.
Wildlife species feed on seeds and the loss of the feeding grounds will drive away these wildlife
species.
Buffer zones should be maintained to neutralize effects of mining activities. These buffer zones
will also serve as refuge for displaced wildlife species. Progressive rehabilitation of damaged areas
should include strategies for conservation of biodiversity. Temporary cages/shelters should be
constructed for accidentally caught and turned over species.
Site screening and noise control measures should be adopted. These include internal traffic
routing, optimizing blasting design, and restricting vehicle speed, among others. Significant noise
would cause stress to wildlife however, wildlife species are mobile and can migrate to immediate
vicinities that will not be used for the quarry operations.

2.2 Water
2.2.1 Hydrology/Hydrogeology
2.2.1.1 Drainage
The proposed 69.9-hectare quarry project of Eagle Cement Corporation is within the drainage
area of Conlong River based on the topographic map in Figure 65. The project area, characterized
by karst topography, has a moderate relief with elevations in the range of 100 m to 200 m. Based
on the Exploration Report on Geology and Limestone Resources covering the project area, the
region is characterized by karst topography and features sinkholes, poljies and a few caves. There
are no water bodies traversing the project area. Conlong River is located approximately 1.5 km
north of the proposed project area flowing in a westerly direction. It has an approximate drainage
area of 2,783 hectares (27.83 km2) with a reference point located at 121° 1'51.87"E; 15°
4'21.45"N. Another surface water body near the proposed project site is Salapangan River. It is
located south of the proposed project site and also flows in a westerly direction. Both Conlong
River and Salapangan River are tributaries of the lower reach of the Pampanga River which is the
main river of the Pampanga River Basin. Both tributaries converge into Pampanga River at a point
which is approximately 30 km from the project site and 40 km from the Manila Bay where the
mouth of the Pampanga River is located (Figure 66). The length of Pampanga River is estimated
to be 260 km with its headwaters at Caraballo Mountains.
The Pampanga River Basin is located in the Central Luzon Region and is the fourth largest river
basin in the Philippines with a drainage area of approximately 11,195 km2 (RBCO3). It is drained
through the Pampanga River and the Labangan Channel into the Manila Bay.
3
18 Major River Basins and 3 Principal River Basins in the Philippines. (n.d.). Retrieved May 5, 2019, from River
Basin Control Office: http://rbco.denr.gov.ph/18-major-river-basins/

Figure 65 - Topographic map showing the location of the quarry project within the Conlong Subwatershed

(Image source: Google Earth Pro)

Figure 66 - Satellite Image Showing the Relative Location of The Proposed Quarry Project to The Pampanga River

2.2.1.2 Regional Hydrogeology
The proposed quarry project is within an area with local and less productive aquifers as shown in
the groundwater potential map in Figure 67. There were no springs found within the project site.
Based on the water permits granted by NWRB, there are two major wells in the municipality of
San Ildefonso, one is owned by the San Ildefonso Water District in Brgy. Malibampang (well
capacity = 30.62 lps; static water level = 23 m) and the other is owned by Eagle Cement
Corporation in Brgy. Akle (well capacity = 38.23 lps; static water level = 15.40 m).

Figure 67 – Hydrogeologic Map

Figure 68 - Location of wells in San Ildefonso based on the water permits granted by NWRB

2.2.1.3 Water Use
The proposed quarry project’s main water use would be the water spraying of roads and other
open areas that could be sources of dust pollution that may affect the nearby communities.
Progressive rehabilitation will also be implemented thus water will also be needed to maintain
the revegetated areas. The operation of the proposed project, however, is not expected to cause
any water use competition since the project water demand is deemed to be minimal.
The estimated water consumption per year is 72,000 cubic meters. The water consumption
presented is based on the existing consumption of the contractor of the existing quarry operation.
The same contractor will operate the proposed project.
Water for domestic use will be sourced from groundwater supplied by the existing plant. The
source of water for road dedusting will come from the existing siltation ponds and water
impounded in the existing quarry pit.
2.2.1.4 Hydrologic Hazards
Based on the flood susceptibility map generated by the Mines and Geosciensces Bureau through
their online Geohazard Map Visualization, a portion of the project area is highly susceptible to
flooding (Figure 69). This area is the valley portion west of the project site leading to the Conlong
River. In addition, based on the result of the geohazard assessment of the barangays in Bulacan
Province conducted by MGB-R3, Barangay Akle was found to be susceptible to flooding (MGB-R3,
2012)4.
4
Mines and Geosciences Bureau (Region III). (2012, November 19). Summary of Geohazard
Assessment in Region 3. Retrieved May 10, 2019, from Mines and Geosciences Bureau (Region III):
http://region3.mgb.gov.ph/mgb_roIII_files/pdf/Geohazard_Assessment_Map/bulacan_exec-
summar.pdf

Figure 69 - Flood Susceptibility Rating Map (1:10,000)

2.2.1.5.1 Change in Drainage Pattern
The drainage pattern in the quarry area will inevitably be changed due to the quarrying activities
to be conducted. These changes will be permanent and are considered to be significant. Thus, to
control surface runoff and prevent it from eroding open areas in the quarry and flooding
depressed areas in the quarry, drainage canals of sufficient depth to handle surface runoff shall
be established along the bench toe. Access roads shall also be provided with drainage canals. All
drains will be connected to a series of settling ponds.
2.2.1.5.2 Water Use Competition
The proposed quarry project is not expected to cause water use competition. Water will only be
used for road spraying which will be done as needed since the access roads of the project is distant
from the community. Water to be used during rehabilitation is also considered to be minimal. The
main source of water by the project operation is the Cement Plant process water.
2.2.1.5.3 Climate Change Projection
Climate change has a direct impact on water resources. Projected decrease in rainfall may cause
water stress while projected increase may result to flooding events. Based on PAGASA’s climate
change projection in 2020 and 2050 under medium-range emission scenario in Bulacan Province,
decrease in seasonal rainfall change (in %) is greatest during the months of March-April-May
(MAM) wherein rainfall is projected to decrease by 23% in 2020 and 36.4% in 2050. Increase in
rainfall, on the other hand, is projected to be greatest during the months of June-July-August (JJA)
with a projected increase of 12.8% in 2020 and 23.6% in 2050. These projections indicate that the
province would be more vulnerable to water shortages during the dry season and to flooding
during the wet season. With this, a disaster risk reduction and climate change adaptation plan
shall be developed in coordination with the host barangay and local government unit.

Figure 70 - Seasonal rainfall change projections (2020 and 2050) in Bulacan Province
2.2.2 Water Quality
2.2.2.1 Methodology
Baseline study on water quality was conducted on October 22, 2018. The surface waters in the
area were initially assessed using a NAMRIA topographic map. Watershed delineation was
conducted to determine where the runoff coming from the project area drains into (receiving
water body) since there are no surface water bodies traversing the project area. Based on the
topographic map, the project is located within the drainage area of Conlong which is a tributary
of Pampanga River. The lower reach of Pampanga River, where the Conlong River is located, has
been classified by the DENR as Class C (RBCO)5. The results of the water quality tests were
compared to Class C values based on the actual beneficial use of Conlong and Salapangan Rivers
(agriculture, irrigation and livestock watering, washing). In addition, although these rivers are not
listed under the classified rivers of DENR, both are tributaries of the lower reach of the Pampanga
River which has been classified by the DENR as Class C (River Basin Control Office website on the
18 Major River Basins in the Philippines).
Two (2) surface water quality monitoring stations were established along Conlong River, one at
the upstream (control) and another downstream of the valley traversing the project site. Two (2)
5
River Basin Control Office. (n.d.). 18 Major River Basins and 3 Principal River Basins in the
Philippines. Retrieved May 5, 2019, from DENR River Basin Control Office:
http://rbco.denr.gov.ph/18-major-river-basins/

surface water quality monitoring stations were also established along Salapangan River located
south of the project site for baseline purposes. There are no surface water bodies within the
proposed project site. Similarly, groundwater quality sampling stations were located outside the
proposed quarry area since there were no springs or wells within the area. Groundwater is
commonly used by the surrounding communities for domestic purposes through shallow tube
wells either hand pumped or jet pumped. Three (3) groundwater quality stations were established
in the community centers surrounding the proposed project site. The locations of the four (4)
surface water quality and three (3) groundwater quality baseline monitoring stations are shown
in Figure 71 and described in Table 18.
Grab sampling method was used to collect the water samples for parameters to be tested in the
laboratory. Dissolved oxygen (DO), pH and temperature were tested on site using a handheld
water tester.
Results of surface water quality tests were compared to the Class C guidelines set in the DENR
Administrative Order 08 of 2016 (DAO 2016-08) - Water Quality Guidelines and General Effluent
Standards of 2016 to determine the baseline water quality of the surface water resources that
may be impacted by the proposed project. Results for groundwater samples on the other hand
were compared to DOA 2016-08 Class A guideline values.
Note that sediment transport modeling was not conducted for this project since there is no
surface water body traversing the quarry area. In addition, the adequately-sized settling ponds
which will be placed in series will also be constructed for this project. Due to the limestone’s high
porosity and high permeability properties, surface runoff is projected to be minimal and that the
settling ponds to be constructed are adequate enough to contain the sediments coming from the
quarry area. Most of the rainfall received within the quarry area is expected to percolate into the
groundwater. This is in addition to the fact that the surface water body draining the project area,
which is the Conlong River, is approximately 1.5 km away from the proposed project site.
Table 18 - Description of the water quality sampling stations

Station ID Location Geographic coordinates Elevation
Surface
Water
S1 Conlong River downstream 15°04’48.4” N; 121°03’59.9” E 72 m
S2 Conlong River upstream 15°04’50.0” N; 121°04’56.8” E 119 m
S3 Salapangan River upstream 15°02’48.2” N; 121°04’58.8” E 95 m
S4 Salapangan River downstream 15°02’09.1” N; 121°03’47.3” E 67 m

Station ID Location Geographic coordinates Elevation

Groundwater
GW1 Shallow tube well 15°03’34.9” N; 121°04’01.5” E 108 m
Plate 1 - Surface Water Quality Sampling Station S1, Conlong River downstream
Plate 2 - Surface Water Quality Sampling Station S2, Conlong River upstream

Plate 3 - Surface Water Quality Sampling Station S3, Salapangan River upstream
Plate 4 - Surface Water Quality Sampling Station S4, Salapangan River downstream

Plate 5 - Groundwater Quality Sampling Station GW1


Figure 71 - Baseline Water Quality Sampling Stations

2.2.2.2 Results and Discussion
All surface water samples tested were compliant with the DAO 2016-08 Class C water quality
guidelines for all the parameters tested except for dissolved oxygen (DO) in water sample from
station S1 (DO=4.61 mg/l) and for the parameter Fecal Coliform wherein all the surface water
samples exceeded the WQG value (ranged from 240 to 2,400 MPN/100 ml). The high recorded
coliform value was possibly caused by the current use of the river such as: animal bathing and
recreation. The low DO level in station S1 was probably due to the very low flow (almost stagnant)
in that section of Conlong River during the time of sampling. It is worth noting that traces of lead
(Pb) were observed in the water sample from Station S1 at 0.04 mg/l but is still below the WQG
value. Total suspended solids (TSS) were also found to be at very low concentrations in all surface
water samples ranging from 2.5 mg/l to 8.5 mg/l during the time of sampling. Traces of oil and
grease (O&G) were found in all samples ranging from 0.4 mg/l in S1 to 0.7 mg/l in S3.
Results for the groundwater samples show values within the Class A WQG for all parameters
except for the parameters color (stations GW2=200 apparent CU and GW3=80 apparent CU),
Fecal Coliform (for all GW stations) and pH (GW3=9.02). In terms of metals As, Cd, Pb, Hg and Cr6+,
all groundwater samples exhibited metal concentrations below their respective method detection
limits (MDL) except for station GW3 wherein Pb was detected at a concentration equal to 0.006
mg/l (but still within the WQG).

Surface Water Stations Groundwater Stations

WQG: DAO WQG: DAO
Parameter
S1 S2 S3 S4 2016-08 GW1 GW2 GW3 2016-08
Class C* Class A**
Primary
Parameters
BOD, mg/l 1 1 1 2 7
Chloride, mg/l 3.0 3.0 3.0 5.5 350 50 18 4.5 250
Color, TCU 8 8 8 8 75 5 (a) 200 (a) 80 (a) 50
Dissolved Oxygen 4.61 5.76 6.77 5.34 5

(minimum), mg/l
Fecal Coliform, 240 920 920 2,400 200 >23 2.2 23 <1.1
MPN/100 ml
Nitrate as NO3-N, 0.3 0.08 <0.02 0.2 7 0.5 0.6 0.07 7
mg/l
pH (range) 7.61 7.98 8.11 7.79 6.5-9.0 6.85 6.72 9.02 6.5-8.5
Phosphate, mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.5 0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.5
Temperature, °C 26.7 25.2 25.8 27.4 25-31 28.7 27.5 28.2 26-30
Total Suspended 3.0 2.5 2.5 8.5 80 <2.5 16 27 50

Solids, mg/l

Surface Water Stations Groundwater Stations

WQG: DAO WQG: DAO
Parameter
S1 S2 S3 S4 2016-08 GW1 GW2 GW3 2016-08
Class C* Class A**
Secondary
Parameters -
Metals
Arsenic, mg/l <0.008 <0.008 <0.008 <0.008 0.02 <0.008 <0.008 <0.008 0.01
Cadmium, mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.005 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.003
Lead, mg/l 0.04 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 0.05 <0.005 <0.005 0.006 0.01
Mercury, mg/l <0.0002 <0.0002 <0.0002 <0.0002 0.002 <0.0002 <0.0002 <0.0002 0.001
Hexavalent <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 0.01 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 0.01
Chromium, mg/l
Secondary
Parameters -
Organics
Oil and Grease, 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.5 2 0.8 0.5 0.7 1
mg/l

2.2.2.3 Impact Mitigation
2.2.2.3.1 Siltation of Surface Water Bodies
Although limestone is known to have high porosity and permeability (meaning less surface
runoff), and that the receiving water body, Conlong River, is approximately 1.5 km from the
proposed project site, eroded particles may still reach the river if no mitigation measures are in
place. To minimize erosion, quarrying as well as rehabilitation of mined out areas will be done
progressively. In addition, adequately-sized settling ponds in series will be constructed for the
project. Sediments shall be impounded from the first to the third pond in succession. The ponds
shall be made of Siltation of surface water bodies.
Siltation of surface water bodies is one of the possible significant impacts of the proposed quarry
operation, if not mitigated compacted earth, rock, and strategically placed adjacent to the quarry
active area. Silt-laden runoff draining from the quarry area will be routed to the siltation pond to
allow settling of silt materials. Effluent coming from the silt pond shall comply with applicable
water quality standards prior to release to the nearby surface waters.
Aside from the settling ponds, diversion canals will be installed around the quarry area to prevent
overland flow and erosion at the quarry area for environmental and safety reasons. Drainage
canals will also be constructed alongside roads to prevent erosion and possible destruction of
roads.
Settling ponds and drainage canals shall be maintained through desilting to ensure that these
structures are effective at all times especially during the rainy season.
2.2.2.3.2 Groundwater contamination
Groundwater in limestone areas is usually vulnerable to contamination due to the high porosity
and high permeability properties of limestone. However, there are no project components
(infrastructure) in the quarry area that could possibly be point sources of contaminants. However,
haul trucks could be sources of hydrocarbon leaks or spills if not well-maintained. To avoid
possible leaks or spills, haul trucks used for quarrying shall undergo regular inspection and
maintenance.

2.2.3 Freshwater Ecology
The freshwater ecology survey was conducted in order to provide information on the general
conditions of freshwater environment and determine how the proposed project would affect the
general use and ecology of rivers. The survey includes the assessment of aquatic communities
such as phytoplankton, zooplankton, benthic macroinvertebrates, and fish. The study is a vital
component in any project as it serves as baseline information and basis for effective evaluation
and management of impacts on freshwater ecosystems.
2.2.3.1 Sampling Stations
Field survey was conducted in four sampling stations. The description of the surveyed sites is
shown in Table 19.

Figure 72 - Map of the Freshwater Ecology Component Sampling Stations

Table 19 - Summary of Habitat and Environmental Parameters of Freshwater Ecology Component Sampling Stations in San Ildefonso, Bulacan
(November 2018).
Water quality station Station 1 Station 2 Station 3 Station 4
River System Conlong River Conlong River Salapangan River Salapangan River
Downstream Downstream
N 15° 4’ 45.95” N 15° 4’ 51.95” N 15° 2’ 48.51” N 15° 2’ 29.61”
GPS Coordinates
E 121° 3’ 49.08” E 121° 4’ 54.35” E 121° 4’ 48.65” E 121° 4’ 1.3”3
Current weather Sunny Sunny Sunny Sunny
Substrate Gravel/rocks, clay Gravel/rocks in stream Gravel/rocks in stream Gravel/rocks, clay
Irrigation, bathing of Irrigation for agricultural Recreational use, washing
Use Irrigation for agricultural areas,
animals areas of clothes
Biological Oxygen 1 1 1 2
Demand (mg/L)
Fecal Coliform 240 920 920 2,400
(MPN/100mL)
Nitrate-N (mg/L) 0.3 0.08 <0.02 0.2
Phosphate-P (mg/L) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

2.2.3.2 Methodology
Four sampling stations in two river systems that may likely be impacted by the project were
surveyed. Field assessment was carried out through direct observation and field sampling.
Biological indicators such as benthic macroinvertebrates, zooplankton, phytoplankton, were
collected and analyzed in order to assess the overall impact of the project. Fish data were based
on interviews of local communities and review of existing literature.
2.2.3.2.1 Benthic macroinvertebrates
Benthic macroinvertebrates are useful biological indicators of changes in the aquatic ecosystems.
These organisms are mostly preferred in monitoring the health of stream and river systems
because they have varying sensitivities to changes in water quality. They are also easily collected
due to their relatively sedentary life cycle.
Samples were collected using a 0.5 m2 rectangular kick net, with a 500 µm mesh size. Each sample
was taken manually by vigorously kicking the sediments upstream of the net for 30 seconds.
Composite samples collected from the pool, riffle, and run habitats were combined and stored in
plastic containers and were immediately fixed with 95% ethanol. These were brought to the
laboratory for further analysis and identification. A dissecting microscope was used to sort
morphologically similar individuals. After sorting, the taxonomic family level of the
macroinvertebrates will be identified using the keys of Dudgeon (1999), and the Mekong River
Commission (2006).
Plate 8 - Benthic macroinvertebrates collection using rectangular kick net

Using the macroinvertebrate data, the following biological metrics were calculated: (i) total
invertebrate density, (ii) taxon richness, and (iii) Simpson’s index of Diversity. Moreover, the
current condition of the four river systems was determined using the Hilsenhoff’s Family Biotic
Index (HBI), a biotic index for assessing organic and nutrient pollution using tolerance values of
arthropod families (Hilsenhoff, 1988).
2.2.3.2.2 Plankton
Plankton organisms respond rapidly to environmental changes, which makes them very useful in
evaluating water quality. All species or assemblages tolerate a limited range of chemical, physical,
and biological conditions. Monitoring these biological communities is relatively inexpensive and
reliable assessment of the condition of aquatic systems.
Plankton samples were obtained by towing a 30-cm wide plankton net with a mesh size of 64
microns, horizontally at a distance of about 1m. This was done ten times; filtering approximately
100L of surface water. Two replicates were drawn from each site and were placed in properly-
labeled 500 ml screw-capped bottles. These were immediately fixed with formaldehyde (5% by
volume) and brought to the laboratory for processing and further analysis.
Zooplankton and phytoplankton samples were filtered and concentrated to 50ml. Enumeration
was done by transferring 1ml aliquot sample in the Sedgewick-Rafter counting chamber, and then
observed under a compound microscope. Plankton were identified to the lowest possible taxa
using taxonomic keys such as those of Mamaril et al. (1986), Segers (2004; 2007) and Bellinger
and Sigee (2010). Zooplankton density was estimated and expressed as number of individuals/m3,
while phytoplankton density was expressed as cells/m3.
Diversity indices such as: (i) total plankton density, (ii) taxon richness, and (iii) Shannon index of
Diversity, were calculated using Paleontological Statistical Package for Education and Data
Analysis (PAST) version 2.17c.

Plate 9 - Plankton collection using conical plankton net
2.2.3.2.3 Fish
Secondary biological data on freshwater fish and other aquatic fauna were gathered through
literature search from government and private institutions. Chance interviews and queries were
also undertaken among residents to supplement the information that are vital to the study.
Table 20 - Diversity and Biotic Indices of Plankton and Benthic Macroinvertebrates

Index Formula/definition Implication/interpretation References
Total species Is the density or Abundance decreases when Barbour et.al.,

abundance number of aquatic flow is high, an increase in 1999 & Vinson,
macro invertebrates fine sediment 2000
per unit area
Species or taxa Total number of Species richness increases Plafkin et.al.,

Richness species present; with increasing habitat 1989
reflects the health of diversity, suitability and
the community water quality
through a 26= not impacted
measurement of the 19-26=slightly impacted
variety of taxa present 11-18=moderately impacted
0-10=severely impacted

Index Formula/definition Implication/interpretation References
H’= Σ ( ni/N)( log ni/N) > 4= clean water Shannon &

Shannon- 3-4=slightly polluted Wiener, 1963 and
Wiener Diversity 2-3=moderately polluted Trivedi, 1979
Index (H’) < 2=very polluted
Plate 10 - Left; Sorting and counting of benthic macroinvertebrates using ice cube box and
forceps. Right; identification and photo documentation using stereomicroscope
The freshwater ecology assessment of Eagle Cement Project focused on the three functional
aquatic groups – phytoplankton, zooplankton and benthic macroinvertebrates. The data obtained
from the assessment will serve as baseline information on the water quality, biological indicators,
and existing pollution (if present) in the sampling stations. Knowledge of the composition,
abundance and diversity of these organisms in a particular river system may aid in understanding
the management strategies needed in monitoring the possible project impacts.
Biological indicators such as phytoplankton and zooplankton are commonly used in river
assessment protocols since they are more reactive to changes in the environment. They are used
because they are straightforward, can quantitatively describe water quality, are applicable in a
wide area, and provide information on background conditions and natural variability (Onyema
2013). Furthermore, the collection, identification and analysis of these organisms are relatively
easier and less costly than fish assessments.

Benthic macroinvertebrates, like plankton, are useful biological indicators of changes in the
aquatic systems. Their life span of 1-2 years, relatively immobile lifestyle, and varying sensitivities
to water quality changes make them effective gauge of ecosystem disturbances.
Macroinvertebrate communities are altered when environmental modifications or pollution
(organic, inorganic, heavy metal contamination, etc.) are present. There are three groups of
benthic macroinvertebrates grouped according to their tolerance to pollution: (1) pollution
sensitive organisms, which are found in good quality water; (2) somewhat pollution tolerant
organisms can exist in good or fair quality water; and (3) pollution tolerant organisms that can
survive in any quality of water.
Fish species and their larvae rely on the density and distribution of plankton for survival. The
population dynamics of phytoplankton and zooplankton affects the breeding success of nekton.
Variations in river channels and discarding of untreated wastewater in the river systems may pose
a threat to the existence of locally important fishes.
2.2.3.4 Result of Analysis of Biological Communities
2.2.3.4.1 Phytoplankton
Four phytoplankton divisions including Bacillariophyta (11 genera), Chlorophyta (4 genera),

Cyanophyta (4 genera) and Dinophyta (2 genus) were recorded in the four sampling stations in
the proposed Eagle Cement Project. Their relative abundance was recorded in Figure 73 which
showed Bacillariophyta or diatoms (31.86%), Chlorophyta or green algae (36.80%), Cyanophyta
or blue-green algae (31.18%), and Dinophyta or dinoflagellates (0.17%).
A total of 30,506 phytoplankton cells were present in the four sampling stations. The most
abundant were green algae Spirogyra with 7,484 cells/m3 which is an indicator of organic pollution
(Palmer, 1969). It is present in Stations 1, 3 and 4 and its density is highest in station 1. This was
followed by the Cyanophyta genus Merismopedia with density of 4,365 cells/ m3. Merismopedia
however, is only present in 2 stations but its peak density is recorded in Station 4. It is noteworthy
that there were several indicators of pollution present which include Navicula, Aulacoseira,
Pleurosigma, Oscillatoria, Nitzschia, and Fragilaria (Palmer, 1969).

Dinophyta,
0.17%
Cyanophyta, Bacillariophyta
31.18% , 31.86%
Chlorophyta,
36.80%
Figure 73 - Relative abundance of phytoplankton major groups
Cyanophyta or blue-green algae are good biological indicators because they are known to be
tolerant of pollution due of their ability to utilize high nutrient levels (Mendes et al. 2012). The
presence of Aphanizomenon sp. and Oscillatoria sp. in Station 4 is quite alarming These
phytoplankton species produce cyanotoxins that may be harmful and toxic to animals and
humans. They have been known to tolerate high levels of stress in aquatic environments and
produce toxins under high concentrations of phosphorus. In future aquatic assessments, the
density and distribution of this particular plankton species should be monitored closely.
Plate 11 - Colonies of phytoplankton Aphanizomenon sp.
The phytoplankton present with their distribution and abundance is shown in Table 21. The
highest density of phytoplankton was exhibited in Station 4 with 15,695 cells/ m3, followed by

Station 1 with 9,459 cells/ m3. The density of phytoplankton in Stations 2 (2,546 cells/ m3) and
Station 3 (2,806 cells/ m3) are relatively lower.
18000
Ceratium furca
16000 Phormidium
Phytoplankton density (cells/m3)
Oscillatoria
14000 Aphanizomenon
Merismopedia
12000 Staurastrum
Spirogyra
10000 Microspora
Cosmarium
8000 Tabellaria
Surirella
6000
Pleurosigma
4000 Pinnularia
Nitzschia
2000 Navicula
Gyrosigma
0 Fragilaria
Station 1 Station 2 Station 3 Station 4 Diatoma
Aulacoseira
Sampling station
Figure 74 - Phytoplankton density across the four sampling stations
Table 21 - Composition, distribution, and abundance of phytoplankton in San Ildefonso,

Bulacan (November 2018)
Phytoplankton (cells/m3) Station 1 Station 2 Station 3 Station 4
Bacillariophyta
Amphipleura 364 208 0 156
Aulacoseira 0 156 104 0
Diatoma 0 0 156 208
Fragilaria 0 0 728 728
Gyrosigma 883 520 208 416
Navicula 312 0 0 0
Nitzschia 0 208 416 104
Pinnularia 208 676 0 572
Pleurosigma 52 0 0 0
Surirella 624 364 260 208
Tabellaria 728 156 0 0
Chlorophyta
Cosmarium 208 104 0 0
Microspora 0 0 0 3222
Spirogyra 5665 0 935 883
Staurastrum 104 104 0 0
Phytoplankton (cells/m3) Station 1 Station 2 Station 3 Station 4

Cyanophyta
Aphanizomenon 0 0 0 2235
Oscillatoria 0 0 0 2702
Merismopedia 312 0 0 4054
Phormidium 0 0 0 208
Dinophyta
Ceratium furca 0 52 0 0
The computed species index of diversity (H’) for the phytoplankton community ranged from 1.502
to 2.046, while the Simpson index is 0.61 to 0.84. These values are relatively low and are
indicative of a disturbed environment. Taxa richness is highest in Station 4 with 13 genera present,
followed by Station 1 and 2 with 11 and 10 genera present, respectively. While lowest taxa
richness is recorded in Station 3 with 7 genera present.
Table 22 - Diversity of phytoplankton in 4 sampling stations in San Ildefonso, Bulacan

(November 2018)
Diversity Index Station 1 Station 2 Station 3 Station 4
Taxa richness 11 10 7 13
Total Individuals 9460 2548 2807 15696
Dominance_D 0.3824 0.157 0.2187 0.1668
Simpson_1-D 0.6176 0.843 0.7813 0.8332
Shannon_H 1.502 2.046 1.695 2.027
2.2.3.4.2 Zooplankton
Analysis of samples taken from the four sampling stations showed 3 major zooplankton groups.
Only three taxa were encountered in the proposed project site. Generally, the zooplankton are
sparse in terms of number of individuals and taxa richness. There were no zooplankton present
in Stations 1 and 4 which may be indicative of disturbed environment as similarly exhibited by
phytoplankton communities. The zooplankton taxa present, their distribution and diversity were
recorded in Table 22. Results showed very low density of 52 individuals/m3. This may be indicative
of the stressful environment in the habitat of zooplankton communities.

120
Zooplankton density (indv/m3)

100
80
60 gastropod larva
copepoda nauplius
40
Bosmina sp.
20
0
Station 1 Station 2 Station 3 Station 4
Sampling Station
Figure 75 - Zooplankton density across the four sampling stations
Table 23 - Composition, distribution and abundance of zooplankton in San Ildefonso, Bulacan

(November, 2018)
Zooplankton (indv/m3) Station 1 Station 2 Station 3 Station 4
Arthropoda
Bosmina sp. 0 52 0 0
copepoda nauplius 0 0 52 0
Mollusca
gastropod larva 0 52 0 0
2.2.3.4.3 Benthic macroinvertebrates
A total of 7 families of benthic macroinvertebrates were identified in the samples collected from
the various sampling stations. The benthic macrofauna is composed of 39.99% Gastropoda,
26.16% Trichoptera, 13.85% Bivalvia, 12.31% Ephemeroptera, and 7.69% Diptera as shown in
Figure 76.

Order Order
Diptera, Ephemerop
7.69% tera,
12.31%
Class
Gastropoda
, 39.99%
Order
Trichoptera,
26.16%
Class Bivalvia,
13.85%
Figure 76 - Relative abundance of benthic macroinvertebrate communities
Figure 77 shows the density (individuals/m2) of benthic organisms in the proposed project site.
The total number of individuals collected from the rivers surveyed was 2,888 ind/m2, with highest
density in Station 4. There were six families recorded in Stations 3 and 4, while Stations 1 and 2
recorded two and three families of benthic macroinvertebrates, respectively.
1200
Benthic macroinvertebrates (ind/m2)
1000
Family Thiaridae
800
Family Lymnaeidae
600 Family Cyrenidae
Family Hydropsychidae
400
Family Caenidae
Family Baetidae
200
Family Ephydridae
0
Station 1Station 2Station 3Station 4
Sampling station
Figure 77 - Benthic macroinvertebrate density across 4 sampling stations
Hydropsychidae, commonly known as net-spinning caddisflies, are the most abundant benthic
macroinvertebrates with a total density of 756 ind/m2. They are present in Stations 3 and 4. They
are mostly found in streams or rivers with moderate to high current velocities, which may explain
their absence in Stations 1 and 2 due to the lack of current in these stations. Most caddisfly larvae
feed on algae, particularly diatoms, and detritus. Their high frequency in Stations 3 and 4 are
congruent with the presence of diatoms in these stations and may also be attributed to the high

levels of fecal coliform in the water. Different species of caddisflies vary in their tolerance to water
pollution, but in general, these are susceptible to sewage, pesticides, and industrial effluents
(Hoell,1998). In future assessments, the distribution and density of these organisms are effective
biological indicators to gauge the impacts of the project in the river systems.
Diversity is one way to detect water quality problems, like how the presence or absence of
macroinvertebrate species shows the state of the quality of the water (Kripa et al. 2013). It refers
to the number of different kinds of organisms found in a biological community. In general,
communities with high diversity are more stable. Pollution and/or frequent habitat disturbance
can displace intolerant organisms, and therefore reduce diversity. So, if an area becomes polluted
or disturbed, the total number of organisms may stay the same but species diversity may
decrease. (Sanguansin, 1981; and Soata, 2000). The benthic macroinvertebrates collected in the
proposed project site are common in freshwater lotic environments and their distribution
reflected this.
Plate 12 - The most dominant benthic macroinvertebrates observed: Family Hydropsychidae
2.2.3.4.4 Fish and other fauna
Fish data were collected through chance interviews of residents and literature search. Freshwater
fish species and other aquatic fauna recorded in the proposed site were common and widespread
forms which are well adapted to tropical freshwater systems. The locals reported 6 fish and other
aquatic animals that can be caught at the sampling stations. Tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus), Biya
(Gobiidae), Dalag (Channa sp. ), Hito (Clarias sp.), shrimps, and small crabs have been reported as
present in the river systems.

2.2.3.5 Potential Impacts and Options for Prevention and Mitigation
Considering the distance of the proposed project area to the nearest water body, MPSA 245 will
have a little to minimal impacts on the aquatic bodies. Also, industrial activities in the area. The
river systems do not host endemic or potentially threatened freshwater organisms.
2.3 Air
2.3.1 Meteorology
This section presents the following as provided in Annex 1-A of MC 2010-14 (Standardization of
Requirements and Enhancement of Public Participation in the Streamlined Implementation of the
Philippine EIS System) and Item 3.0 in the ECC Application Screening Form.
• Project’s possible effect on local climate, if any, and description of monthly average
rainfall, monthly temperature, extreme recorded rainfall and temperature, and wind rose
diagrams
• Climate change projections in 2020 and 2050 using PAGASA’s projected values; and
• Projects’ contribution to global greenhouse gas, if any.
2.3.1.1 Methodology
Meteorological data from PAGASA Synoptic Station at Science Garden in Diliman, Quezon City
were used to characterize the synoptic condition at the proposed project area. PAGASA-Science
Garden Station, which is the nearest synoptic station from the project site, is located about 46 km
south of the project site.
2.3.1.1.1 Projected Changes of Rainfall, Air Temperature and Extreme Weather Events
The projected changes of rainfall, air temperature, and extreme weather events in 2020 and 2050
were based from the Climate Change in the Philippines (2011) by PAGASA. PAGASA (2011) used
the Providing Regional Climates for Impact Studies (PRECIS) model to project the rainfall and
temperature changes in 2020 (2006 to 2035) and 2050 (2036 to 2065) at three scenarios, namely:
A2 (high range), A1B (mid-range) and B2 (low –range). The A1B scenario, however, was considered
by PAGASA (2011) because of high influence of past emissions of Carbon Dioxide (CO 2).

Further, PAGASA (2011) also projected the extreme weather events from 2006 to 2035 and from
2036 to 2065. Extreme weather events refer to days with the following:
• Maximum temperature greater than 35 ºC,

• Rainfall less than 2.5 mm of rainfall; and
• Rainfall greater than 200 mm.
2.3.1.1.2 Wind Roses
Wind roses were generated from meteorological data purchased by Axceltechs, Inc. from
PAGASA-Central Office in Quezon City. The data consists of three-hourly and/or hourly
observations of wind speed, wind direction, dry bulb temperature, cloudiness, and rainfall.
Using the wind rose plotting software, WRPLOT, which was developed by Lakes Environmental
Software, Inc, wind roses were generated by inputting the date, time, wind speeds, and wind
directions. Wind rose shows the frequency of occurrence of winds at various wind direction
sectors and ranges of wind speeds.
2.3.1.1.3 Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions
GHG emissions of the project were qualitatively discussed based on the type of equipment to be
used for the project.
2.3.1.2 Baseline and Projected Change in Meteorological Conditions
2.3.1.2.1 Climate and Rainfall
The climate of the project site belongs to Type I climate (Figure 78). This type of climate is
characterized by two (2) pronounced seasons. The dry season from November to April and the
wet season during the rest of the year with maximum rain period from June to September. Most
areas along the western seaboard of the Philippines belong to Type I climate.
Based on PAGASA-Science Garden Station, which is the nearest PAGASA’s synoptic station from
the project site and also belongs to same climate type as the project site, the highest monthly
average rainfall occurred in August with 504.2 followed by July (493.3 mm), September (451.2
mm), and June (316.5 mm). These rainy months fall within the maximum rain period described
for Type I climate (Figure 79).

The least rainy month is February with 14.6 mm followed by January (18.5 mm) and March (24.8
mm). These months fall within the northeast monsoon and dry season in the Philippines.
2.3.1.2.2 Observed Extreme Rainfall
The highest recorded rainfall at PAGASA-Science Garden Station was 455 mm on September 26,
2009 (Figure 80). This occurred during the passage of Tropical Storm Ondoy, which brought heavy
rainfall and flooding in Metro Manila and nearby provinces. Months with extreme recorded
rainfall occur from June to September.

Figure 78 - Climate map of the Philippines (Source: PAGASA)

Table 24 - Climatological Normals (1981-2010) in Science Garden (Source: PAGASA 2019)

Temperature Wind No. of days
No of Rel.
Rainfal (oC) VP MSLP (m/s) Clouds With
Month rainy Hum.
l (mm) Dry Wet Dew (mbs) (mbs) (Okta)
days Max Min Mean (%) Dir. Speed TSTM LTNG
Bulb Bulb Pt.
Jan 18.5 4 30.6 20.8 25.7 25.3 22.2 20.9 24.6 76 1012.3 N 1 5 1 0
Feb 14.6 3 31.7 20.9 26.3 26 22.3 20.8 24.4 73 1012 NE 1 5 0 0
Mar 24.8 4 33.4 22.1 27.8 27.6 23.2 21.5 25.4 69 1011.3 SE 1 4 2 1
Apr 40.4 5 35 23.7 29.4 29.2 24.4 22.7 27.2 67 1009.7 SE 1 4 4 2
May 186.7 10 34.7 24.7 29.7 29.3 25.3 23.9 29.5 72 1008.5 S 1 5 12 8
Jun 316.5 18 33.1 24.6 28.8 28.4 25.5 24.5 30.6 79 1008.1 SW 1 6 17 9
Jul 493.3 22 31.9 24.1 28 27.5 25.2 24.4 30.5 83 1007.7 SW 2 6 19 9
Aug 504.2 23 31.3 24.2 27.8 27.3 25.2 24.5 30.6 84 1007.4 SW 2 7 17 6
Sept 451.2 22 31.6 24 27.8 27.2 25.1 24.4 30.4 84 1010.6 SW 1 6 18 9
Oct 296.6 18 31.6 23.5 27.6 27 24.7 23.9 29.5 83 1008.8 N 1 6 11 6
Nov 148.8 14 31.4 22.7 27.1 26.5 24.1 23.2 28.4 82 1010.1 N 1 5 5 1
Dec 78.7 8 30.5 21.6 26 25.5 22.8 21.7 25.9 79 1011.5 N 1 5 1 0
Annual 2574.4 153 32.2 23.1 27.7 27.2 24.2 23 28.1 78 1009.8 N 1 5 107 51
Latitude: 14°38’ 41.35” N
Longitude: 121°02’40.45” E
Elevation: 43.0 m
Notes:
VP – Vapor Pressure
mbs – millibar
MSLP – mean sea level pressure
Dir – direction
TSTM – thunderstorm
LTNG – lightning

Table 25 - Climatological Extremes (as of 2018) for Science Garden (Source: PAGASA 2019)
Greatest Daily Rainfall

Temperature (°C) Highest Wind (m/s) Sea Level Pressure
Month (mm)
High Date Low Date Amount Date Speed Dir Date High Date Low Date
Jan 34.7 01-17-1998 15.5 01-27-1987 55.8 01-16-1988 24 ESE 01-17-1972 1021.4 01-21-2005 998.8 01-22-1989
Feb 35.6 02-24-1967 15.1 02-04-1987 61.7 02-22-2013 22 SSE 02-02-1992 1021.7 02-14-2017 1002.3 02-09-1985
Mar 36.8 03-26-1983 14.9 03-01-1963 65.0 03-31-2012 13 S 03-16-1992 1021.0 03-05-2005 997.8 03-28-1988
1016.9 04-05-1998
Apr 38.0 04-25-1998 17.2 04-05-1963 64.8 04-21-2015 26 SSE 04-07-1992 1001.4 04-16-2007
1016.9 04-03-2017
May 38.5 05-14-1987 17.8 05-03-1962 166.0 05-20-1966 21 N 05-10-1992 1015.1 05-28-1986 992.4 05-17-1989
Jun 38.0 06-02-1993 18.1 06-27-1961 334.5 06-07-1967 37 SW 06-25-1972 1014.9 06-07-1997 978.7 06-26-1993
Jul 36.2 07-20-1998 17.7 07-23-1961 246.4 07-07-2002 36 NNW 07-09-1977 1015.0 07-01-1979 989.2 07-15-1978
Aug 36.1 08-17-2017 17.8 08-23-1964 391.4 08-07-2012 32 N 08-22-2000 1015.3 08-23-2002 994.2 08-24-1978
Sep 35.6 09-10-2017 20.0 09-08-1964 455.0 09-26-2009 35 NE 09-28-2006 1016.0 09-28-1997 987.4 09-30-1995
Oct 35.4 10-09-2003 18.6 10-31-1967 209.3 10-18-1975 30 SE 10-11-1989 1016.0 10-25-1986 978.7 10-23-1988
Nov 35.0 11-01-2001 15.6 11-12-1962 169.9 11-20-1966 50 NNW 11-03-1995 1019.1 11-18-1979 980.6 11-03-1995
Dec 34.9 12-06-2018 15.1 12-13-1988 135.5 12-15-2015 22 SE 12-22-1997 1020.0 12-27-2001 998.1 12-02-2004
06-26-1993
Annual 38.5 05-14-1987 14.9 03-01-1963 455.0 09-26-2009 50 NNW 11-03-1995 1021.4 01-21-2005 978.7
10-23-1988
Period
1961 to 2018 1961 to 2018 1961 to 2018 1961 to 2018
of Record
Latitude: 14°38’ 41.35” N
Longitude: 121°02’40.45” E
Elevation: 43.0 m

Figure 79 - Monthly average rainfall and number of rainy days for PAGASA-Science Garden Station

Figure 80 - Monthly extreme rainfall (PAGASA- Science Garden)

2.3.1.2.2.1 Projected Increase in Rainfall and Extreme Rainfall Events
PAGASA (2011) provided projections on climate in four (4) difference periods, namely: 1) March,
April, and May, 2) June, July and August, 3) September, October, and November, and 4)
December, January and February. The transition months from SW to NE monsoon are from March
to May and from NE to SW are from September to November.
The projected change in rainfall for the province of Bulacan shows increased of rainfall in 2020
and 2050 from the baseline years (1971 to 2000) (Figure 81). The projected changes in rainfall in
2020 and 2050 for the other periods, however, appear to slightly decrease from the baseline
years, particularly on dry months. PAGASA (2011) indicated that dry season will be drier in most
provinces in the Philippines and that there will be rainfall increases in most areas of Luzon and
Visayas during the southwest monsoon.
The number of days also appear to decrease from the baseline (1971 to 2000) of 7,476 days to
6302 and 6220 from 2006 to 2035 (centered in 2020) and from 2036 to 2065) centered in 2050,
respectively (Figure 82). Dry day is a day with less than 2.5 mm of rainfall.
In terms of projected extreme rainfall events greater than 200 mm, Bulacan province will
experience increases in extreme rainfall, as shown in Figure 83.
Figure 81 - Projected change in rainfall for the province of Bulacan (Data Source: PAGASA,
2011)

.
Figure 82 - Number of dry days
Figure 83 - Days with rainfall greater than 200 mm
2.3.1.2.2.2 Change in Air Temperature
a) Climatological Air Temperature
Figure 84 shows the plots of the monthly average rainfall and relatively humidity for PAGASA-
Science Garden Station. Highest and lowest monthly average air temperatures are 29.3 and
25.3 ºC, which fall in April and January, respectively.

The monthly average maximum air temperature is 35 ºC while the monthly average minimum is
20.8 ºC. The annual average air temperature is 27.2 ºC.
Plot of monthly relative humidity shows highest in August and September with 84% and lowest
in April with 67%. As shown in Figure 84, there appears an inverse relationship between
relative humidity and air temperature. This is because as air temperature increases, the amount
the air vapor the air can hold increases, thereby decreasing the amount of relative humidity.
Figure 84 - Month average air temperature for PAGASA-Science Garden (Data Source:
PAGASA)
Extreme Recorded Air Temperatures
Figure 85 shows the plot of the highest and lowest recorded air temperature from January to
December. The highest recorded air temperature was 38.5 ºC on May 14, 197 and the lowest
was 14.9 ºC on March 1, 1963.

Figure 85 - Monthly extreme rainfall (lowest and highest air temperature)
b) Projected Increase in Air Temperature
There is significant increase on the number of days greater than 35 ºC in 2020 (2006 to 2035) of
889 days and 2031 days in 2050 (2036 to 2065). The projected increase in air temperature and
increase on extreme temperature events (i.e., greater than 35 ºC) were highly attributed to the
projected increase in CO2 emissions under an average scenario.
Figure 86 - Projected change in temperature in Bulacan in 2020 and 2050

There is significant increase on the number of days greater than 35 ºC in 2020 (2006 to 2035) of
889 days and 2031 days in 2050 (2036 to 2065). The projected increase in air temperature and
increase on extreme temperature events (i.e., greater than 35 ºC) were highly attributed to the
projected increase in CO2 emissions under an average scenario.
Figure 87 - Projected extreme temperature events in Bulacan in 2020 and 2050
2.3.1.2.2.3 Prevailing Wind Flows
Based on the climatological normal from 1981 to 2010 (Table 24), monthly wind directions are
generally from the north and the northeast. From March to April, wind direction comes from the
southeast, and from the south in May. Wind directions are from the southwest from June to
September. These months fall within the southwest season.
Wind roses were generated for months or periods that fall within the southwest and northeast
monsoons from 2015 to 2018. The three-month wind roses (December to February) representing
northwest monsoon show prevailing winds from the north (Figure 88), northeast (Figure 90) and
northeast and southeast (Figure 92). Winds from the north and other directions were also noted,
but at lower frequencies.
During the southwest monsoon, prevailing winds are expectedly from the South-West quadrant
(Figure 89, Figure 91, and Figure 93),

Figure 88 to Figure 93 also show the wind class frequency distributions for each of the six (6)
periods from 2015 to 2018. Wind speeds from 1 to 5 m/s, which are categorized as light winds,
are the most frequent with annual averages ranging from 66.3 to 80.2%.
Calm conditions (wind speeds less than 1.5 m/s) occurred about 17.7 to 32.6% at each period.
Wind speeds from 5 to 9 m/s, which are described as moderate to fresh winds were recorded at
0.1 to 0.8%.
Extreme Wind Speeds
The greatest recorded wind speed at PAGASA-Science Garden Station was 50 m/s on November
3, 1995. This occurred during the passage of Typhoon Rosing which severely affected Bicol
Region, CALABARZON, and the National Capital Region (NCR).
.

.
Figure 88 - Wind rose (top) and wind class frequency distribution (bottom) (Period: Dec 2015 to
Feb 2016)

2016)

2017)

2017)

2018)

2018)

2.3.1.3 Contributions in Terms of Greenhouse Gas Emissions
The proposed project will emit Carbon Dioxide (CO2) due to operation of haul trucks and other
equipment that utilizes diesel engines, i.e., dozers and graders. Although there is no emission
standard of CO2 specific for diesel engines (mobile), it is recommended that GHG accounting and
mitigation and adaptation programs should be implemented.
GHG accounting program aims to determine the a) baseline CO2 emissions of the project, and b)
effectivity of the GHG reduction program. GHG accounting should be in accordance with
international accepted protocol, such as the those developed by World Research Institute (WRI)
and the World Business Council on Sustainable Development (WBCSD). This protocol sets the
global standard to measure, manage, and report greenhouse gas emissions according to the
following scope.
• Scope 1 emissions – emissions that are directly owned and controlled sources. These
include emissions from diesel generator sets and vehicles owned by the proponent.
• Scope 2 emissions – emissions from purchase of electricity or acquired electricity, steam,
heat, and cooling; and
• Scope 3 emissions – indirect emissions, such as extraction and production of purchase
materials, transport-related activities in vehicles not owned or controlled by the proponent
and electricity related activities (e.g., transmission and distribution losses) not covered in
Scope 2 (source:www.ghgprotocol.com)
The other common measures to reduce carbon footprint include, among others, the following:
a) Minimize opening of vegetated areas and maximize use of existing bare areas (if any) as
lay-down or contractor’s area.
b) Implement vehicle fleet management,
c) Use of fuel-efficient heavy equipment and trucks,
d) Reduce the number of vehicle trips (when appropriate),
e) Minimize or eliminate unnecessary idling of vehicles; and
f) Offset GHG emissions by implementing an extensive reforestation program for the
project.

2.3.2 Air Quality
2.3.2.1 Methodology
2.3.2.1.1 Assessment of Existing Air Quality
Ambient air monitoring was conducted by CRL Calabarquez Corporation (CRL) at five (5) locations
in October 2018 and February 2019 (Table 26). The sampling locations were assigned at receptors
(residences and commercial areas) in vicinities of the project site. Figure 94 shows the locations
of the monitoring stations and the photographs taken during air monitoring pollutants monitored
were total suspended particulates (TSP), particulate matter less than or equal to 10 micron (or
PM10), sulfur dioxide (SO2) and nitrogen dioxide (NO2). The averaging sampling period was one-
hour for above-mentioned air pollutants.
Table 26 - Coordinates and elevations of the air sampling stations

Station Pollutants
Location Latidue (deg) Longitude (deg)
ID Sampled
A1 Brgy. Akle, Sitio Narra TSP, PM10,
15°3’39” N 121°4’11” E
NO2, SO2
A2 Brgy. Akle, Sitio Narra, Near TSP, PM10,
15°3’23” N 121°4’5” E
Quarry NO2, SO2
A3 Doña Remedios Trinidad, TSP, PM10,
Brgy. Talbak, Near Bulacan 15°5’19.8” N 121°5’39.1” E NO2, SO2
Brgy. Hall
A4 Brgy. Akle, In Front of TSP, PM10,
15°2’53” N 121°4’23.3” E
Centro Akle St. NO2, SO2
A5 In Front of Petron Gas TSP, PM10,
15°3’1.2” N 121°4’23.3” E
Station NO2, SO2
*TSP = Total Suspended Particulate Matter; PM10= Particulate Matter at 10µ; NO2 = Nitrogen
Dioxide; SO2 = Sulfur Dioxide
Two (2) types of air samplers were used during monitoring (Table 27). High volume samplers
were used to sample TSP and PM10 while a personal sampler (SKC) for SO2 and NO2. The high-
volume sampler was equipped with all-weather shelter timer and flowchart meter. The personal
sampler was provided two (2) impingers, each of the impinger/bubbler was used to collect
samples of SO2 and NO2.

Table 27 - Equipment used and corresponding sampled air pollutants (Source: CRL, 2018)
Equipment Name/Description Brand/ModeI Parameters Measured
High Volume Sampler Tisch Environmental/5009 and TSP, PM10
Graseby
Personal Sampler SKC NO2, SO2
The following briefly describes the methods of air sampling and analysis, as discussed in CRL
(2019).
a) TSP
Ambient air was drawn through a glass fiber filter over one-hour for TSP. The weights of the filter
papers containing the particulates less the initial weights of the filter papers prior to sampling
over that of the standard volume of air sampled give the concentrations of TSP.
b) PM10
Ambient air, with particle size less than 10µm was entered in a Graseby inlet by means of vacuum
system. The air passes through a venturi type casing resulting to a flow rate of approximately 40
cubic feet per minute. The particles were collected in a glass fiber filter and determined by
measuring gravimetrically. The filter paper containing the sample was weighed hence the final
weight of the sample over that of the standard volume of air sampled gave the concentration of
PM10.
c) SO2 and NO2
A known volume of air was sampled with a wet-chemical system where a constant volume of air
sample passes through a suitable reagent (absorbing reagent) that was reactive to the specific
pollutant desired. As the air sample passes through the bubbler rack, the air diffuses forming air
bubbles and slowly reacts to the chemical reagent forming a complex ion. The personal sampler
was calibrated with NIST traceable digital calibrator to assure its accuracy. The samples were then
analyzed using prescribed and approved methods.
All samples collected (filter papers and chemical reagents) were brought to CRL laboratory in
Clark, Pampanga for analysis.

Figure 94 - Locations of Air Sampling Stations and Photographs of Air Sampling Equipment (pictures taken by CRL)

2.3.2.2 Dispersion Modelling Methodology
Table 28 shows the dispersion model and preprocessors used and the summary of the model
inputs. The details of the model inputs are discussed in the subsequent sections.
Table 28 - Dispersion Model and Preprocessor Used in the Study and Summary of Model Set-Up
Item Particular Remarks
No
1 Air dispersion model and Licensed AERMOD View Air Dispersion Model (Version 9.6.5).
preprocessors AERMOD View is Graphical User Interface (GUI) for U.S.EPA’s
AERMOD
Terrain preprocessor AERMET View (terrain preprocessor of AERMOD View). AERMET
View is a GUI for U.S.EPA’s AERMET
Meteorological AERMAP View (meteorological preprocessor of AERMOD View.
preprocessor AERMAP View is a GUI for U.S.EPA’s AEMAP
2 Pollutants modelled and
averaging period
TSP and PM10 24-hour averaging period (98th percentile) and 3-month average.
Three-month average concentrations were then converted to
annual average)
3 Source types and inputs Please refer Table 29 below
4 Building profile inputs Not included. Emission sources are generally mobile (or vehicle
types)
5 Modelling domain size 10 km x 10 km (10,000 m x 10,000 m)
6 Topography and receptors Based on Shuttle Radar Topography Mission (SRTM) data, as
downloaded using the terrain preprocessor (named AERMAP
View) of AERMOD View
a) Multi-tier Total of three (3) tiers, as follows:
• 20 m grid spacing from center of the modelling domain to 1000
m,
• 100 m grid spacing from 1000 to 3000 m
• 200 m grid spacing from 3000 to 5000 m
b) Plant boundary Assigned along the boundaries of the quarry project site
7 Meteorological input data Surface and profile data generated from PAGASA-Science Garden
Station. Meteorological data cover the following periods:
a) Dec. 1, 2015 to Feb 28, 2016

Item Particular Remarks

No
b) June 1, 2016 to Aug 31, 2016
c) Dec 1, 2016 to Feb 29, 2017
d) June 1, 2017 to Aug 31, 2017
e) Dec 1, 2017 to Feb 28, 2017
f) June 1, 2017 to Aug 31, 2017
8 Modelling scenarios and Without and with mitigation measures for each modelling period
simulated air pollutants shown in Item 7 above
2.3.2.2.1 Dispersion Model
A licensed AERMOD View Air Dispersion Model Version 9.6.5 (Licensed number/serial No.
AER0006927) was utilized in this study (Plate 13). AERMOD View is a Graphical User Interface (GUI)
developed by Lakes Environmental Software, Inc. in Canada for U.S.EPA’s AERMOD. Pursuant to
DENR MC 2008-003 (Guidelines for Air Dispersion Model), AERMOD is one of the required air
dispersion models to be used in Tier 4 air quality impact assessment.
Plate 13 - Screenshot of the licensed AERMOD View Air Dispersion Model (Serial No. AER0006927)
2.3.2.2.2 Pollutants Modelled and Averaging Periods
The air pollutants modelled were TSP and PM10 at averaging periods of 24-hour (98th percentile) and
3-months as the latter were limited to three (3) months of data representing the northeast and
southwest monsoons from 2015 to 2018. As there is no 3-month averaging standard or guideline
value for TSP and PM10, the predicted concentrations at the foregoing averaging period were then
converted to its annual average using the conversion factor/formula in Appendix B of DAO 2008-003.
In accordance with Section 3, Rule X, Part III of DAO 2000-81 (IRR of the PCAA), the specified
averaging period is 24 hours at 98th percentile and annual averaging periods.
2.3.2.2.3 Source Types and Input
Table 29 shows the emission sources and types of emission sources, i.e., volume and line area source,
used in the dispersion modelling. The emission sources were selected based on the list of equipment
provided by the proponent (Eagle Cement), the type of the project, and the site development plan,
i.e., proposed access roads and quarry area. The locations of residences/households, gridded
receptors, and indicative emission sources are shown in Figure 95.
The emission factors and assumptions used in determining the emission rates of TSP and PM10 are
discussed below.
Table 29 - Sources of air emissions and corresponding types of sources

No. Emission Source Type of Source Sources
1 Bulldozing Area Polygon Emissions during drilling at the quarry area
2 Drilling Volume source Emissions during drilling at the quarry area
3 Emissions during materials handling at the
Materials handling Volume source
quarry area
4 Line area Emissions during grading and scraping along
Grading and scraping
source road
5 Haul trucks travelling Line volume Emissions during transport of materials from
along unpaved road sources quarry to the crusher
6 Motor vehicle Line volume Tailpipe emissions of off-road trucks travelling
emissions sources along unpaved road
The emission factors used to determine the particulate emissions from non-point emission
sources/activities, such as materials handling, stockpile erosion and unpaved roads, are provided
below.

i) Bulldozing
The emission factor for TSP (in kg/hr.unit) arising from bulldozing activities was based on AP-42
Emission factor (Section 11.9), as follows.
𝟐.𝟔 𝐬𝟏.𝟐
𝐄𝐓𝐒𝐏(𝐛𝐮𝐥𝐥𝐝𝐨𝐳𝐢𝐧𝐠) = 𝐌 𝟏.𝟑
Equation 1
where, s, is the material silt content (%) and, M is the material moisture content (%). For PM10
emissions (in kg/hr.unit), the emission factor is,
𝟎.𝟒𝟓 𝐬𝟏.𝟐
𝐄𝐏𝐌𝟏𝟎(𝐛𝐮𝐥𝐥𝐝𝐨𝐳𝐢𝐧𝐠) = 𝟎. 𝟕𝟓 𝐱 Equation 2
𝐌 𝟏.𝟑
ii) Drilling
Emissions of TSP from drilling operations were estimated from Section 11.9 of AP-42 (U.S.EPA
1998), as follows:
𝒌𝒈
𝐄𝐓𝐒𝐏(𝐝𝐫𝐢𝐥𝐥𝐢𝐧𝐠) = 𝟎. 𝟓𝟗 𝒉𝒐𝒍𝒆 Equation 3
A factor (or multiplier) of 0.47 was multiplied to Equation (3) to represent the emission factor of
PM10. This factor was derived from Section 13.2.4 (Aggregated Handling and Storage Piles) in AP-42.
𝒌𝒈
𝐄𝐏𝐌𝟏𝟎(𝐝𝐫𝐢𝐥𝐥𝐢𝐧𝐠) = 𝟎. 𝟐𝟐𝟕𝟑 𝒉𝒐𝒍𝒆 Equation 4

Figure 95 - Locations of Residences/Households, Gridded Receptors, and Indicative Emission Sources

iii) Materials Handling
TSP and PM10 emissions (in kg/ton) arising from movement of haul-trucks and front-end
loaders/shovels for the unloading/loading of materials were estimated using Section 13.2.4 of AP-
42, as follows.
𝐔 𝟏.𝟑
( )
𝟐.𝟐
𝐄𝐌𝐚𝐭𝐞𝐫𝐢𝐚𝐥𝐬 𝐇𝐚𝐧𝐝𝐥𝐢𝐧𝐠 = 𝐤 (𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟏𝟔) 𝐌 𝟏.𝟒
Equation 5
( )
𝟐
where U and M are the mean wind speed (m/s) and the material moisture content (%), respectively.
The particle size multiplier, k, is 0.74 for TSP and 0.35 for PM10.
iv) Grading and Scraping
Emission factors for TSP (in kg/vehicle kilometre travelled) for grading and scraping of unpaved
roads were based on Table 11.9-2 of AP-42, as follows:
𝑬𝑻𝑺𝑷𝒈𝒓𝒂𝒅𝒊𝒏𝒈−𝒔𝒄𝒓𝒂𝒑𝒊𝒏𝒈 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟑𝟒 𝒙 𝑺𝟐.𝟓 Equation 6
where, S, is the mean vehicle speed (km/h). For PM10, the emission factor (in kg/vehicle kilometre
travelled) is,
𝑬𝑷𝑴𝟏𝟎𝒈𝒓𝒂𝒅𝒊𝒏𝒈−𝒔𝒄𝒓𝒂𝒑𝒊𝒏𝒈 = 𝟎. 𝟔 𝒙 𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟓𝟔 𝒙 𝑺𝟐.𝟎 Equation 7
v) Haul Trucks Travelling along Unpaved Roads
Emission factors arising from operation of trucks (e.g., hauling of materials) along unpaved access
roads (in lb/vehicle mile travelled) were obtained from Chapter 13.2 of AP-42, as follows:
𝒔 𝒂 𝑾 𝒃
𝑬𝑼𝒏𝒑𝒂𝒗𝒆𝒅𝑹𝒐𝒂𝒅 = 𝒌 (𝟏𝟐) ( 𝟑 ) Equation 8
where k, a, and, b, are constants shown below.
Constant TSP PM10

K (lb/VMT) 4.9 1.5
a 0.7 0.9
b 0.45 0.45
Source: Table 12.2.2.2 of AP-42
The above equations and constants were converted to metric units to obtain the emission factors
in vehicle kilometre travelled (or kg/VKT).
The emission factor (Equation 8) was adjusted to account for the natural mitigation by rainfall using
the formula,
𝟑𝟔𝟓−𝑷
𝑬𝒖𝒏𝒑𝒂𝒗𝒆𝒅(𝒄𝒐𝒓) = 𝑬𝒖𝒏𝒑𝒂𝒗𝒆𝒅 ( 𝟑𝟔𝟓
) Equation 9
where
• Eunpaved(cor) = the annual size specific emission factor extrapolated for natural mitigation
(lb/VMT), and
• P = number of days in a year with at least 0.254 mm (0.01 in) of rainfall
vi) Motor Vehicle Emissions
Vehicle exhaust emissions (TSP and PM10) of trucks used to haul raw materials from the quarry to the
crusher of the cement plant were estimated using the emission factor published by the National
Pollution Inventory (NPI) of the Department of the Environment, Water, Heritage and Arts in
Australia (NPI 2008).
The emission factor of PM10 for very heavy goods vehicle (HGV) was computed at 1.2 kg/m3 (Table
22 of NPI, 2008) where the volume (m3) is the diesel fuel consumption. For TSP, the emission factor
was computed at 1.5 kg/m3 using particle size difference of 30% between TSP and PM10.
Plate 14 to Plate 16 show the screenshots of the source inputs.
2.3.2.2.4 Building Profile Inputs
Building profile inputs (e.g., heights and widths of buildings) were not included, as the emission
sources are generally mobile (or vehicle types).

Plate 14 - Screenshot of source inputs for bulldozing, drilling, and materials handling

Plate 15 - Screenshot of source inputs for off-road trucks travelling along unpaved roads

Plate 16 - Screenshot of Source Inputs for Grading and Scraping

2.3.2.2.5 Modelling Domain or Calculation Area
The modelling domain or calculation area covers an area of 10 km x 10 km with the center of the
domain about the center of the quarry area (Figure 96). Areas within about 5 km from the project
site were included to ensure that all receptors (residences or households) were covered in the
simulations.
2.3.2.2.6 Topography and Receptors
Multi-tier receptors
Multi-tier grid receptors were generated within the modelling domain or calculation area (Plate
17). Gridded receptors were assigned at the following:
• 20 m grid receptors from center of modelling domain to 1000 m

• 100 m grid receptors from 1000 to 3000 m
• 200 m grid receptors from 3000 to 5000 m
At each receptor or calculation point, the elevations (m above mean sea level) and the hill height
were directly computed by AERMAP View using the coordinates as inputs.
The gridded receptors are finely spaced (20 m grid interval) at the project site and vicinities to
ensure all receptors were included in the simulations. The nearest household/residence is located
about 120 m east of the western boundary of the quarry area.
Plate 17 - Screenshot of Discrete Cartesian and Plant Boundary Receptors

Topography or Elevations of Receptors
The topography or elevations of the modelling domain and receptors were derived from the
Shuttle Radar Topography Mission (SRTM) data, as extracted and processed using the AERMAP
View module of AERMOD View.
Figure 97 and Figure 98 show the two-and three-dimensional views of the topography in the
project site and vicinities, respectively. Elevations within the MPSA range from about 120 to
160m.

Figure 96 - Modelling domain and receptors

Figure 97 - Topography (two-dimensional) within and in vicinities of the project site

Figure 98 - Three-dimensional view of the topography of the project area and vicinities

2.3.2.2.7 Meteorological Input Data
Meteorological data used in the dispersion modelling covered six (6) different periods with each
period covering three (3) months, as follows:
1) Dec. 1, 2015 to Feb 28, 2016;

2) June 1, 2016 to Aug 31, 2016;
3) Dec 1, 2016 to Feb 29, 2017;
4) June 1, 2017 to Aug 31, 2017;
5) Dec 1, 2017 to Feb 28, 2017; and
6) June 1, 2017 to Aug 31, 2017
Meteorological data consist of hourly and three-hourly wind speed, wind direction, ambient air
temperature, cloudiness, and rainfall, which were purchased from PAGASA Central Office in
Quezon City. Time periods in these data were converted to local time as the data were originally
in Coordinated Universal Time (UTZ). Thus, meteorological data extended eight (8) hours the next
day for each period presented above, i.e., February 28, 2015 at 00 UTZ to March 1, 2015 at 8:00
A.M.
Missing hourly data in the three-hourly data were interpolated using the preceding and
subsequent data. For example, missing data on 12:00 NN and 1 P.M. were interpolated using
available data on 11:00 A.M. and 2:00 P.M. In case of several missing three-hourly data, a value
of -999 representing missing data was assigned for each missing hour.
Plate 18 to Plate 23 show the screenshots of the meteorological input data files (*.sfc and *.pfl),
which were generated using AERMET View – a meteorological preprocessor of AERMOD View.

Plate 18 - Screenshot of the surface data file (December 2015 to February 2016)

Plate 19. Screenshot of the surface data file (June 2016 to August 2016)

Plate 20. Screenshot of the surface data file (December 2016 to February 2017)

Plate 21. Screenshot of the surface data file (June 2017 to August 2017)

Plate 22. Screenshot of the surface data file (December 2017 to February 2018)

Plate 23 - Screenshot of the surface data file (June 2018 to August 2018)
2.3.2.2.8 Modelling Scenarios
Table 30 and Table 31 show the modelling scenarios for TSP and PM10, respectively. Modelling
simulations included with and without mitigation measures. Total of twelve (12) modelling runs
was performed for TSP, in which two (2) simulations were performed for each period. As
discussed earlier, the average periods were 24 hours (98th percentile), and three (3) months.

Table 30 - Modelling simulations for TSP for all non-points sources (except blasting)
Mitigation
Run No. Pollutant Period Averaging Period
Measures
1 TSP Dec. 1, 2015 to Feb 28, 2016 24 hours at 98-percentile; 3 months* Without
2 TSP Dec. 1, 2015 to Feb 28, 2016 24 hours at 98-percentile; 3 months With
3 TSP June 1, 2016 to Aug 31, 2016 24 hours at 98-percentile; 3 months Without
4 TSP June 1, 2016 to Aug 31, 2016 24 hours at 98-percentile; 3 months With
5 TSP Dec 1, 2016 to Feb 29, 2017 24 hours at 98-percentile; 3 months Without
6 TSP Dec 1, 2016 to Feb 29, 2017 24 hours at 98-percentile; 3 months With
9 TSP Dec 1, 2017 to Feb 28, 2017 24 hours at 98-percentile; 3 months Without
10 TSP Dec 1, 2017 to Feb 28, 2017 24 hours at 98-percentile; 3 months With
*3-month average – converted to annual average

Table 31 - Modelling simulations for PM10 for all non-points sources (except blasting)
Mitigation
Run No. Pollutant Period Averaging Period
Measures
1 PM10 Dec. 1, 2015 to Feb 28, 2016 24 hours at 98-percentile; 3 months* Without
2 PM10 Dec. 1, 2015 to Feb 28, 2016 24 hours at 98-percentile; 3 months With
3 PM10 June 1, 2016 to Aug 31, 2016 24 hours at 98-percentile; 3 months Without
4 PM10 June 1, 2016 to Aug 31, 2016 24 hours at 98-percentile; 3 months With
5 PM10 Dec 1, 2016 to Feb 29, 2017 24 hours at 98-percentile; 3 months Without
6 PM10 Dec 1, 2016 to Feb 29, 2017 24 hours at 98-percentile; 3 months With
9 PM10 Dec 1, 2017 to Feb 28, 2017 24 hours at 98-percentile; 3 months Without
10 PM10 Dec 1, 2017 to Feb 28, 2017 24 hours at 98-percentile; 3 months With
*3-month average – converted to annual average

2.3.2.3 Baseline Ambient Air Quality
Table 32 shows the results of the background air monitoring conducted at five (5) locations in
October 2018 and February 2019. The monitoring stations were assigned around the proposed
project site, specifically at residences/household areas.
Measured TSP levels ranged from 8.1 to 378.9 µg/Nm3 with an average of 105.2 µg/Nm3. Except
for TSP measured at Station A5 on October 23, 2018, which was greater than the ambient air
quality standard for TSP set at 340 µg/Nm3. TSP levels at the rest of the monitoring stations for
two (2) periods were within the NAAQS value set for TSP. Sources of air emissions at the area is
dust emissions along roads.
PM10 levels ranged from 5.5 to 196.6 µg/Nm3 with average concentration of 72.4 µg/Nm3. PM10
levels were within the ambient air quality standard set for PM10 at 200 µg/Nm3. Sources of PM10
were generally the same as those of TSP.
Measured gaseous air pollutants (SO2 and NO2) were relatively lower and within the NAAQS of
340 and 360 µg/Nm3, respectively. Highest measured SO2 was 0.3 µg/Nm3 while for NO2 was 38.4
µg/Nm3
Table 32 - Measured 1-hour average ambient air concentrations (in µg/Nm3) in October 2018
and February 2019 (Data source: CRL, 2019)
Station Date and Time
Location TSP PM10 SO2 NO2
No. of Sampling
22-Oct-18/
83.5 50.9 ND ND
1515H - 1615H
A1 Brgy. Akle, Sitio Narra
28-Feb-19/
34.9 27.2 ND ND
1320H - 1420H
23-Oct-18/
96.4 67.9 0.3 26.3
Brgy. Akle, Sitio Narra, 0915H - 1015H
A2
Near Quarry 28-Feb-19/
8.1 5.5 ND ND
1450H - 1550H
23-Oct-18/
Doña Remedios Trinidad, 67.0 36.3 ND 38.4
1120H - 1220H
A3 Brgy. Talbak, Near Bulacan
28-Feb-19/
Brgy. Hall 56.4 48.8 ND ND
1000H - 1100H

Station Date and Time

Location TSP PM10 SO2 NO2
No. of Sampling
23-Oct-18/
89.9 60.0 ND 34.0
Brgy. Akle, In Front of 1315H - 1415H
A4
Centro Akle St. 28-Feb-19/1
151.7 141.5 ND ND
1150H - 1250H
23-Oct-18/
378.9 196.6 0.3 ND
In Front of Petron Gas 1445H - 1545H
A5
Station 28-Feb-19/ 84.9 79.0 ND ND
1605H - 1705H
NAAQS 1-hr average 300 200 340 260
Notes:
1) Designations of station ID/numbering by CRL (2019):
• Station A3 in February 2019 report is Station A1 in October 2019 report
2) Detection limits (based on CRL, 2019 report)
• October 2019 report: ND = Not Detected or Below the Method Detection Limit for NO 2
= 0.26µg, SO2 = 0.75µg
• February 2019 report: ND = Not Detected or Below the Method Detection Limit for
NO2 = 0.18µg, SO2 = 0.50µg
2.3.2.4 Key Impact Assessment
2.3.2.4.1 Predicted Concentrations of Gaseous and Particulate Pollutants
Figure 99 to Figure 110 and Figure 111 to Figure 122 show the predicted concentrations (24-hour
at 98th percentile) of TSP and PM10, respectively. Table 33 shows the highest predicted
concentrations within the modelling domain (including those in the quarry area) while Table 34
shows the highest predicted concentrations at households in vicinities of the project site (quarry
area).
The results presented below were based on total of twelve (12) simulations for TSP and twelve
(12) simulations for PM10. Simulations were performed for six (6) different periods from 2015 to
2018 and assuming unmitigated and mitigated emissions.

Simulations involved determination of predicted concentrations at averaging periods of 24-hour

(98th percentile) and 3-months as the latter were limited to three (3) months of data representing
the northeast and southwest monsoons from 2015 to 2018. As there is no 3-month averaging
standard for TSP and PM10, the predicted concentrations at the foregoing averaging period were
then converted to its annual average using the conversion factor/formula in Appendix B of DAO
2008-003. In accordance with Section 3, Rule X, Part III of DAO 2000-81 (IRR of the PCAA), the
specified averaging period is 24 hours at 98th percentile and annual averaging periods.
2.3.2.4.1.1 Dispersed emissions within the modelling domain (including quarry area).
The highest predicted concentrations considering all tiered receptors (within modelling domain)
were located at immediate vicinities of the emission sources (non-point sources) and within the
quarry area (Table 33 and Figure 99 to Figure 122). The results, however, are not comparable
with the ambient guideline and standards of the PCAA and its IRR, because ambient guidelines
and standards generally apply outside the project area (or outside work areas). Workplace air
quality standards of the Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE) may apply at areas within
the quarry area.
Although this study focused on the determination of compliance with the ambient guidelines and
standards prescribed in the PCAA and its IRR, additional simulations were performed to check
compliance with the 8-hour average standard of the DOLE. Results of dispersion modelling
without mitigation measures (8-hour average concentration of TSP) was 3314 µg/m3 (Figure 123),
which is within the DOLE workplace standard set at 10,000 µg/m3 at 8-hour average. Predicted
concentrations at household areas, particularly at nearest household located about 200 m from
the edge of the quarry area, was about 1500 µg/m3, which exceeded ambient guidelines and
standards (when converted to its corresponding averaging periods).
2.3.2.4.1.2 Dispersed emissions at household areas
Dispersed air emissions at households/residences in the vicinities of the project site (or outside
the quarry area boundaries) appear to exceed the ambient guidelines for TSP and PM10, if
mitigation measures to control dust emissions will not be implemented during project operation
(Table 34 and Figure 99 to Figure 123).
Without mitigation measures, predicted 24-hour average TSP and PM10 concentrations ranged
from 516.8 to 730 µg/m3and 147.8 to 204.1 µg/m3, respectively. TSP levels at the nearest
household exceeded the NAAQG set at 230 µg/m3. For PM10, there were predicted concentrations

close to the NAAQG value set at 150 ug/Nm3, though most of the predicted concentrations
exceeded the corresponding guideline values.
With mitigation measures at maximum control efficiencies prescribed for each emission activity,
i.e., 80% maximum control efficiency for unpaved, predicted concentrations at household areas
appear to comply with the ambient guideline values set for TSP and PM10 (Table 34).
Operations of equipment/vehicles used in quarry projects are expected to emit high levels of
fugitive emissions, if not properly mitigated. For example, transport of off-road trucks along haul
roads (unpaved roads) from the quarry to the crusher of the cement plan are expected to
generate high levels of TSP and PM10, particularly during dry season (without rainfall) and with
relatively higher wind speeds (light to gentle winds).
Mitigation measures should be implemented diligently to ensure that dispersed emissions at

household areas and other areas outside the quarry area comply with the ambient air quality
standards and guideline values set in the PCAA and its IRR. The proposed measures are discussed
in the next sub-section.

Table 33 - Predicted highest concentrations of 24-hour (98th percentile) and annual average conc of TSP and PM10 within the modelling domain
TSP PM10 Reference Figure

Run
Period Mitigation 24-hr 98th Annual 24-hr 98th Annual
No.
percentile average percentile average TSP PM10
3 3 3 3
(µg/m ) (µg/m ) (µg/m ) (µg/m )
1 Dec. 1, 2015 to Feb 28, 2016 Without 1279.1 341.9 425.7 127.8 Figure 99 Figure 111
2 Dec. 1, 2015 to Feb 28, 2016 With 404.2 84.3 95.5 27.9 Figure 100 Figure 112
3 June 1, 2016 to Aug 31, 2016 Without 1144.2 338.0 400.2 122.6 Figure 101 Figure 113
4 June 1, 2016 to Aug 31, 2016 With 372.5 78.7 89.3 26.7 Figure 102 Figure 114
5 Dec 1, 2016 to Feb 29, 2017 Without 1320.7 411.3 462.3 153.4 Figure 103 Figure 115
6 Dec 1, 2016 to Feb 29, 2017 With 375.2 97.5 102 33.5 Figure 104 Figure 116
9 Dec 1, 2017 to Feb 28, 2017 Without 1298.7 401.2 455.7 146.7 Figure 107 Figure 119
10 Dec 1, 2017 to Feb 28, 2017 With 449.4 99.4 100.7 31.9 Figure 108 Figure 120
Highest predicted concentrations within the quarry
area/project site – these are comparable with the
Please refer coordinates of the
DENR ambient standards and guideline values as the
highest predicted concentrations at
locations of predicted highest concentrations were
each map/figure
within the quarry area/project site in which
workplace standards apply

Table 34 - Predicted highest concentrations 24-hour (98th percentile) and annual average concentrations of TSP and PM 10 at household/residences
TSP PM10
Run 24-hr 24-hr

Period Mitigation Annual Annual Remarks
No. 98th 98th
average average
percentile 3
percentile
3
(µg/m ) 3
(µg/m3)
(µg/m ) (µg/m )
1 Dec. 1, 2015 to Feb 28, 2016 Without 730.4 158.3 204.1 43.7 Exceeded NAAQG for TSP and PM10 (except annual)
2 Dec. 1, 2015 to Feb 28, 2016 With 219.4 45.8 31.2 7.5 Within NAAQG for TSP and PM10
3 June 1, 2016 to Aug 31, 2016 Without 534.9 148.2 158.2 41.0 Exceeded NAAQG for TSP and PM10 (except annual)
4 June 1, 2016 to Aug 31, 2016 With 168.9 41.4 27.8 7.4 Within NAAQG for TSP and PM10
5 Dec 1, 2016 to Feb 29, 2017 Without 600.2 179.5 169.3 49.4 Exceeded NAAQG for TSP and PM10 (except annual)
6 Dec 1, 2016 to Feb 29, 2017 With 175.7 51.4 27.9 8.7 Within NAAQG for TSP and PM10
7 June 1, 2017 to Aug 31, 2017 Without 516.8 163.1 148.7 45.5 Exceeded NAAQG for TSP
9 Dec 1, 2017 to Feb 28, 2017 Without 557.1 181.9 166.6 50.0 Exceeded NAAQG for TSP and PM10 (except annual)
10 Dec 1, 2017 to Feb 28, 2017 With 161.6 51.6 30.1 8.9 Within NAAQG for TSP and PM10
11 June 1, 2017 to Aug 31, 2017 Without 528.4 95.9 147.8 26.7 Exceeded NAAQG for TSP
Applicable NAAQG (PCAA and
230 90 150 60
DAO 2000-81)

Figure 99 - Predicted 24-hr average concentration of TSP (at 98th percentile) from quarry operations (without mitigation measures) (Period: Dec. 1, 2015 to Feb 28, 2016)

Figure 100 - Predicted 24-hr average concentration of TSP (at 98th percentile) from quarry operations (with mitigation measures) (Dec. 1, 2015 to Feb 28, 2016)

Figure 101 - Predicted 24-hr average conc. of TSP (at 98th percentile) from quarry operations (without mitigation measures) (Period: June 1, 2016 to Aug 31, 2016)

Figure 102 - Predicted 24-hr average conc of TSP (at 98th percentile) from quarry operations (with mitigation measures) (June 1, 2016 to Aug 31, 2016)

Figure 103 - Predicted 24-hr average conc. of TSP (at 98th percentile) from quarry operations (without mitigation measures) (Period: Dec. 1, 2016 to Feb 29, 2017)

Figure 104 - Predicted 24-hr average conc of TSP (at 98th percentile) from quarry operations (with mitigation measures) (Dec. 1, 2016 to Feb 29, 2017)



Figure 107 - Predicted 24-hr average conc. of TSP (at 98th percentile) from quarry operations (without mitigation measures) (Period: Dec. 1, 2017 to Feb 28, 2018)

Figure 108 - Predicted 24-hr average conc of TSP (at 98th percentile) from quarry operations (with mitigation measures) (Dec. 1, 2017 to Feb 28, 2018)



Figure 111 - Predicted 24-hr average conc. of PM10 (at 98th percentile) from quarry operations (without mitigation measures) (Period: Dec. 1, 2015 to Feb 28, 2016)

Figure 112 - Predicted 24-hr average conc of PM10 (at 98th percentile) from quarry operations (with mitigation measures) (Dec. 1, 2015 to Feb 28, 2016)

Figure 113 - Predicted 24-hr average conc. of PM10 (at 98th percentile) from quarry operations (without mitigation measures) (Period: June 1, 2016 to Aug 31, 2016)

Figure 114 - Predicted 24-hr average conc of PM10 (at 98th percentile) from quarry operations (with mitigation measures) (June 1, 2016 to Aug 31, 2016)









Figure 123 - Sample plot of predicted 8-hour average concentrations of TSP (Period: Dec. 1, 2015 to Feb 28, 2016)

2.3.2.4.1.3 Mitigation Measures
Section 13 (Prohibited Acts) in Rule XXV (Stationary Sources) of the implementing rules of
Philippine Clean Air Act (or DAO 2000-81) prohibit emissions of particulate matter (or fugitive
particulates) from any other source without taking reasonable precautions to prevent such
emission. These sources include vehicular movement, transportation of materials, construction,
demolition or wrecking or industry related activities such as loading, storing or “handling”. Thus,
sources of fugitive emissions or particulates from the proposed project (quarry operations) are
subject to this provision.
DAO 2000-81 also specifies that reasonable measures shall be implemented to limit particulate
emissions (or fugitive emissions). These mitigation measures including, among others, the
following (Source: Section 13(a), Rule XXV of DAO 2000-81):
1) Water sprinkling to control dust generation from construction and quarrying or clearing
of lands;
2) Application of water on roads, materials of stockpiles and other surface which create
airborne dust problem; and
3) Installation and use of hood fans and fabric filters or any other suitable control devices to
enclose and vent the handling of dusty materials. Adequate containment methods shall
be employed during sandblasting or other similar operations.
Specifically, the following dust generating activities and corresponding mitigation measures are
recommended for the project.
a) Bulldozing and grading
Wet suppression or water spraying and installation of temporary wind barriers, if necessary,
especially during dry days and when winds are light to moderate. To minimize cumulative dusts
emissions from hauling activities and grading/maintenance activities of haul roads during dry and
windy conditions, road grading to be done separately at other roadways, when necessary.
b) Transport of haul trucks and other vehicles
Wet suppression or water spraying, strict implementation of speed limits, provision of covers for
trucks hauling spoils and other materials (if materials will be transferred off-site), and regular
maintenance of trucks to reduce or maintain tailpipe emissions.

c) Loading and unloading of materials (materials handling)
Provision of dust suppression system (water spraying) prior to and during unloading, and regular
removal of spillage, use of dust and wind barriers downwind and upwind of the crusher area,
respectively, during dry and wind conditions, if necessary.
d) Wind erosion of exposed areas
Water spraying over exposed areas and installation of temporary barriers to reduce wind speed
and avoid opening or clearing of new areas during early stage of construction, if such area is not
immediately needed
e) Blasting operation
As possible, conduct blasting during relatively low wind speeds to avoid dispersion of dust at
nearby households/residences.
2.3.3 Noise Quality
2.3.3.1 Methodology
2.3.3.1.1 Baseline Monitoring
CRL conducted noise level monitoring at the five (5) locations in October 2018 and February 2019
(Table 35 and Figure 124). CRL (2019) indicated that a Lutron sound level meter was used to
measure the lowest and highest noise levels at 3 minutes per interval over 1-hour period. The
equivalent noise levels (Leq) were then calculated by computing its logarithmic average (CRL
2019). The results were then compared with the ambient noise standards specified in the circular
of the then National Pollution Control Commission (NPCC) in 1978 (Table 36)
Table 35 - Coordinates and elevations of the air sampling stations

Station
Location* Latidue (deg) Longitude (deg)
ID
N1 Brgy. Akle, Sitio Narra 15°3’39” N 121°4’11” E
N2 Brgy. Akle, Sitio Narra, Near Quarry 15°3’23” N 121°4’5” E
N3 Doña Remedios Trinidad, Brgy. Talbak,
15°5’19.8” N 121°5’39.1” E
Near Bulacan Brgy. Hall

Station
Location* Latidue (deg) Longitude (deg)
ID
N4 Brgy. Akle, In Front of Centro Akle St. 15°2’53” N 121°4’23.3” E
N5 In Front of Petron Gas Station 15°3’1.2” N 121°4’23.3” E
*Note: Locations of noise stations are the same as the air sampling stations
Table 36 - Environmental quality standards for noise in general areas (NPCC 1980)
Maximum Allowable Noise (dBA) by time periods
Night-time
Daytime Morning/Evening
Category (10:00 P.M. to 5:00
(9:00 A.M. to 6:00 (5:00 A.M. to 9:00 AM/
A.M).
P.M). 6:00 P.M. to 10:00 P.M.
AA 50 45 40
A 55 50 45
B 65 60 55
C 70 65 60
D 75 70 65
• Class AA- a section of contiguous area which requires quietness, such as areas within 100
meters from school site, nursery schools, hospitals and special house for the aged
• Class A - a section of contiguous area which is primarily used for residential area
• Class B - a section of contiguous area which is primarily a commercial area
• Class C - a section of contiguous area reserved as light industrial area
• Class D-a section which is primarily reserved as heavy industrial area

Figure 124 - Locations of noise sampling stations and photographs taken during noise sampling

2.3.3.1.2 Noise Emissions Modelling
2.3.3.1.2.1 Noise Model
SoundPlan Essential (SPE) Noise Model Version 4.1 (SoundPlan) was used to determine the
attenuated sound levels arising from the quarry operation. SoundPlan is capable of modelling noise
emissions from roads, railways, and industrial facilities. The screenshot of the licensed SoundPlan
and the standards used in this study are shown in Plate 24.
Plate 24 - Licensed SoundPlan and noise standards used in noise modelling
SoundPlan implements ISO 9613-2 (Acoustics – Attenuation of sound during propagation outdoors.
Part 2: General Method of Calculation) on modelling noise emissions from industrial facilities. ISO
9613-2 specifies an engineering method to calculate attenuation of sound as emitted outdoors
from various types of sources, such as point source, industrial noise sources, construction activities
and other point (stationary or moving points sources), but excluding aircraft in flight and noise from
blasting activities.
ISO 9613-2 accounts for the following factors:
• Directivity of the source (or the orientation of the source);

• geometrical divergence or travel of sound with distance,
• atmospheric absorption,
• ground effect,
• barrier, and
• miscellaneous sources, such as foliage of trees and shrubs, industrial sites, and clusters of
houses or buildings.
2.3.3.1.2.2 Sources of Noise
Plate 25 shows the list of noise sources and its corresponding sound power level. The list of
equipment was provided by the proponent while the sound power levels were obtained from
SoundPlan library, equipment brochures, and related noise impact assessment studies.
Figure 125 shows the indicative locations of the emission sources. Haul trucks were assumed to
operate continuously along the haul road from the quarry to the crusher of the existing cement
plant of Eagle Cement. A grader was also assumed to operate along the haul road.
The rest of the noise sources/heavy equipment were assumed operating simultaneously near the
west boundary of the quarry area closest households or residences. This assumed “worst-case”
scenario as most of the sources were in vicinities of nearby residences.
Plate 25 - List of noise sources and its corresponding sound power

2.3.3.1.2.3 Elevation Points
Elevations or topography used in the noise modelling were obtained from the Shuttle Radar
Topography Mission (SRTM) digital terrain data. SRTM data were processed as follows.
a) Multi-tier grid receptors were created in AERMAP View – a terrain preprocessor of

AERMOD View. These grid receptors contained the following:
• 20 m x 20 m grid from about the center of the quarry area to 1 km; and
• 100 m x 100 m grid from 1 km to 3 km
b) SRTM digital terrain data were then imported in AERMAP View. This preprocessor then
generated the coordinates and elevations (in WGS84 UTM Zone 51) and exported a text file
(in *.csv format) to be furthered process in a mapping software.

Figure 125 - Screenshot of noise emission sources, elevation points, receivers, and emission levels

c) The text files (*.csv format) were then converted as drawing file and imported in
SoundPlan as *.dxf file. The .dxf file contains the coordinates and elevations in a format
readable by SoundPlan.
SoundPlan can directly generate topography by importing GoogleEarth imagery. To be consistent

with the elevation data used in the air dispersion modelling, however, topography from SRTM data
were instead used in the noise modelling.
Note that the topography at the project site (quarry) will change during project operation,
specifically during extended period of operations, i.e., months and years. This would lower the
elevations at the quarry relative to the households, which may result to possible reduction of
attenuated noise from quarry operation.
Modelling scenarios, however, assumed initial quarry operation (or early months of operation) and
without significant change in topography, and as indicated above, noise sources/heavy equipment
were also assumed operating simultaneously near the west boundary of the quarry area closest
households or residences. This could be considered as “worst-case” scenario as most of the sources
were in vicinities of nearby residences.
2.3.3.1.2.4 Meteorology
Meteorological input data were based from PAGASA-Science Garden Station, as follows:
• Dry bulb temperature = 27.2 °C,

• Relative Humidity = 78%, and
• Barometric pressure = 1009.8
The above parameters are normal average values from 1981 to 2010.
2.3.3.1.2.5 Receivers
Table 37 shows the coordinates and elevations of the twelve (12) receivers wherein specific noise
levels were calculated. The discrete receivers (colored yellow in Figure 125) represent the clusters
of residences or households around the project site.

Note that in addition to the twelve (12) discrete receivers, attenuated noise levels were computed
at grid distance of 10 m x 10 m. These grid receptors are also called “receivers” within the modelling
domain.
Table 37 - Coordinates and elevations of receivers assigned around the project site
Receptor No. UTM (x) UTM (y) Floor Elevation (m)
1 292636.7 1666219.4 97.61
2 292630.2 1666184.7 96.85
3 292429.2 1666328.2 99.25
4 292503.2 1666173.4 94.3
5 292530.1 1665968.8 96.7
6 292744.4 1664716.5 101.19
7 293256.4 1664716.5 107.32
8 293828.4 1664853.9 172.41
9 293890.9 1665578.3 147.69
9 293890.9 1665578.3 150.49
10 293860.1 1665713.4 147.4
11 293832.9 1666019.3 142.84
12 293657.1 1666483.6 153.12
2.3.3.2 Background Noise Levels
Table 38 shows the measured noise levels at five (5) locations in October 2018 and February 2018.
Measured noise levels (Leq) in October 2018 ranged from 59.21 to 64.07 dBA while in February
2018 from 44.0 to 65.5 dBA. Measured noise levels in February 2018 were generally lower than
those measured in October 2018. CRL, however, has not provided the data or possible causes of
noise reduction in February 2018 sampling.
Sources of noise at the time of monitoring were from vehicles passing near the sampling stations,
which were noted at all monitoring stations. Animal and community noise were also observed at
Stations N1, N2, and N3. Noise from the cement plant was audible/noted at Station N4.
In comparison with the ambient noise standard, noise levels in October 2018 were higher than the
daytime noise standard for residential areas set at 55 dBA, except at Station N5 in which noise
standard for commercial area applies at this location.
In February 2018 sampling, noise levels (Leq) at Station N1, N2, and N3 were within the daytime
noise standard for residential areas, except at Station N4 wherein the measured noise level was

65.6 dBA. Noise from vehicular traffic was the main source of noise at this location (Station N4).
Noise from the cement plant was also noted at this location (Station N4).
Table 38 - Measured noise levels in October 2018 and February 2019

Noise Noise
Station Date/Time of
Location Level Standard Sources of Noise
No.1 Sampling
(dBA) (dBA)2
22-Oct-18/ • Animal noise, occasional passing
59.21 55*
1515H - 1615H vehicles, residential activities
Brgy. Akle, Sitio
N1 • Vehicle pass by in October
Narra 28-Feb-19/
48.9 55* sampling – 20 tricycles and 20
1320H - 1420H
motorcycles
23-Oct-18/ • Animal noise, wind generated
61.27 55*
0915H - 1015H noise occasional passing of
Brgy. Akle, Sitio vehicles
N2 Narra, Near • Vehicle pass by in October 2018
28-Feb-19/
Quarry 44.0 55* sampling – 7 trucks, 15 tricycles
1450H - 1550H
and 20 motorcycles passed
Doña Remedios 23-Oct-18/ • Animal noise, occasional passing

61.98 55*
Trinidad, Brgy. 1120H - 1220H vehicles and residential activities
N3 Talbak, Near • Vehicle pass by in October 2018
28-Feb-19/
Bulacan Brgy. 54.7 55* sampling – 5 trucks, 12 tricycles
1000H - 1100H
Hall and 18 motorcycles
23-Oct-18/ • Vehicle noise and plant
63.45 55*
Brgy. Akle, In 1315H - 1415H operation (cement plant)
N4 Front of Centro 28-Feb-19/1 • Vehicle pass by in October 2018
Akle St. 1150H – 65.6 55* sampling – 18 trucks, 15 tricycles
1250H and 22 motorcycles
23-Oct-18/
In Front of 1445H – 64.06 65**
N5 Petron Gas 1545H • Noise from vehicles
Station 28-Feb-19/ 65.5
65**
1605H - 1705H
Notes:
2) Designations of station ID/numbering by CRL (2019):
• Station N3 in February 2019 report is Station N1 in October 2019 report
Noise Noise
Station Date/Time of
Location Level Standard Sources of Noise
No.1 Sampling
(dBA) (dBA)2
2) Ambient Noise Standards
*Class “A” (A section or contiguous area, which is primary used for the residential purposes, Daytime)
**Class “A” (A section or contiguous area, which is primary used for the residential purposes, Daytime)
2.3.3.3 Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures
2.3.3.3.1 Predicted and Cumulative Noise Impacts
Modelling involved the following scenarios:
1) Simultaneous operation of all equipment listed in Plate 25, and

2) Reduction on the number of operating equipment
The second scenario aimed to determine the noise levels with reduction of operating equipment,
particularly at nighttime when noise levels should be within its background levels or within ambient
noise standard set for residential areas. This is to avoid possible complaints from nearby residences
during this period.
1) Simultaneous Operation of All Equipment
The predicted noise levels at five (5) receivers (receiver Nos. 1 to 5) were expectedly higher than
other receivers (receivers Nos. 6 to 12) due to its proximity with the assumed locations of noise
sources/equipment. Attenuated noise levels at receiver nos. 1 to 5 ranged from 62.5 to 69.3 dBA
(both for daytime and nighttime) while those at the receiver nos. 6 to 12 were within the ambient
noise standard set at 45 dBA (Figure 126 and Plate 26).
The first value (or 1st column) at each receiver (Receivers 1 to 12) in Figure 126 are the predicted
daytime noise levels while the 2nd value (or 2nd column) are the predicted nighttime noise levels.

Predicted nighttime and daytime noise levels were equal at all receivers as the number of
equipment and its sound power were the same for the two (2) time periods.
Noise contours representing the predict noise levels show high noise levels along the haul route
and in vicinities of the noise sources/equipment (Figure 127 and Figure 128). There appears
significant reduction of noise on the east side of the modelling domain (in green contour) due to
blocking effect of terrain or topography.
2) Reduction on the Number of Operating Equipment
As predicted noise levels were relatively higher at residences east of the quarry area or project site,
additional simulation was performed to determine reduction of noise with limited operating
equipment during nighttime.
Results shown in Figure 129, and Figure 130 and Plate 27 suggest apparent reduction on the
number of operating equipment at nighttime as one of the mitigation measures to lessen noise at
household areas. Noise levels were reduced to 44.6 to 51.4 dBA at household areas east of the
project site. Although the predicted noise levels were higher than ambient noise standard at
residential area set at 45 dBA, observed noise levels may be lower or higher depending on other
factors, such as the intensity of noise emissions (or sound power) and the usage factor (percentage
of operating time of each equipment).
Thus, noise monitoring should be conducted during construction and operation to check
exceedances with the ambient noise standards, particularly during nighttime. In the event of
excessive noise levels due to the project, mitigation measures should be implemented to avoid
complaints from nearby households/residences.
3) Cumulative Noise Impact
Table 39 shows the cumulative noise impacts (background and predicted) at the air monitoring
stations. Results show that operation of the project will not likely affect the background noise
levels at Stations N3, N4, and N5 as its background noise levels were higher than those predicted.
Due to proximity of Station N1 with the project site, there is predicted increased on background
noise level arising from the operation of the quarry. At Station N2, however, background noise
levels appear to vary during monitoring in February and October, which resulted to probable
increase or decrease of noise levels.

Table 39 - Baseline and predicted noise levels

Noise Level
Predicted Predicted
Station Baseline Increase
Location Noise plus baseline
No. Noise (dBA) from
(dBA) (dBA)
Baseline?
59.21 68.1 65.6 Yes
N1 Brgy. Akle, Sitio Narra
48.9 68.1 65.1 Yes
Brgy. Akle, Sitio Narra, Near 61.27 58.6 60.1 No
N2
Quarry 44.0 58.6 55.7 Yes
Doña Remedios Trinidad, Brgy. 61.98 37.5 59.0 No
N3
Talbak, Near Bulacan Brgy. Hall 54.7 37.5 51.8 No
Brgy. Akle, In Front of Centro 63.45 38.0 60.5 No
N4
Akle St. 65.6 38.0 62.6 No
64.06 39.2 61.1 No
N5 In Front of Petron Gas Station
65.5 39.2 62.5 No
2.3.3.3.2 Proposed Mitigation Measures and Monitoring Program
Operation of the project is expected to generate high noise levels, which may exceed noise
standards at households/residences in vicinities of the project site, if no mitigation measures will
be implemented.
To effectively implement mitigation measures, noise monitoring should be performed at residences

around the project during operation, particularly at residences/households located west of the
quarry area. Noise monitoring should be conducted at four (4) time periods of the day (daytime,
early evening, early morning, and nighttime).
Mitigation measures should include the following:
1) Reduction on the number of operating equipment, particularly during nighttime and early
morning/evening periods.
2) Installation of effective or appropriate mufflers at tailpipes of mobile equipment
3) Strictly impose speed limits at access roads and within the quarry area,
4) Provision partial or total enclosure of high noise sources, if practicable as possible.
5) Blasting operation should be performed during daytime.

If operation during nighttime or early evening is necessary, residents and local government units
(LGUs) who have jurisdiction of the area should be informed of the said activity. Consequently,
adequate control measures, i.e., provision of partial or total enclosure of high noise sources, should
be implemented to reduce nighttime noise levels. In any event, however, noise emissions from the
project should not cause nuisance to residents in vicinities of the quarry area.

Figure 126 - Predicted noise levels (daytime and nighttime) at receiver points arising from emissions of all indicative noise sources

Plate 26 - Screenshot of predicted noise levels with all indicative noise sources and applicable noise standards

Figure 127 - Predicted noise levels during daytime arising from operation of all indicative noise sources

Figure 128 - Predicted noise levels during nighttime arising from operation of all indicative noise sources

Figure 129 - Predicted noise levels at receiver points with reduction on the number of operating noise sources or mining equipment

Plate 27. Screenshot of predicted noise levels and applicable noise standards with reduction of operating noise sources or mining equipment

Figure 130 - Predicted noise levels during nighttime with reduction of the number of operating noise sources or mining equipment

2.4 People
The proposed project is located in Barangay Talbak Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad and
Barangay Akle Municipality of San Ildefonso both situated in the province of Bulacan. Barangay
Talbak and Barangay Akle are considered as the direct impact barangays.
The Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad is also known as “Bulacan’s Last Frontier” because
of its natural environment and is the least travelled town in the province. It covers a land area of
approximately 93,926.927 hectares or a third of Bulacan. It is bounded on the north by the
Municipalities of Gapan and General Tinio in Nueva Ecija; on the south by Norzagaray, Bulacan;
on the east by General Nakar, Quezon, and Dingalan, Aurora; and on the west by four Bulacan
municipalities, namely San Miguel, San Rafael, San Ildefonso, and Angat. It has a population of
22,663 (PSA -2015). It has a total of 8 barangays, one of which is the direct impact barangay –
Barangay Talbak. Barangay Talbak is located approximately 36 kilometers from the Municipality
of Doña Remedios Trinidad. Barangay Kalawakan borders Barangay Talbak to the North, Barangay
Sapang Bulak to the south, Barangay Camachin to its east and Barangay Biak na Bato to its west.
The barangay is considered a rural, agricultural and upland barangay and has a total land area of
2, 140.49 hectares. The barangay is comprised of a total of 3 puroks.
The Municipality of San Ildefonso covers a land area of 12,871 hectares or 128.71 square
kilometers which constitutes 4.60% of the total area of Bulacan. It has a total population of
104,471 (PSA – 2015). It has 36 barangays, which is one of the direct impact barangays – Barangay
Akle. Barangay Akle is bordered by Baranagay Buhol na Mangga to the North, Municipality of
Doña Remedios Trinidad to the East, Barangay Casalat to the South and Barangay Alagao to the
West. The barangay is considered as agricultural and industrial area and has a total land area of
734.29 hectares. The barangay is comprised of 7 puroks.
2.4.1 Demographic Baseline Information of Impact Areas
2.4.1.1 Methodology
In gathering information to situate the actual demographic and socio-economic conditions of the
primary impact areas, various methods were used. These methods include review of secondary
information sources, conduct of perception surveys and focus group discussions.
Secondary information and data were sourced from the published survey and census reports of
the Philippine Statistics Authority (PSA), Municipal Health Office Data, Data from the City Mayors

office as well as the latest Local Development Plans of Doña Remedios Trinidad and San Ildefonso.
These include the following:
• 2012-2022 Comprehensive Land Use Plan and Zoning Ordinance Doña Remedios Trinidad,
Bulacan;
• 2010, Census of Population and Housing, PSA;
• 2015, Census of Population, PSA;
• 2017 Socio-Economic Profile San Ildefonso
• 2012 Community Based Monitoring System San Ildefonso
2.4.1.2.1 Barangay Talbak
According to the 2015 Census of the Philippine Statistics Authority the population of Barangay
Talbak is 1,746. The population grew from 713 in 1990 to 1,746 in 2015, an increase of 1,033
people. The latest census figures in 2015 denote a positive growth rate of 2.57%, or an increase
of 218 people, from the previous population of 1,528 in 2010. This means that the population of
barangay increased yearly. The increase in population growth may have implications in the
economic situation as well as the delivery of basic services to each family in the community.
Table 40 – Population and Growth Rate of Barangay Talbak and Municipality of Doña
Remedios Trinidad, 2010 and 2015
Population Growth Rate
Area 2010 Population 2015 Population
(%)
Barangay Talbak 1,528 1,746 2.57
Doña Remedios Trinidad 19,878 22,663 2.53
Source: 2010 Census of Population and Housing
2015 Census of Population (Philippine Statistics Authority, 2015)
2.4.1.2.1.1 Population Composition
Based on the on the Household Population by age group and age composition, the data shows
that the age group of 10 – 14 years old has the highest percentage (12.89%) in Barangay Talbak
(Table 41), while in the Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad the age – group of 5 – 9 years old
has the highest percentage (12%), (Table 42).

Table 41 – Household Population by age Group and Age Composition: Barangay Talbak, 2015
Age Composition
Age Group Both Sexes
(%)
Under 1 27 1.55
1–4 169 9.68
5–9 207 11.86
10 – 14 225 12.89
15 – 19 185 10.60
20 – 24 160 9.16
25 – 29 144 8.25
30 – 34 122 6.99
35 – 39 126 7.22
40 – 44 81 4.64
45 – 49 95 5.44
50 – 54 66 3.78
55 – 59 42 2.41
60 – 64 45 2.58
65 – 69 22 1.26
70 – 74 15 0.86
75 – 79 7 0.40
80 years old and over 8 0.46
TOTAL 1,746 100
Table 42 – Household Population by Age Group and Sex, and Age Composition, and Sex Ratio:
Dona Remedios Trinidad, 2015
Age Composition
Age Group Both Sexes Male Female Sex Ratio
(%)
Under 1 522 274 248 2.30 1.10:1
1–4 2,325 1,177 1,148 10.26 1.03:1
5–9 2,721 1,412 1,309 12.00 1.08:1
10 – 14 2,674 1,407 1,267 11.80 1.11:1
15 – 19 2,515 1,329 1,186 11.10 1.12:1
20 – 24 2,177 1,146 1,031 9.61 1.11:1
25 – 29 1,733 895 838 7.65 1.07:1
30 – 34 1,492 782 710 6.58 1.10:1
35 – 39 1,355 717 638 5.98 1.12:1
40 – 44 1,233 649 584 5.44 1.11:1

Age Composition
Age Group Both Sexes Male Female Sex Ratio
(%)
45 – 49 1,100 588 512 4.85 1.15:1
50 – 54 899 485 414 3.97 1.17:1
55 – 59 688 374 314 3.04 1.19:1
60 – 64 515 274 241 2.27 1.14:1
65 – 69 293 142 151 1.29 0.94:1
70 – 74 184 88 96 0.81 0.92:1
75 – 79 133 59 74 0.59 0.80:1
80 years old
104 41 63 0.46 0.65:1
and over
TOTAL 22,663 11,839 10,824 100 1.09:1
Source: Philippine Statistics Authority, 2015 Census of Population
The shape of the population pyramid of the Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad is indicative
of the population distribution in the municipality and reflects the pattern of fertility, mortality
and migration trends in the past. It also tells the past, present and future stories of the areas. It
also clearly reflects workforce migration with the increase in the productive population and with
a large portion of economically active population.
2.4.1.2.1.2 Gender Ratio
There are 109 males per 100 females in the Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad.
2.4.1.2.1.3 Dependency Ratios
The population belonging to the age group 15-64 is economically productive and comprises most
of the work force in the area. While those belonging to the age groups of below 1 to age 15, and
the age groups of more than 65 years old are considered dependents. Dependency ratio is the
ratio of both age groups and is a measure if there are sufficient numbers of people who can
support the dependent population.
In Barangay Talbak, 1,066 of the population belong to the productive age group. It means that
61% of the population has the capacity to earn income, while 680 or about 39% of the
populations are dependent. Comparing to the Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad, 13,707
or 60% of the populations have the potential to earn.

Based from the data, in the impact barangays, Barangay Talbak the dependency ratio is 100:64.
This means that the impacts barangay, for every 100 economically active individuals there are 64
dependents. In the Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad the ratio is 100:86 which means that
for every 100 active earners, 86 are dependents. The national dependency ratio in 2015 was
100:51, which means that there are many more dependent populations per income earners in
the impacts barangays compared to their respective municipalities and the whole country.
Population Pyramid of Dona Remedios Trinidad, 2015
80 years old and over

70 – 74
60 – 64
50 – 54
45 – 49
35 – 39
25 – 29
15 – 19
1–4
-1000 -500 0 500 1000
Male Female
Figure 131 - Population Pyramid Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad
Table 43 - Dependency Ratio Barangay Talbak and Doña Remedios Trinidad

2.4.1.4 Barangay Talbak 2.4.1.5 Doña Remedios Trinidad
2.4.1.3 Age
2.4.1.7 Dependen 2.4.1.9 Dependen
Group 2.4.1.6 No. 2.4.1.8 No.
cy Ratio cy Ratio
2.4.1.10 Worki
ng Age 2.4.1.11 1,06 2.4.1.13 13,7
2.4.1.12 2.4.1.14
(15- 6 07
64)
Dependent
680 64:100 11,803 86:100
Population
Young (0-14) 628 59:100 11,089 81:100
Old (65 and
52 5:100 714 5:100
above)

2.4.1.14.1.1 Reproductive Age
Women of reproductive age refer to all women in the age group of 15 – 49 and are capable of
child bearing. In the Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad 51% of the total female population
can become pregnant and bear child. 5,499 females in Doña Remedios Trinidad are of
reproductive age. Given the fertility rate of Filipino Women (3.5 birth per women), the age group
of under 1 are apt to increase in the coming year.
2.4.1.14.1.2 Population Distribution and Density
Population density is a measurement of population living in a unit of area (square kilometers). It

is an indication if an area is overcrowded, and if the area has suitable capacity to provide for its
people. The average number of persons living in a square kilometer of land in the Philippines in
2015 is 337.
Table 44 - Population Density of Barangay Talbak and the Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad,
2015
Population Density (No. of
2015 Land Area (square
Area Persons per square
Population kilometers)
kilometers)
Barangay Talbak 1,746 21.40 82
Doña Remedios
22,663 932.96 25
Trinidad
The total population density of Barangay Talbak is 82 persons per square kilometer of land, given
that there are 1,746 inhabitants in an area measuring 21.40 square kilometers. The impact
barangay is more densely populated compared to the Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad.
2.4.1.14.1.3 Average Household Size
The average household size is the number of persons residing within a household in a particular
area. Table 45 shows the average household size in the barangay and the municipality. The
averaged family in Barangay Talbak is 4.2. The average household in Barangay Talbak is lower
compared to the average household size of Doña Remedios Trinidad. However, the average
household size of Doña Remedios Trinidad is higher compared to the national average of 4.4 per
household.

Table 45 - Number of Household Size and Average Household Size of Barangay Talbak and
Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad
2015 No. of Average Household
Area 2015 Population
Household Member
Barangay Talbak 1,746 415 4.2
Doña Remedios Trinidad 22,663 5,090 4.5
2.4.1.14.1.4 Other Demographic Information
2.4.1.14.1.4.1 Ethnicity
In the province of Bulacan there are more than 10 ethnicities, majority of which is 76.6% reported
Tagalog as their ethnicity. The other 23.4% were reported as belonging to these ethnic groups:
Bisaya/Binisaya (7.6%), Bikol/Bicol (4.9%), Ilocano (2.8%), Waray (1.9%), Hiligaynon/Ilonggo
(1.3%), Cebuano (1.1%), Kapampangan (1.0%), Pangasinan/Panggalato (0.8%),
Masbateño/Masbatenon (0.2%), and others.
2.4.1.14.1.4.2 Marital Status
Marital status describes the individual’s state of being married, single, widowed, divorced or live
in. Of the household population of 10 years and over in Doña Remedios Trinidad, 39.12% were
married while 41.36% were never married. The rest of the population was categorized as follows:
in common-law/live-in marital arrangement (15.29%), widowed (2.83%), and divorced/separated
(1.37%). Among the never-married persons, 57.91% persons were males while 42.09% were
females. For the rest of the categories for marital status, the females outnumbered the males.
Table 46 - Household Population 10 Years Old and Over by Marital Status and Sex: Doña Remedios
Trinidad, 2015
Both Sexes Male Female
Marital Status
No. % No. % No. %
Single 7,071 41.36 4,095 57.91 2,976 42.09
Married 6,687 39.12 3,336 49.89 3,351 50.11
Widowed 483 2.83 136 28.16 347 71.84
Divorced/Separated 234 1.37 99 42.31 135 57.69
Common-law/Live
2,614 15.29 1,306 49.96 1,308 50.04
in


Marital Status
No. % No. % No. %
Unknown 6 0.04 4 66.67 2 33.33
Total 17,095 100 8,976 52.51 8,119 47.49
2.4.1.14.1.4.3 Highest Educational Attainment
Educational attainment is a good indicator of well-being of a population and also shows the future
trend for economic development. Young adults who have higher levels of education are more
likely to achieve economic success compared to those that have not. In addition to this,
completing more years of education protects against unemployment, leads to higher wages,
qualifies to a broader range of jobs and are also connected to higher levels of socio-economic as
well as socio-emotional well-being. It is also a good indicator of the gap between gender issues
for women.
Table 47 shows the data on education attainment in the Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad,
of the household population aged five years and over, 51.40% had attended or completed
elementary education, 32.60% had reached or finished high school, 4.47% were college
undergraduates, and 2.84% were academic degree holders. Among those with an academic
degree, the females (62.34%) outnumbered the males (37.66%). Contrary, more males (66.67%)
than females (33.33%) had pursued post baccalaureate courses.
Table 47 - Household Population 5 Years Old and Over by Highest Educational Attainment and Sex:
Doña Remedios Trinidad, 2015
Highest Educational Both Sexes Male Female

Attainment No. % No. % No. %
No Grade
903 4.56 499 55.26 404 44.74
Completed
Preschool 671 3.39 354 52.76 317 47.24
Elementary 10,186 51.40 5,595 54.93 4,591 45.07
Highschool 6,460 32.60 3,255 50.39 3,205 49.61
Post Secondary 127 0.64 51 40.16 76 59.84
College
886 4.47 408 46.05 478 53.95
Undergraduate
Academic Degree
563 2.84 212 37.66 351 62.34
Holder


Post baccalaureate 3 0.02 2 66.67 1 33.33
Not Stated 16 0.08 12 75.00 4 25.00
Total 19,816 100 10,388 52.42 9,428 47.58
2.4.1.14.1.4.4 Disability
Philippine Statistics Authority categorizes disability that can be physical, mental, or sensory motor
impairment such as partial or total blindness, low vision, partial or total deafness, oral defect,
having only one hand or no hands, one leg or no leg, mild or severe cerebral palsy, retarded,
mentally ill, mental retardation, and multiple impairment.
In Barangay Talbak in general, there are 30 individuals with disability, 18 males and 12 females.
2.4.1.14.1.4.5 Housing
The tenure status and type of housing reveals in part the economic status of households and the
quality of the people’s lives in general. Based on the data in 2010, majority of households in the
Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad owns or pay amortization (65.08%), 0.62% rented,
30.19% are free of rent with owner’s consent. Furthermost, almost 41% or 1,806 of the houses
are made up of materials such as bamboo, sawali, cogon and nipa while 79% or 3,478 houses have
galvanized iron/aluminum roofs.
Table 48 - Number of Households by Tenure Status of the Lot: Doña Remedios Trinidad, 2010
Tenure Status of the Lot Total Households %
Owned/being amortized 2,932 65.08
Rented 28 0.62
Rent-free with consent of owner 1,360 30.19
Rent-free without consent of owner 81 1.80
Not Applicable 104 2.31
Not Reported -
Total 4,505 100
Source: National Statistics Office, 2010 Census of Population and Housing

Construction Materials of the Outer Walls Total Occupied Housing Units
Concrete/Brick/Stone 1,433
Wood 724
Half Concrete/Brick/Stone/
351
and Half Wood
Galvanized Iron/Aluminum 22
Bamboo/Sawali/Cogon/Nipa 1,806
Asbestos 1
Glass -
Makeshift/Salvaged/Improvised Materials 51
Others 2
No walls 21
Not Reported 12
Total 4,423
Construction Materials of the Roof Total Occupied Housing Units
Galvanized iron/Aluminum 3,478

Tile Concrete/Clay Tile 6
Half Galvanized Iron and Half Concrete 38
Wood 15
Cogon/Nipa/Anahaw 761
Asbestos -
Others 72
Not Reported -
Total 4,423
2.4.1.14.1.4.6 Migration Pattern
2.4.1.14.1.4.6.1 In Migration
Migration patterns are directly associated with higher annual family income as well as
expenditures. In migration pertains to the movement of people across a specific boundary for the
purpose of establishing permanent residence within the country.

Among the 2,615,086 household population five years old and over who were enumerated in the
province of Bulacan in 2001, 94.1% were non-movers. These are persons whose city/municipality
of residence in 2005 was the same as in 2010. The other 5.9% had resided in a city or municipality
other than the city/municipality where they were residing at the time of the 2010 CPH. About
123,700 persons resided in another province in 2005 while about 3,200 resided in a foreign
country. Meanwhile, the number of those who were residing in another city or municipality but
within the province was 28,500.
In the Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad (Error! Reference source not found.) there are 53%
males and 47% females came from the same city or municipality, and 52% of males and 48%
females come from other city or municipality. Males with 52% have the leading number of
migration from other province compared to females with 48%.
Table 49 - Household Population 5 Years Old and Over by Sex, Place of Present Residence,
Place of Residence 5 Years Ago: Doña Remedios Trinidad, 2010
Household Place of residence 5 Years Ago
Population 5 Other
Sex Same Other Foreign
Years Old City/Municipality Unknown
City/Municipality Province Country
and Over Same Province
Both
17,355 16,794 176 381 3 1
Sexes
Male 9,163 8,869 92 199 3 -
Female 8,192 7,925 84 182 - 1
2.4.1.14.1.4.6.2 Out – Migration
Of the 3,292,071 household population 15 years old and over in Bulacan, 3.03% (or 99,879
persons) were overseas workers. Male overseas workers outnumbered their female counterparts
as they comprised 1.77% of all the overseas workers from this province. Overseas workers aged
45 years and over made up the largest age group, comprising 25% of the total overseas workers
from this province in 2015, followed by the age groups 35-39 years (18.39%), 30 to 34 years
(18.28%), and 25 to 29 years (15.69%).

Table 50 - Overseas Workers 15 Years Old and Over by Sex and Age Group, Bulacan: 2015
Age Group
No. % No. % No. %
Below 20 1,036 1.04 493 47.59 543 52.41
20 – 24 7,033 7.04 3,627 51.57 3,406 48.43
25 – 29 15,669 15.69 7,961 50.81 7,708 49.19
30 – 34 18,261 18.28 9,976 54.63 8,285 45.37
35 – 39 18,365 18.39 10,605 57.75 7,760 42.25
40 – 44 14,548 14.57 8,820 60.63 5,728 39.37
45 years old
24,967 25.00 16,754 67.10 8,213 32.90
and over
Total 99,879 100 58,236 58.31 41,643 41.69
2.4.1.14.1.5 Availability of Public Services
2.4.1.14.1.5.1 Health
There are currently eight operational health centers in Doña Remedios Trinidad, one for each
barangay of the municipality. A Rural Health Unit (RHU) is also in existence located in Barangay
Pulong Sampaloc.
According to the Municipality Health Office the leading cause of morbidity in Doña Remedios
Trinidad are Acute Upper Respiratory Infections and wounds of all type. These may be cause by
the type of work of some residents in the mining and quarrying sites and their lifestyle.
Table 51 - Ten Leading Cause of Morbidity, Doña Remedios Trinidad, 2017

Causes of Morbidity No. of Cases
1. AURI (Acute Upper Respiratory Infections) 7540
2. WOUND ALL TYPES 3305
3. AGE (Acute Gastroenteritis) 2324
4. HPN (Hypertension) 2248
5. Flu Like Symptoms 1830
6. Hypersensitivity 1784
7. Hyper acidity 1300
8. UTI (Urinary Tract Infection) 814
9. Bronchial Asthma 683

Causes of Morbidity No. of Cases

10. Arthritis 657
Source: Municipal Health Office, Doña Remedios Trinidad
As of 2014, the crude birth rate in the municipality is 174.27% live birth per 10,000 population
while the crude death rate is 24.22% per 10,000 population. The two leading cause of death are
all types of cancer and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
Table 52 - Top 10 Mortality 2017 (Ten Leading Causes of Mortality, 2017, Doña Remedios
Trinidad)
Cause of Mortality No. of Cases
1. Cancer all Types 13
2.COPD (Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease) 9
3.Multiple Gun Shot Wound 7
4.Cardio Vascular Accident 6
5. Pneumonia 4
6. Cardio Vascular Disease 4
7. Congestive Heart Failure 4
8. DM (Diabetes Mellitus) 3
9. Multiple Head Injury 3
10.Anemia 3
Source: Municipal Health Office, Doña Remedios Trinidad
Hypertension and diabetes are the most common non-communicable diseases in the municipality
which are lifestyle and age related.
Based on the records and the research or surveys, Barangay Talbak has a total of 33 children with
an age range of 0 to 5 years old. In the number mentioned 24 or 80% of the children belong to
the normal weight range, 4 or 12% is overweight, 2 or 6 % is underweight, and 3 or 9% is
malnourished.
Table 53 - List of Barangay and Number of Non-Communicable Disease, Doña Remedios

Trinidad, 2018
Non Communicable Disease
Barangay Hypertension Diabetes Mellitus Both Hypertension /
only only Diabetes Mellitus
Pulong Sampaloc 178 14 0

Non Communicable Disease

Barangay Hypertension Diabetes Mellitus Both Hypertension /
only only Diabetes Mellitus
Camachile 277 49 26
Sapang Bulac 116 7 5
Bayabas 96 5 8
Talbak 63 11 6
Camachin 67 3 3
Kabayunan 92 3 6
DM CLUB 0 16 88
Kalawakan 335 29 32
GENERAL TOTAL 1224 137 174
Source: Municipal Health Office: Doña Remedios Trinidad, 2018
There are public health programs and projects being implemented by the Provincial Health Office
of Bulacan.
PROGRAMS AND PROJECTS:

DISEASE-FREE ZONE INITIATIVES
• Rabies Elimination Services

• Leprosy Elimination Services
• Malaria Control Services
INTENSIFIED DISEASE PREVENTION AND CONTROL
• Tuberculosis Control Services

• HIV/AIDS and Sexually Transmitted Infection Control Services
• Dengue Control Services
EMERGING AND RE-EMERGING INFECTION PREVENTION AND CONTROL SERVICES
• Avian Influenza
CHILD HEALTH
• Expanded Program on Immunization (EPI)

• Breastfeeding Program

• Integrated Management of Childhood Illnesses (IMCI)

• Nutrition Services
• Dental Health Services
• Newborn Screening
• Mother-Baby Friendly Hospital (MBFH) Initiatives/Breastfeeding
MATERNAL HEALTH
• Immunization and Supplementation

• Facility-Based Deliveries
• Pre-Natal Visits and Post Partum Women
• BemONC/CEmONC Facility Mapping and Upgrading
• Women's Health Team
HEALTHY LIFESTYLE AND MANAGEMENT OF HEALTH RISKS
• Diabetes Prevention and Control Program

• Cancer Prevention and Control Program
• Renal Disease Control Program
• Cardiovascular Disease Prevention and Control Program
• Voluntary Blood Services Program
• Water and Sanitation Program
• Surveillance and Epidemic Management System
• Health Emergency Preparedness and Response System
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PROMOTION
HEALTH GOVERNANCE
• Local Health Systems Development

• Local Human Resource Strengthening
• Sectoral Development Approach for Health Implementation
• Local Health Information Development and Utilization
• Province-wide Investment Plan for Health

2.4.1.14.1.5.2 Sanitation
The Municipal Health Office of Doña Remedios Trinidad, recorded that 63.59% of the households
in the municipality have toilets. However, this means that 36.41% of the households do not have
access to toilets. In Barangay Talbak there is 5.02% with sanitary toilets while 10.63% households
lack sanitary latrines. This situation could translate to increase prevalence of diseases connected
with unsafe defecation practices, such as diarrhea and parasitism.
Table 54 - List of Barangay and Households with Sanitary Toilets, Doña Remedios Trinidad,
2018
Households
Households
Barangay % without %
with toilet
toilet
Pulong Sampaloc 826 18.83% 73 2.91%
Camachile 816 18.60% 412 16.41%
Sapang Bulac 531 12.11% 180 7.17%
Bayabas 309 7.05% 188 7.49%
Talbak 220 5.02% 267 10.63%
Camachin 264 6.02% 99 3.94%
Kabayunan
Tagalog 78 1.78% 155 6.17%
Dumagat 13 0.30% 211 8.40%
Kalawakan 1
Proper 248 5.65% 162 6.45%
Kalayakan 363 8.28% 147 5.85%
Duplas 321 7.32% 84 3.35%
Durumugan 72 1.64% 40 1.59%
Bulodam 41 0.93% 29 1.15%
Cucong 26 0.59% 55 2.19%
Kalawakan 2
talamsi 1,2, kambu 21 0.48% 169 6.73%
Tubigan 72 1.64% 182 7.25%
Calumpit 165 3.76% 58 2.31%
GRAND TOTAL 4386 100 2511 100
Source: Municipal Health Office, Doña Remedios Trinidad, 2018

2.4.1.14.1.5.3 Education
Table 55 present the household population who are currently attending school in the Municipality
of Doña Remedios Trinidad in 2015. The data shows that the total household populations in the
age group of 5 – 24 are 10,087 individuals in Doña Remedios Trinidad.
Table 55 - Household Population 5 to 24 Years Old Who Were Currently Attending School by
Age Group and Sex: Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad, 2015
Household Population 5 to 24 Years
Old Who Were Currently Attending
Age Group Old
School
Both Sexes Male Female Both Sexes Male Female
5–9 2,721 1,412 1,309 2,542 1,316 1,226
10 – 14 2,674 1,407 1,267 2,479 1,276 1,203
15 – 19 2,515 1,329 1,186 1,281 639 642
20 – 24 2,177 1,146 1,031 183 92 91
Total 10,087 5,294 4,793 6,485 3,323 3,162
In Barangay Talbak there are 235 youth with an age range of 6-12 years old that should be in
elementary but 9% of the youth with the age range of 6 – 12 were out of school for some reasons.
Youth with an age range 13 – 16 have a total number of 167 and 9% with the said age were out
of school. A total of 402 youths with an age range of 6 – 16 years old are supposed to be in school
but 9% of the total number were out of school or cannot go to school due to poverty or helping
their parents earn money.
Table 56 - Number of youth (6 – 16) based on Age and Education, Barangay Talbak
Attending School Out-of-school youth
Age
Female Male Female Male
6 – 12 102 113 5 15
13 – 16 80 72 4 11
6 – 16 182 185 9 26
2.4.1.14.1.5.4 Social Welfare
The Provincial Social Welfare and Development Office (PSWDO) is the social welfare of the
province that is mandated to provide basic services to disadvantaged members of the community.

It was tasked to provide programs and services to disadvantaged families and communities, to
promote welfare of women, persons with disability, children and youth, and senior citizens and
to provide them with opportunities to help them become productive, self-reliant and attain a
better quality of life.
The programs services are as follows:
INDIGENTS
• Point of Care for the public clinic in sa Bulacan

• Burial Assistance
• Financial Assistance
• Medical Assistance
PERSONS WITH DISABILITY
• Organization of Municipal Federation of PWDs

• Bisikleta Bilis Kita
• Provision of wheelchairs and other assistive devices
• Abilympics/Paralympics
CHILDREN AND YOUTH
• Early Childhood Care and Development

• Cross Road Seminar
• Children’s Congress
• Food Supplementation
• Child Labor
WOMEN AND FAMILY
• Gender and Development

• Effective Parenting
• Self-Employment Assistance
• Sa Iyong Pag-iisa May Kaagapay Ka (Women Inmates)
• Repro-Health and Nutrition Training for Would-be-Couples
• Aid for abused women

• Recognition for Outstanding Women & Women Organization during Women's Month
Celebration
• PABASA sa Nutrisyon
SENIOR CITIZEN
• Technical assistance in meetings and workshop

• Lakbay Saya
• Celebration of Elderly Week
• Giving shots againts Pneumonia and Flu
• Giving assistive devices
VICTIMS OF CALAMITIES
• Relief Operation
• Provision of housing materials
• Stress Debriefing
NGOs AND VOLUNTEERS
• Leadership Training
• Capability Building
• Distributing, uniforms, bags and IDs
2.4.1.14.1.5.5 Peace and Order
Law and Order in the province of Bulacan is being maintained by the Philippine National Police
(PNP). In Barangay Talbak there are 20 barangay tanod that are roving in the area.
2.4.1.14.1.6 Public Utilities and Infrastructure
2.4.1.14.1.6.1 Water Supply Services
Sources of water in Barangay Talbak are from Doña Remedios Trinidad Water District which
supplies household waters. A total of 35 households are connected to the Water District of the
municipality and 10% have their own jetmatic pump as their source of water for their households.

2.4.1.14.1.6.2 Power Supply Services
Barangay Talbak is supplied by MERALCO. Manila Electric Company (MERALCO) is the largest
electric distribution utility company and the largest private sector utility in the Philippines. It
provides electricity to over six million customers in 36 cities and 75 municipalities in a franchise
area covering 9,337 km2 that includes Metro Manila, the provinces of Rizal, Cavite, Bulacan, and
parts of the provinces of Pampanga, Batangas, Laguna, and Quezon. The franchise covers the core
of the country’s industrial, commercial, and population centers.
2.4.1.14.1.6.3 Communication Facilities
In the Province of Bulacan there are twenty-three (23) towns that have telephone lines provided
either by PLDT, DIGITEL, DATELCOM, and RACITELCOM. On the other hand, among the service
providers of mobile communication includes GLOBE, SMART, and SUN CELLULAR. And lastly,
electronic mailing has also become a major means of communication. Among the internet service
providers are Winsystems, Bulacan.net, Mosaic Communications Company (Mozcom), Pacific
Internet, and the abovementioned mobile companies. Further, there are still seventeen (17)
telegraph facilities, twenty-five (25) post offices, and sixteen (16) postal stations operating in
Bulacan. Major courier service providers have also set up their substations in the Province such
as FedEX, DHL, LBC, JRS, and 2GO of Aboitiz.
In Barangay Talbak the residents rely on mobile phones, the services of which are being provided
by Globe, Sun and Smart telecommunication companies. The cell sites of these three companies
are located in Barangay Camachile in the Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad.
2.4.1.14.1.6.4 Transport Facilities
There are fourteen (14) bus companies in the province with 32 buses and terminals actively
operating in the province of Bulacan with 32 buses and terminals actively operating in the
Municipalities of Angat, Balagtas, Baliwag, Bocaue, Hagonoy, San Rafael, San Miguel, Santa Maria,
and the City of San Jose Del Monte.
In 2012, there are a total of 271,003 registered vehicles in the province of Bulacan. From the total
number of registered vehicles, 88% or 239,821 are privately owned, 0.33% or 885 are government
vehicles and 11% or 30,297 are vehicles for hire.

Table 57 - Transportation, Province of Bulacan, 2012

Type of Motor Vehicle Year 2012
Private 239,821
Government 885
For Hire 30,297
Total 271,003
In Barangay Talbak the most popular mode of public transport are motorcycles, tricycles and
jeepneys.
2.4.1.14.1.6.5 Road Network System
Bulacan connects Manila to other parts of the Northern and Eastern provinces via the four major
roads which are: the North Luzon Expressway (NLEx), Manila North Road (better known as
McArthur Highway), Daang Maharlika Road, and the NCR-Bulacan-Boundary Bigte-Ipo-Dam Road.
Aside from the four main highways that traverse the province, all roads are widely dispersed
throughout Bulacan.
Bulacan has a total of 607.78 km of roads, 331.01 of these are of provincial roads while 276.77
national roads. Most (84%) of the provincial roads are concrete which has 279.00km in length,
while 15 percent (48.11 km) are asphalt and 1 % (3.90 km) are gravel.
Bulacan had a total of 139.94 km (41.07%) concrete road in good condition; while under fair
condition are 195.08 km (58.93%) and zero (0) under poor condition. The San Ildefonso Akle Road
and Pulong Sampaloc-Buasaw-Akle road although classified under fair condition is still gravel.
Overall there are 118 bridges in the province of Bulacan.
2.4.1.14.1.6.6 Airport
Aside from NAIA, the Diosdado Macapagal Internation Airport (DMIA) in Clark Freeport Zone in
Pampanga also serves Metro Manila and Central Luzon. Another airport near Bulacan and the
Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad is the Baler Airport in Aurora. It is a community airport
capable of handling small propeller aircraft with regular schedule flights twice a week.

2.4.1.14.1.7 Socio – Economic Information
2.4.1.14.1.7.1 Main Sources of Income and Sources of Livelihood
According to CLUP 2012-2022, Bulacan is classified as first class in income classification and has
major projects such as high-value crops, marble, furniture, leather crafts, aquaculture, sweets and
native delicacies, pyrotechnics, jewelry and meat and meat products. In the Municipality of Doña
Remedios Trinidad the main source of income are from agriculture and manufacturing.
2.4.1.14.1.7.2 Employment Profile
In Doña Remedios Trinidad the number of employed or gainful worker in 2015 is 8,377 individuals.
Among them, skilled agricultural forestry and fishery works and elementary occupations are the
most numerous of occupations with 5,226 or 62% of all employed workers 15 years old and above.
The remaining 38% performs task or employed in different areas such as managers, professionals,
technicians and associate professionals, clerical support workers, service and sales workers, craft
and related trades workers, plant and machine operators and assemblers, armed forces
occupations and others.
The data also showed that males have more opportunities than females. In 2015, 6,219 males are
employed, compared to 2,158 females. Seventy four percent of all major occupations go to the
males.
Skilled agricultural forestry and fishery workers grow and harvest field or tree and shrub crops,
gather wild fruits and plants, breed, tend or hunt animals, produce a variety of animal husbandry
products, cultivate, conserve and exploit forests, breed or catch fish and cultivate or gather other
forms of aquatic life in order to provide food, shelter and income for themselves and their
households. In the municipality, they number about 3,975 workers or 48% of all the gainful
workers. Elementary occupations consist of simple routine tasks that require the use of hand held
tools and often some physical effort. The tasks include, selling goods in streets and public places
or door to door, providing street services such as cleaning, washing, pressing, caretakers of
apartments, cleaners of hotel, offices and other buildings, delivering messages and simple
farming, fishing and hunting among others. They number about 1,251 workers or 15% of the total
workers 15 years old and above.

Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad, 2015
Total Gainful Workers 15 Years Old and Over
Sex and Major Occupation Group
8,377 6,219 2,158
Managers 429 138 291
Professionals 185 57 128
Technicians and Associate Professionals 171 76 95
Clerical Support Workers 164 64 100
Service and Sales Workers 772 413 359
Skilled Agricultural Forestry and Fishery
3,286 689
Workers
Craft and Related Trades Workers 763 586 177
Plant and Machine Operators and
632 617 15
Assemblers
Elementary Occupations 1,251 953 298
Armed Forces Occupations 20 20 -
Other Occupation Not Elsewhere
- - -
Classified
Not Reported 15 9 6
Labor and Employment
According to the Barangay Socio-Economic/Ecological Profile and Development Plan of Barangay

Talbak, the total number of labor forces is 1,721 that have an age range of 15 years old to 65 years
old that still provides to the needs of their family but only 1% or 15 individuals is gainfully
employed, 2% or 32 were unemployed and 97% or 1,674 were underemployed.
Table 59 - Number of Labor Force based on Age, Barangay Talbak

Age Employed Unemployed Underemployed
15 – 19 180
20 – 24 10 150
25 – 29 7 195
30 – 34 2 221
35 – 39 3 186
40 – 44 8 170

Age Employed Unemployed Underemployed

45 – 49 122
50 – 54 2 151
55 – 59 5 142
60 – 64 10 90
65 above 67
Total 15 32 1,674
2.4.1.14.1.7.3 Poverty Incidence
The annual monthly per capita poverty threshold is the measure of the minimum income for an
individual to meet his/her basic needs. These include food, clothing, housing, transportation,
health and education expenses. In the province of Bulacan, the monthly minimum income is
pegged at P1,832 monthly or 21,989 yearly (Table 60)in 2015. This means that the individual in
Bulacan must earn P1,832 or higher for him/her to meet the family’s basic need.
Table 60 - Annual Per Capita Poverty Threshold, Bulacan, 2015

Year Annual (Pesos) Monthly (Pesos)
2009 18,434 1,536
2012 19,910 1,659
2015 21,989 1,832
Source: Philippine Statistics Office, 2015 Census of Population
Error! Reference source not found. showed the poverty incidence in the province of Bulacan.
Poverty incidence is the proportion of families with income less than or below the poverty
threshold. It showed that the poverty threshold in Bulacan is 3.3, which means that for every 100
families in Bulacan, 3 are considered poor and doesn’t meet the basic needs of the family.
Table 61 - Poverty Incidence 2010, 2012, 2015

2009 2012 2015
Bulacan 4.6 5.4 3.3
2.4.1.14.1.7.4 Business and Commercial Establishment
Barangay Pulong Sampaloc and Talbak have been identified as the potential sites for business
centers in Doña Remedios Trinidad. This is evident in the presence of commercial activities, a
result of its strategic location, in the center and down south of the municipality. Enhancement

and intensification of business activities in these areas are required to achieve this development.
Aside from the business centers, DRT is expecting a number of economic generators to stimulate
development. They include, but are not limited to, the satellite government center in Barangay
Kalawakan; a proposed municipal public market and the pilgrimage site of Our Lady of Piat in
Barangay Pulong Sampaloc; and the tourist destinations scattered in the eight barangays. Upon
its completion, the influx of tourists and visitors are expected. These support facilities such as
commercial establishments are proposed to be situated near these areas to cater to the demands
of the people.

Figure 132 - Spot Map of Barangay Talbak

Figure 133 - Spot Map of Barangay Akle

2.4.1.14.2 Barangay Akle
In Barangay Akle, the population of Barangay Akle grew from 2,378 in 1990 to 4,330 in 2015, an
increase of 1,952 people. The latest census figures in 2015 denote a positive growth rate of 5.19%,
or an increase of 1,010 people, from the previous population of 3,320 in 2010. This means that
the population of Barangay Akle increased yearly. Increased in population growth may have
implications in the economic situation as well as the delivery of basic services to each family in
the community.
Table 62 - Population and Growth Rate of Barangay Akle and Municipality of San Ildefonso, 2010
and 2015
Population Growth
Area 2010 Population 2015 Population
Rate (%)
Barangay Akle 3,320 4,330 5.19
San Ildefonso 95,000 104,471 1.82
Source: 2010 Census of Population and Housing
2015 Census of Population (Philippine Statistics Authority, 2015)
2.4.1.14.2.1 Population and Composition
On the household population by age group and age composition, in Barangay Akle (Table 63)
the age group that has the highest composition is the age group of 5 – 9 years old (11.73%). It is
approximately the same compared to the Municipality of San Ildefonso in which 10.52% of the
population are in the same age group of 5 – 9.
Table 63 - Household Population by Age Group and Age Composition: Barangay Akle, 2015
Age Group Both Sexes Age Composition (%)
Under 1 89 2.06
1–4 422 9.75
5–9 508 11.73
10 – 14 405 9.35
15 – 19 390 9.01
20 – 24 446 10.30
25 – 29 419 9.68
30 – 34 347 8.01
35 – 39 297 6.86
40 – 44 240 5.54
45 – 49 215 4.97

Age Group Both Sexes Age Composition (%)

50 – 54 174 4.02
55 – 59 155 3.58
60 – 64 107 2.47
65 – 69 48 1.11
70 – 74 27 0.62
75 – 79 23 0.53
80 years old and over 18 0.42
TOTAL 4,330 100
Table 64 - Household Population by Age Group and Sex, and Age Composition, and Sex Ratio: San
Ildefonso, 2015
Age
Age Group Both Sexes Male Female Composition Sex Ratio
(%)
Under 1 2,075 1,151 924 1.99 1.25:1
1–4 8,296 4,377 3,919 7.96 1.12:1
5–9 10,975 5,760 5,215 10.52 1.10:1
10 – 14 10,101 5,157 4,944 9.69 1.04:1
15 – 19 10,128 5,183 4,945 9.71 1.05:1
20 – 24 10,132 5,202 4,930 9.72 1.06:1
25 – 29 8,865 4,536 4,329 8.50 1.05:1
30 – 34 7,968 4,080 3,888 7.64 1.05:1
35 – 39 7,205 3,638 3,567 6.91 1.02:1
40 – 44 5,912 3,042 2,870 5.67 1.06:1
45 – 49 5,913 2,985 2,928 5.67 1.02:1
50 – 54 4,760 2,381 2,379 4.56 1.00:1
55 – 59 3,809 1,830 1,979 3.65 0.92:1
60 – 64 2,953 1,458 1,495 2.83 0.98:1
65 – 69 1,999 909 1,090 1.92 0.83:1
70 – 74 1,312 578 734 1.26 0.79:1
75 – 79 952 365 587 0.91 0.62:1
80 years old
931 312 619 0.90 0.50:1
and over
All Ages 104,286 52,944 51,342 100 1.03:1

The shape of the population pyramid of the Municipality of San Ildefonso is indicative of the
population distribution in the municipality and reflects the pattern of fertility, mortality and
migration trends in the past. It also tells the past, present and future stories of the areas. It also
clearly reflects workforce migration with the increase in the productive population and with a
large portion of economically active population.
2.4.1.14.2.2 Gender Ratio
There are 103 males per 100 females in the Municipality of San Ildefonso.
2.4.1.14.2.3 Dependency Ratios
In Barangay Akle,(Table 65) 2,790 of the population belong to the productive age group and it
means that 64% of the population has the capacity to earn income, while 1,540 or about 36% of
the populations are dependents. Compared to San Ildefonso, 67,645 or 65% of the populations
have the potential to earn and 36,641 or 35% of the populations are dependent.
Based from the data, in the impact barangay, Barangay Akle the dependency ratio is 100:55. This
means that for every 100 economically active individuals there are 55 dependents. In Municipality
of San Ildefonso the ratio is 100:54 which means that for every 100 active earners 54 are
dependents. The national dependency ratio in 2015 was 100:51, which means that there are many
more dependent populations per income earners in the impact barangay compared to the
municipality and the whole country.
Population Pyramid of San Ildefonso, 2015
80 years old and over

70 – 74
60 – 64
50 – 54
45 – 49
35 – 39
25 – 29
15 – 19
1–4
-1000 -500 0 500 1000
Female Male
Figure 134 - Population Pyramid Municipality of San Ildefonso

Table 65 - Dependency Ratio Barangay Akle and San Ildefonso

Barangay Akle San Ildefonso
Age Group Dependency Dependency
No. No.
Ratio Ratio
Working Age (15-64) 2,790 67,645
Dependent Population 1,540 55:100 36,641 54:100
Young (0-14) 1,424 51:100 31,447 46:100
Old (65 and above) 116 4:100 5,194 8:100
2.4.1.14.2.4 Reproductive Age
Women of reproductive age refer to all women in the age group of 15 – 49 and are capable of
child bearing. In the Municipality of San Ildefonso, 53% of the total female population can become
pregnant and bear children. 27,457 females in San Ildefonso are of reproductive age. Given the
fertility rate of Filipino Women (3.5 birth per women), the age group of under 1 are apt to increase
in the coming year.
2.4.1.14.2.5 Population Distribution and Density
In Barangay Akle the total population density is 590 persons per square kilometer of land with
4,330 inhabitants in an area of 7.34 square kilometers. It is lightly populated compared to
Municipality of San Ildefonso that has a population density of 812 individuals residing in every
square kilometer of land.
Table 66 - Population Density of Barangay Akle and Municipality of San Ildefonso, 2015
Land Area Population Density (No. of
2015
Area (square Persons per square
Population
kilometers) kilometers)
Barangay Akle 4,330 7.34 590
San Ildefonso 104,471 128.71 812
2.4.1.14.2.6 Average Household Size
The average household size is the number of persons residing within a household in a particular
area. (Table 67) shows the average household size in the impact barangay and the municipality.

The averaged family in Barangay Akle is 4.0. The average household in Barangay Akle is lower
compared to the average household of the municipality.
Table 67 - Number of Household by Household Size and Average Household Size of Barangay Akle
and Municipality San Ildefonso
2015 No. of Average Household
Area 2015 Population
Household Member
Barangay Akle 4,330 1,083 4.0
San Ildefonso 104,471 24,257 4.3
2.4.1.14.2.7 Other Demographic Information
2.4.1.14.2.7.1 Marital Status
Table 68 describes the marital status in the Municipality of San Ildefonso; it shows that there are
more males than females that haven’t married. Of the household population of 10 and above,
44.94% were married while 40.28% were single. The rest of the population was categorized as
follows: in common-law/live-in marital arrangement (8.73%), widowed (4.45%), and
divorced/separated (1.56%). Among the never-married persons, 54.70% persons were males
while 45.30% were females. For the rest of the categories for marital status, the females
outnumbered the males.
Table 68 - Household Population 10 Years Old and Over by Marital Status and Sex: San Ildefonso,
2015
Marital Status
No. % No. % No. %
Single 33,408 40.28 18,275 54.70 15,133 45.30
Married 37,274 44.94 18,500 49.63 18,774 50.37
Widowed 3,694 4.45 817 22.12 2,877 77.88
Divorced/Separated 1,296 1.56 468 36.11 828 63.89
Common-law/Live
7,243 8.73 3,582 49.45 3,661 50.55
in
No response 25 0.03 14 56.00 11 44.00
Total 82,940 100 41,656 50.22 41,284 49.78

2.4.1.14.2.7.2 Highest Educational Attainment
In the Municipality of San Ildefonso (Table 69), of the household population aged five years and
over, 38.59% had attended or completed elementary education, 35.46% had reached or finished
high school, 9.32% were college undergraduates, and 10.14% were academic degree holders.
Among those with an academic degree, the females (58.33%) outnumbered the males (41.67%).
Similarly, more females (68.75%) than males (31.25%) had pursued post baccalaureate courses.
Table 69 - Household Population 5 Years Old and Over by Highest Educational Attainment and Sex:
San Ildefonso, 2015
No Grade
1,549 1.65 814 52.55 735 47.45
Completed
Preschool 2,775 2.95 1,472 53.05 1,303 46.95
Elementary 36,315 38.59 19,109 52.62 17,206 47.38
Highschool 33,364 35.46 17,034 51.06 16,330 48.94
Post Secondary 1,638 1.74 765 46.70 873 53.30
College
8,773 9.32 4,352 49.61 4,421 50.39
Undergraduate
Academic Degree
9,545 10.14 3,977 41.67 5,568 58.33
Holder
Post baccalaureate 48 0.05 15 31.25 33 68.75
Not Stated 76 0.08 47 61.84 29 38.16
Total 94,100 100 47,593 50.58 46,507 49.42
2.4.1.14.2.7.3 Disability
In Barangay Akle, one (1) individual had visual abnormality, three (3) with speech problem, nine
(9) with orthopedic disorder, one (1) with chronic illness, one (1) with intellectual problem and
seven (7) with learning difficulty.
2.4.1.14.2.7.4 Housing
In Municipality of San Ildefonso, 83.27% owns or pay amortization, 4.54% rented and 11.55% are
free of rent with consent of the owner. Furthermost, almost 65% of the houses are made up of

durable materials such as concrete, bricks and while 84% or 17,182 houses have galvanized
iron/aluminum roofs.
Table 70 - Number of Households by Tenure Status of the Lot: San Ildefonso, 2010
Tenure Status of the Lot Total Households %
Owned/being amortized 17,250 83.27
Rented 940 4.54
Rent-free with consent of owner 2,392 11.55
Rent-free without consent of owner 89 0.43
Not Applicable 44 0.21
Not Reported 1 0
Total 20,716 100
Table 71 - Occupied Housing Units by Construction Materials of the Outer Walls and Roof: San
Ildefonso, 2010
Construction Materials of the Outer Walls Total Occupied Housing Units
Concrete/Brick/Stone 13,441
Wood 1,621
Half Concrete/Brick/Stone/ 3,419
and Half Wood
Galvanized Iron/Aluminum 78
Bamboo/Sawali/Cogon/Nipa 1,702
Asbestos 4
Glass 1
Others 10
No walls -
Not Reported 82
Total 20,561

Galvanized iron/Aluminum 17,182
Tile Concrete/Clay Tile 88
Half Galvanized Iron and 1,615
Half Concrete
Wood 701


Cogon/Nipa/Anahaw 742
Asbestos 2
Makeshift/Salvaged/ 215
improvised Materials
Others 16
Not Reported -
Total 20,561
In Municipality of San Ildefonso, 83.27% owns or pay amortization, 4.54% rented and 11.55% are
free of rent with consent of the owner. Furthermost, almost 65% of the houses are made up of
durable materials such as concrete, bricks and while 84% or 17,182 houses have galvanized
iron/aluminum roofs.
2.4.1.14.2.7.5 Migration Pattern
2.4.1.14.2.7.5.1 In Migration
In the Municipality of San Ildefonso (Table 72) there are 50% males and females came from the
same city or municipality, and 46% of males and 54% females come from other city or
municipality. Males with 52% have the leading number of migration from other province
compared to females with 48%.
Table 72 - Household Population 5 Years Old and Over by Sex, Place of Present Residence, Place of
Residence 5 Years Ago: San Ildefonso, 2010
Household Place of residence 5 Years Ago
Population 5 Other
Sex Same Other Foreign
Years Old and City/Municipality Unknown
City/Municipality Province Country
Over Same Province
Both
84,467 82,608 483 1,232 140 4
Sexes
Male 42,565 41,624 222 641 77 1
Female 41,902 40,984 261 591 63 3

2.4.1.14.2.8 Availability of Public Services
2.4.1.14.2.8.1 Health
In the Municipality of San Ildefonso there are 33 health stations, and 39 private hospitals and
clinics. And there are 17 public health nurses, 16 rural health midwives, 1 sanitary inspector, 1
medical technologist, 2 dentists and 1 nutritionist. In the municipality the leading cause of
morbidity are diseases of the heart and cancer.
Table 73 - Mortality, San Ildefonso

Cause of Mortality No. of Cases
1. Diseases of the heart 101
2. Cancer 43
3. Accident (ex. hit by a vehicle) 22
4. Diabetes 21
5. Complication during pregnancy or childbirth 15
6. Disease of the lungs 14
7. Tuberculosis 13
8. Disease of the vascular system 11
9. Pneumonia 10
10. Diarrhea 2
Source: 2012, Community-Based Monitoring System (CBMS)
In Barangay Akle there is 1 Barangay Health Station, for 2017, they have recorded 11 children with
low weight, 6 above normal and 621 children have normal weight.
2.4.1.14.2.8.2 Sanitation
The Municipality of San Ildefonso has almost 100% of household with access to safe water and
91% of households with access to sanitary toilets. In Barangay Akle out of 720 households only
88% or 634 households have access to sanitary toilets.
Table 74 - Access to Safe Water and Access to Sanitary Toilets in Barangay Akle, 2017
With Access to Safe With Access to
Barangay
No. of Households Water Sanitary Toilets
Akle 720 720 634
Source: 2017, Socio-Economic Profile, San Ildefonso

2.4.1.14.2.8.3 Education
Table 75 presents the household population who are currently attending school in the
Municipality of San Ildefonso in 2015. The data shows that the total household populations in the
age group of 5 – 24 are 41,336 individuals in San Ildefonso.
Group and Sex: Municipality of San Ildefonso, 2015
Old Who Were Currently Attending
Age Group Old
School
Both Sexes Male Female Both Sexes Male Female
5–9 10,975 5,760 5,215 10,520 5,507 5,013
10 – 14 10,101 5,157 4,944 9,621 4,833 4,788
15 – 19 10,128 5,183 4,945 6,165 3,025 3,140
20 – 24 10,132 5,202 4,930 1,233 683 550
Total 41,336 21,302 20,034 14,048 14,048 13,491
In the Municipality of San Ildefonso there are 11 private pre-elementary and elementary schools,
6 secondary private schools, 42 day care centers, 38 public pre-elementary and elementary
schools, 5 public secondary schools, 1 vocational school and 1 tertiary school as of school year
2017-2018.
Based on the Socio- Economic of the Municipality of San Ildefonso, There are 3 Day Care Centers
in Barangay Akle and for school year 2017 – 2018 they have a total of 165 enrollees consists of 88
boys and 77 girls. There is also 2 elementary schools in Barangay Akle, namely Akle Elementary
School with 807 enrollees and Narra Primary School with 291 enrollees. For Secondary School,
Akle High School have a total of 804 enrollees. In ALS (Alternative Learning System) there are a
total of 24 enrollees.
2.4.1.14.2.8.4 Peace and Order
Law and Order in the province of Bulacan is being maintained by the Philippine National Police
(PNP). There are 65 police forces in Municipality of San Ildefonso for the year 2017 there are 709
blotters recorded and the average monthly crime rate is 55 per 100,000 populations. In Barangay
Akle there are 21 barangay tanods and 2 patrol vehicles.

2.4.1.14.2.8.5 Public Utilities and Infrastructure
2.4.1.14.2.8.5.1 Water Supply Services
In Barangay Akle they have their own water system regulated by their Sanggunian.
2.4.1.14.2.8.5.2 Power Supply Services
Barangay Akle is supplied by MERALCO. Manila Electric Company (MERALCO) is the largest electric
distribution utility company and the largest private sector utility in the Philippines. It provides
electricity to over six million customers in 36 cities and 75 municipalities in a franchise area
covering 9,337 km2 that includes Metro Manila, the provinces of Rizal, Cavite, Bulacan, and parts
of the provinces of Pampanga, Batangas, Laguna, and Quezon. The franchise covers the core of
the country’s industrial, commercial, and population centers.
2.4.1.14.2.8.5.3 Communication Facilities
In Barangay Akle the residents rely on mobile phones, the services of which are being provided
by Globe, Sun and Smart telecommunication companies. The cell sites of these three companies
are located in Barangay Camachile in the Municipality of Doña Remedios Trinidad; On the other
hand a Globe Telecommunication Tower or cell site has been established in Barangay Akle.
2.4.1.14.2.8.5.4 Transport Facilities
In Barangay Akle the most popular mode of public transportation are motorcycles, tricycles and
jeepneys.
2.4.1.14.2.9 Socio-Economic Information
2.4.1.14.2.9.1 Main Sources of Income and Sources of Livelihood
Data shows that in San Ildefonso there are 38 manufacturing establishments and 1,072
commercial establishments, where in; in Barangay Akle there is 1 manufacturing establishment
and 21 commercial establishments.

2.4.1.14.2.9.2 Employment Profile
Table 76 presents the number of gainful workers in the Municipality of San Ildefonso. There are
44,497 employed workers. Among them, Skilled Agricultural Forestry and Fishery Workers and
Craft and Related Trades Workers are the numerous occupations with 15,546 or about 35% of all
employed workers 15 years old and above. The remaining 65% performs tasks or employed in
different areas such as managers, professionals, technicians and associate professionals, clerical
support workers, service and sales workers, plant and machine operators and assemblers,
elementary occupations, armed forces occupations and others. It also shows that males have
more opportunities than females. In 2015, 29,390 males are employed compared to only 15,107
females. 66% of all major occupations go to the males. Skilled agricultural forestry and fishery
workers grow and harvest field or tree and shrub crops, gather wild fruits and plants, breed, tend
or hunt animals, produce a variety of animal husbandry products, cultivate, conserve and exploit
forests, breed or catch fish and cultivate or gather other forms of aquatic life in order to provide
food, shelter and income for themselves and their households. In the municipality, they number
about 7,987 workers or 48% of all the gainful workers. Craft and related workers apply their
specific knowledge and skills in the fields of mining and construction, form metal, erect metal
structures, set machine tools, or make, fit, maintain and repair machinery, equipment or tools,
carry out printing work as well as produce or process foodstuffs, textiles, or wooden, metal and
other articles, including handicraft goods. Tasks performed by craft and related trades workers
usually include: extracting and working solid minerals; constructing, maintaining and repairing
buildings and other structures. They number about 7,559 or 17% of the total workers 15 years old
and above.
Municipality of San Ildefonso, 2015
44,497 29,390 15,107
Managers 3,281 1,239 2,042
Professionals 2,343 741 1,602
Technicians and Associate Professionals 2,902 1,783 1,119
Clerical Support Workers 2,165 976 1,189
Service and Sales Workers 5,678 2,767 2,911
Skilled Agricultural Forestry and Fishery
7,987 7,172 815
Workers
Craft and Related Trades Workers 7,559 4,334 3,225


Plant and Machine Operators and
5,369 5,210 159
Assemblers
Elementary Occupations 7,122 5,108 2,014
Armed Forces Occupations 26 23 3
Other Occupation Not Elsewhere
- - -
Classified
Not Reported 65 27 28
2.4.1.14.2.10 Labor and Employment
In the 33,928 members of labor force in the Municipality of San Ildefonso 65% or 22,212 are males
and 35% or 11,716 are females. Out of 33,646, 90% or 30,646 are employed with almost 60% or
20,219 males and 31% or 10,427 females. And 10% of the total numbers are unemployed with 6%
or 1,993 males and 4% or 1,289 females. In Barangay Akle there is a total 1,281 labor force
members with 77% or 986 males and 23% or 295 females. Out of the total number, 89% or 1,143
are employed with 61% or 913 males and 18% or 230 females; and 11% or 128 are unemployed
with 6% or 73 males and 5% or 65 females.
Table 77 - Employment and Unemployment Rate of Barangay Akle and Municipality of San
Ildefonso
Number of Members of Unemployed
Employed Members
the labor force Members
Barangay
Both Both Both
Male Female Male Female Male Female
Sexes Sexes Sexes
San
33,928 22,212 11,716 30,646 20,219 10,427 3,282 1,993 1,289
Ildefonso
Akle 1,281 986 295 1,143 913 230 138 73 65
2.4.1.14.2.10.1 Business and Commercial Establishment
In the Municipality of San Ildefonso the 2 major economic activities are 1) Agricultural, it is the
main surce of livelihood/income in the Municipality. The agricultural crop production is
dominated by rice, corn, vegetables, root crops, banana and fruit trees. Backyard swine and
poultry production serves as alternative livelihood for farmers. 2) Manufacturing, there are
manufacturing establishments operating in the locality. The largest of which is the Eagle Cement

Corporation, a cement manufacturing company located at Barangay Akle. Next to that is the Solid
Development Corporation situated at Barangay Mataas na Parang and its main product is textiles.
These two companies are among the major local sources of income of the municipality. In which
in Barangay Akle there are 21 commercial establishments.
2.4.2 Perception Survey
2.4.2.1 Methodology
In compliance with the provisions of DENR Administrative Order No. 2017-05 or the “Guidelines
on Public Participation under the Philippine Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) System”, an
Initial Perception Survey was conducted on April 19, 2018 and several perception surveys for the
communities/puroks was conducted on December 4 and 7, 2018.
The Barangays covered in this study are those considered as direct impact areas when the
proposed project ensues its operation. These include Barangay Talbak (Host Barangay) and
Barangay Akle (Neighboring Barangay). The initial perception survey was focused on the said two
Barangays. A total of 45 respondents in Barangay Akle and 38 respondents in Barangay Talbak
were surveyed representing the households and the institutional leaders and industrial entities in
the barangay. A series of perceptions surveys was also conducted which focused on the puroks
and the people of Barangays Talbak and Akle. Respondents from Talbak were 55, while
respondents from Akle were 54 with 109 total representatives of the households from the impact
barangays participated in the survey.
Table 78 presents the total number of respondents (including the respondents in the initial
perception survey), the puroks and the corresponding number of respondents. A total of 192
individuals participated in the perception survey from the selected purok of Barangays Talbak and
Akle. Purposive sampling was used in identifying the survey respondents. Community leaders,
representatives from institutional and industrial entities, and homeowners and purok leaders, as
well as random residents, were selected. The target sample size for the perception survey was
based on 90% level of confidence and 10% margin of error.
Table 78 - Puroks and Number of Respondents

Puroks Number of Respondents
Initial Perception Survey
Talbak 38
Akle 45

Puroks Number of Respondents

Total 83
Perception Survey
Talbak 55
Balaong 9
Centro 2
Luya 2
Nayon 5
Proper 19
Did not specify 18
Akle 54
Centro 8
Hulo 23
Luwasan 2
Narra 1
Sinambalan 1
Did not specify 19
Grand Total 192
The survey questionnaire was divided into seven (7) major components: (1) Personal Information;
(2) Household Information; (3) Housing Condition; (4) Health Information; (5) Perceived
Community Problems and Proposed Solutions; (6) Awareness on Eagle Cement Operation; and
(7) Awareness and Acceptability on the Proposed Project of Eagle Cement. The survey form used
is attached as Annex F.
The initial survey was conducted at the Talbak Covered Court and Akle High School, while the
perception survey was conducted in the different puroks of the said two Barangays, to understand
and assess the needs and issues of the people of the impact barangay. The result of the perception
survey was integrated into the report on the perception survey. The photo-documentation of
both activities are attached as Annex G.

2.4.2.2 Perception Survey Result in Barangay Akle
2.4.2.2.1 Profile of Survey Respondents
2.4.2.2.1.1 Gender
The majority of the respondents are females with 73 or 73.74% of the total respondents. Males
represent 26.66% or 26 out of 99 survey respondents.
Table 79 - Gender of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle

AKLE
GENDER
No. %
Male 26 26.66
Female 73 73.74
Total 99 100.00
Gender
26.26%
73.74%
Female Male
Figure 135 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Gender
2.4.2.2.1.2 Birthplace
The majority or 44.44% of 99 total respondents were born within the Barangay of Akle. There
were 27.27% and 14.14% of respondents who were born from Other Barangay and Provinces,
respectively. The 10.10% of the respondents were from the Other City or Municipality, while
4.04% did not indicate where they were born.

Table 80 - Birthplace of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle

AKLE
BIRTHPLACE
No. %
Within Barangay 44 44.44
Other Barangay 27 27.27
Other City/ Municipality 10 10.10
Other Province 14 14.14
No Answer 4 4.04
Total 99 100.00
Birthplace
4.04%
14.14%
10.10% 44.44%
27.27%
Within Barangay Other Barangay Other City / Municipality

Other Province No Answer
Figure 136 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Place of Birth
2.4.2.2.1.3 Age
Table 81 presents the age of the respondents. Most number of respondents are in their
productive age, meaning, they are still able to work for paid employment optimally, with 26.26%
under the age group of 31-40 years of age. This was followed by age group 51-60 (25.25%), age
group 41-50 and 21-30 with the same percentage of 15.15%. Older age group 61-70, 15-20 and
71 and above were 11.11%, 3.03% and 2.02%, respectively. The 2.02% of the respondents did not
specify their age.

Table 81 - Age of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle

AKLE
AGE
No. %
15-20 3 3.03
21-30 15 15.15
31-40 26 26.26
41-50 15 15.15
51-60 25 25.25
61-70 11 11.11
71 & above 2 2.02
No Answer 2 2.02
Total 99 100.00
Age
2.02% 3.03%
2.02%
11.11% 15.15%
25.25%
26.26%
15.15%
15-20 21-30 31-40 41-50 51-60 61-70 71 & above No Answer
Figure 137 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Age
2.4.2.2.1.4 Civil Status
Table 82 shows the civil status of the respondents. Majority of the respondents were married with
69.70% of the total respondents. There were 14.14% who were single, while about 9.09% were
widow. The 6.06% of the respondents are separated and 1.01% gave no answer.

Table 82 - Civil Status of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle

AKLE
CIVIL STATUS
No. %
Single 14 14.14
Married 69 69.70
Widow 9 9.09
Separated 6 6.06
No Answer 1 1.01
Total 99 100.00
Civil Status
1.01%
6.06%
14.14%
9.09%
69.70%
Single Married Widow Separated No Answer

Figure 138 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Civil Status
2.4.2.2.1.5 Religion
Table 83 shows that 78.79% of the respondents are Roman Catholics, followed by INC with 5.05%
of the respondents. Comprising 9.09% of the total respondents, some were Protestant, Born
Again and Members of other denominations. The 2.02% of respondents are Baptist and 1.01%
were Seventh Day Adventist or Islam/Muslim. 3.03% of the respondents refused to divulge its
religious affiliation.
Table 83 - Religion of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle

AKLE
RELIGION
No. %
Roman Catholic 78 78.79
Protestant 3 3.03
INC 5 5.05
Baptist 2 2.02
Born Again 3 3.03
Seventh Day Adventist 1 1.01
Islam/Muslim 1 1.01
Others 3 3.03
No Answer 3 3.03
Total 99 100.00
Religion
1.01%
3.03%
1.01% 3.03%
3.03%
2.02%
5.05%
3.03%
78.79%
Roman Catholic Protestant INC

Baptist Born Again Seventh Day Adventist
Islam/Muslim Others No Answer
Figure 139 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Religion
2.4.2.2.1.6 Educational Attainment
All of the respondents had formal education they acquired from community schools, and majority
of them, 22.22%, attained high school. A little higher than those who have attended elementary
education (21.21%). About 17.17% of the respondents have graduated in high school. Comprising
24.24%, some respondents were able to graduate in elementary and in college. 11.11% had
reached college, while 2.02% of the respondents had vocational education. Only 2.02% of the

respondents did not specify the education attainment. This only shows that all of the respondents
are literate and were able to acquire basic education.
Table 84 - Educational Attainment of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle

AKLE
EDUCATIONAL ATTAINMENT
No. %
Elementary 21 21.21
Elementary Graduate 12 12.12
High School 22 22.22
High School Graduate 17 17.17
College 11 11.11
College Graduate 12 12.12
Vocational 2 2.02
No Answer 2 2.02
Total 99 100.00
Educational Attainment
2.02% 2.02%
12.12% 21.21%
11.11%
12.12%
17.17%
22.22%
Elementary Elementary Graduate High School

High School Graduate College College Graduate
Vocational No Answer
Figure 140 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Educational Attainment
2.4.2.2.1.7 Income Sources and Employment
Most of the respondents (22.22%) are Barangay Official or Government Employee, followed by
Farmers with 20.20% of the respondents. The 16.16% are vendors and comprising 10.10%, some
respondents are employed in Private Companies, works in Construction and Factory and some

are Self-Employed or Entrepreneur. About 2.08% are Service Workers and 1.01% of the
respondents work as a Carpenter. However, 2.02% of the respondents do not have any source of
income. It is also important to note that there were respondents who were performing two (2)
different activities or occupation at the same time. This shows the need for additional income to
augment their existing income.
Table 85 - Income Source of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle

AKLE
SOURCE OF INCOME
No. %
Vendor 16 16.16
Barangay Official / Gov’t Employee 22 22.22
Carpentry 1 1.01
Transport Service 0 0.00
Private Employee 2 2.02
Construction 2 2.02
Farmer 20 20.20
Factory Worker 2 2.02
Self – employed / Entrepreneur 2 2.02
None 2 2.02
Other – Volunteer/Service 2 2.02
No Answer 28 28.28
Total 99 100.00
Source of Income
16.16%
28.28%
22.22%
2.02%
2.02% 20.20% 1.01%
2.02% 2.02%
2.02% 2.02%
Vendor Barangay Official / Gov't Employee
Carpentry Transport Service
Private Employee Construction
Farmer Factory Worker
Figure 141 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Source of Income

2.4.2.2.1.8 Monthly Income
Majority of the respondents (20.20%) have estimated monthly income of either Php Php 1,000 to
5,000 or Php 15,001 to 10,000. About 15.15% of the respondents has an income of Php 5,001 to
10,000 and the same percentage of 8.08% who were earning less than Php 1,000 or Php 10,001
to 15,000. And there were 1.01% of the respondents that earns over Php 20,000. The large
discrepancy in the monthly family income affects the people’s prevalent purchasing power and
would have some implications to the socio-economic status, either they would try to find a good
paying job or maybe engage in an enterprise.
Table 86 - Estimated Monthly Income of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle

AKLE
MONTHLY INCOME (PhP)
No. %
Less than 1,000 8 8.08
1,000 to 5,000 20 20.20
5,001 to 10,000 15 15.15
10,001 to 15,000 8 8.08
15,001 to 20,000 20 20.20
20,000 & above 1 1.01
No Answer 27 27.27
Total 99 100.00
Monthly Income
8.08%
27.27%
20.20%
1.01%
15.15%
20.20%
8.08%
Less than 1,000 1,000 to 5,000 5,001 to 10,000 10,001 to 15,000

15,001 to 20,000 20,000 & above No Answer
Figure 142 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Monthly Income

2.4.2.2.1.9 Membership to Organization
About 44.27% of the respondents belong to an organization in the community. Majority of the
active members belong to Barangay Volunteers and Senior Citizen’s Organization. Below are the
identified organizations (Table 87).
Table 87 - Organization of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle

AKLE
MEMBERSHIP TO ORGANIZATION
No. %
Organization Member 37 37.37
Not an Organization Member 42 42.42
No Answer 20 20.20
Total 99 100.00
Membership to Organization
20.20%
37.37%
42.42%
Organization Member Not a member No Answer
Figure 143 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Organization
Table 88 - Organizations in Barangay Akle

Community Organization Number of Respondents
4Ps 1
TODA 2
Tanod 1
Barangay Cooperative 2
Driver’s Association 1


Purok Leader 2
RIC 1
Senior Citizens 7
Farmers’ Organization 7
Womens 4
Youth Organization 3
Barangay Council Volunteer 12
2.4.2.2.2 Household Information
2.4.2.2.2.1 Household Size
Majority of the respondents (31.31%) have 3-4 members per household, while 24.24% have 5-6
household size. Sharing the same percentage of 15.15%, respondents have either 1-2 or 7-8
household size. There are 6.06% of the respondents that have 9-10 household size and only 1.01%
have more than 10 members each household.
Table 89 - Household Size of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle

AKLE
HOUSEHOLD SIZE
No. %
1-2 15 15.15
3-4 31 31.31
5-6 24 24.24
7-8 15 15.15
9-10 6 6.06
More than 10 1 1.01
No Response 7 7.07
Total 99 100.00

Household Size
1.01%
7.07%
15.15%
6.06%
15.15%
31.31%
24.24%
1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 More than 10 No Response
Figure 144 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Household Size
2.4.2.2.2.2 Household Composition
Table 90 shows the composition of the households of the respondents. There are 40.74% of the
respondents have families that extends beyond the nuclear which include aunts, uncles,
grandparents, etc., who live in household, while 33.33% of the respondents that are considered
a nuclear family, typically consist of parents and children. About 25.93% of the household did not
specify the composition.
Table 90 - Household Composition of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle

AKLE
HOUSEHOLD COMPOSITION
No. %
Extended Family 22 40.74
Nuclear Family 18 33.33
No Answer 14 25.93
Total 54 100.00
Note: data does not include the initial perception survey

Household Composition
25.93%
40.74%
33.33%
Extended Family Nuclear Family No Response
Figure 145 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Household Composition
2.4.2.2.2.3 Morbidity
Table 91 shows the number of household members that got sick in the past years. There are
20.37% of the respondents have one (1) member of their household got sick, 18.52% of the
respondents have two (2) members of their household that got sick, followed by 14.81% with 3
members of their family that got ill and 12.96% of the respondents have 4 members of their family
that got sick. About 5.56% of the respondents have five (5) or more than six (6) members of their
family that had experience some of kind of sicknesses for the past years.
Akle
AKLE
No. of HH Members
No. %
1 11 20.37
2 10 18.52
3 8 14.81
4 7 12.96
5 3 5.56
More than 6 3 5.56
No Answer 12 22.22
Total 54 100.00

Household who Experienced Illness
22.22% 20.37%
5.56%
5.56% 18.52%
12.96%
14.81%
1 2 3 4 5 More than 6 No Answer
Figure 146 - Number of Household members that got sick in Barangay Akle
2.4.2.2.2.4 Common Diseases
Error! Reference source not found.Table 92 shows the common community diseases in Barangay
Akle. Upper Respiratory tops the leading cause of morbidity with 26 cases (40.00%) followed by
Fever with 23 cases (35.38%) and Diarrhea with 8 cases (12.31%). The rest of the common
diseases are listed below.
Table 92 - Common Diseases of the Respondents in Barangay Akle

AKLE
ILLNESS
No. %
Diarrhea 8 12.31
Fever 23 35.38
Upper Respiratory 26 40.00
Others 2 3.08
Heart Attack 2 3.08
Prostate 1 1.54
Skin Disease 1 1.54
Stroke 1 1.54
Arthritis 1 1.54
Total 65 100.00
*multiple answer

Common Diseases
1.54%
1.54%
1.54%
1.54% 3.08% 12.31%
3.08%
35.38%
40.00%
Diarrhea Fever Upper Respiratory Other

Heart Attack Prostate Skin Disease Stroke
Athritis Asthma Injury Colds
Appendicitis Highblood
Figure 147 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Experience Illness
2.4.2.2.2.5 Health Seeking Behavior
Table 93 shows the health seeking behavior of the respondents. Majority or 18 (31.03%) of the
respondents prefer to be treated in Public Hospital, followed by Health Center with 10 (17.24%)
households of the respondents. About 8 (13.79%) of the respondents prefer to be treated in
Private Clinic, while 7 (12.07%) respondents prefer to be treated at Private Hospitals. Moreover,
there are 4 (6.90%) respondents who prefer to be treated at their homes, while 3 (5.17%) of the
respondents prefer to be treated by the Traditional Healer.
Table 93 - Health Facilities and Providers accessed by the Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle
AKLE
HEALTH FACILITY
No. %
Home 4 6.90
Health Center 10 17.24
Public Hospital 18 31.03
Private Hospital 7 12.07
Private Clinic 8 13.79
Herbalist 3 5.17
No Answer 8 13.79

AKLE
HEALTH FACILITY
No. %
Total 58 100.00
*multiple answer
Place of Treatment
13.79%6.90%
5.17% 17.24%
13.79%
12.07% 31.03%
House Health Center Public Hospital Private Hospital

Private Clinic Herbalist No Response
Figure 148 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Place of Treatment
2.4.2.2.2.6 Waste Disposal
Table 94 presents the solid waste disposal practices of the community. The data shows that
majority or 85.19% disposes their garbage through collection of the local government and 7.41%
through their own garbage pits. It can be noted that 1.85% of the respondents still burns their
garbage and 5.56% uses different types of disposals. This data can be related to high morbidity
rates of diarrhea which can be attributed to improper solid and waste disposal in the household
level.
Table 94 - Waste Disposal of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle

AKLE
WASTE DISPOSAL
No. %
Garbage Pit 4 7.41
Garbage Collection 46 85.19
Burning 1 1.85
Others 3 5.56

AKLE
WASTE DISPOSAL
No. %
Total 54 100.00
Waste Disposal
1.85%
5.56%
7.41%
85.19%
Garbage Pit Garbage Collection Burning Segregate Others
Figure 149 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Waste Disposal
2.4.2.2.2.7 Sources of Drinking Water
Table 95 shows the sources of potable drinking water of the household surveyed. 38.89% of the
respondents use water from Other Sources, while 27.78% of the household’s source of clean
drinking water is through deep wells. About 18.52% of the respondent’s sourced their water
through the Local Water District and 14.81% from the Spring. Sources of drinking water can be
related to the number of water bourne diseases prevalent in the community especially diarrhea.
Table 95 - Sources of Drinking Water of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle

AKLE
SOURCE OF DRINKING WATER
No. %
Spring 8 14.81
Deep well 15 27.78
Local Water District 10 18.52
Others 21 38.89
Total 54 100.00

Source of Drinking Water
14.81%
38.89%
27.78%
18.52%
Spring Deepwell Local Water District Others
Figure 150 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Sources of Drinking Water
2.4.2.2.2.8 Toilets
Table 96 shows the sanitation and hygiene practices of the respondents. It also presents access to
suitable sanitation facility in the household level. There are 81.48% of the respondents that use
Water Sealed and 7.41% that use flush. About 3.70% of the respondents have house with hole on
the ground and 1.85% of respondents answered that they do not have their own toilet. Unsanitary
practices can eventually contaminate land and water sources thus increasing the risk infection
and diseases in the community.
Table 96 - Sanitation and Toilet of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle

AKLE
SANITATION AND TOILETS
No. %
Flush 4 7.41
Water Sealed 44 81.48
House with hole on the ground 2 3.70
None 1 1.85
No Answer 3 5.56
Total 54 100.00

Type of Toilet 1.85%

3.70%
5.56%
7.41%
81.48%
None Flush
Water Sealed House with hole on the Ground
Hold on the Ground Others
Figure 151 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Type of Toilets
2.4.2.2.3 Housing Condition
2.4.2.2.3.1 House Ownership
The majority of the respondents (79.80%) own the house where they are staying and only 12.12%
do not own the house that they occupy, while 8.08% did not specify their answers.
Table 97 - House Ownership of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle

AKLE
HOUSE OWNERSHIP
No. %
Owns the House 79 79.80
Does not own the House 12 12.12
No Answer 8 8.08
Total 99 100.00

House Ownership
8.08%
12.12%
79.80%
Owns the House Does not own House No Response
Figure 152 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on House Ownership
2.4.2.2.3.2 Land Ownership
Majority of the respondents (72.73%) own the land where their houses stood while 20.20% does
not own the land where their houses were built.
Table 98 - Land Ownership of Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle

AKLE
LAND OWNERSHIP
No. %
Owns the Land 72 72.73
Does not own the Land 20 20.20
No Answer 7 7.07
Total 99 100.00

Land Ownership
7.07%
20.20%
72.73%
Owns the Land Do not own the Land No Answer
Figure 153 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Land Ownership
2.4.2.2.3.3 Housing Materials
Forty seven (47) respondents used Concrete as an outer wall material of their houses, forty two
(42) used G.I. Sheets, seven (7) used wood and the remaining percentage of respondents used
bamboo or other kinds of material for the outer wall of their houses.
Table 99 - Outer Wall Materials of the Respondent’s Houses in Barangay Akle

CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS OF THE AKLE
OUTER WALLS No. %
Wood 7 7.07
Concrete 47 47.47
Bamboo 2 2.02
G.I. Sheets 42 42.42
Others 1 1.01
Total 99 100.00
*Multiple Answer

Outer Wall Material

1.01%
7.07%
42.42%
47.47%
2.02%
Wood Cement Nipa/Cogon Bamboo G.I. Sheets Others
Figure 154 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Outer Wall Material of
their Houses
On the other hand, the most common roofing material used by the respondents (40) was G.I
Sheets. There were respondents that also used concrete (37), wood (15), bamboo (3) and the rest
used some other materials (1) for the roof of their houses.
Table 100 - Roof Material of the Respondent’s Houses in Barangay Akle

CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS OF AKLE
THE ROOF No. %
Wood 15 15.63
Concrete 37 38.54
Bamboo 3 3.13
Others 1 1.04
Total 96 100.00
*Multiple Answer

Roof Material
1.04% 15.63%
41.67%
38.54%
3.13%
Wood Cement Bamboo G.I. Sheets Others
Figure 155 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Roofing Material of their
Houses
2.4.2.2.4 Community Problems and Concerns
The matrix bellow present the perceived problems of the respondents in Barangay Akle. Most of
the responses identified were Poverty (11.01%), followed by Unemployment or Lack of Capital for
Small Business with the same percentage of 8.93% and problem on Availability of Potable water
(7.745) as the top three problems and concerns in the Barangay. Comprising 21.42% of the
responses, Lack of Water for Irrigation, Lack of Livelihood Support and Lack of Orientation and
Training on Solid Waste Management were also identified as the problem by the respondents.
Concerns were also raised about the Educational Assistance (6.85%), Lack of Medical Equipment
(5.65%), Lack of Support in Training People’s Organization (5.36%), Limited Assistance to Develop
Farming (5.06%) and Lack of Recreational Facilities (4.76%) were strongly identified by the
respondents. Problem on Malnutrition and Lack of Facilities for Transportation/Roads/Bridges
(3.87%) were also identified as concerns that needed attention in the community. Aside from this,
Lack of School Equipment (3.57%) and Lack of Teachers (1.79%) were also point of concerns raised
by the respondents. It is also important to note that some of the respondents raised their
concerns about Dust as on of the community problems in their barangay (1.19%).
Table 101 - Common Community Problems and Concerns of the Respondents in Barangay Akle
TALBAK
COMMUNITY PROBLEMS/CONCERNS Rank
No. %
Unemployment 30 8.93 2nd

TALBAK
No. %
Poverty 37 11.01 1st
Availability potable water 26 7.74 3rd
Lack of water for irrigation 24 7.14 4th
Lack of school equipment 12 3.57 11th
Malnutrition 13 3.87 10th
Educational assistance 23 6.85 5th
Lack of teachers 6 1.79 12th
Lack of medical equipment 19 5.65 6th
Lack of facilities for transportation/ roads/ bridges 13 3.87 10th
Lack of Livelihood support 24 7.14 4th
Lack of recreational facilities 16 4.76 9th
Lack of capital for small business 30 8.93 2nd
Limited assistance to develop farming 17 5.06 8th
Lack of support in training People’s Organization 18 5.36 7th
Lack of orientation and training on Solid Waste
24 7.14 4th
Management
Others (Signal) 4 1.19 13th
Total 336 100.00
*Multiple Answe

Common Community Problems and Concerns
1.19%
7.14% 8.93%
5.36%
11.01%
5.06%
8.93% 7.74%
4.76%
7.14%
7.14% 3.57%
3.87% 3.87%
5.65% 6.85%
1.79%
Unemployment
Poverty
Availability potable water
Lack of water for irrigation
Lack of school equipment
Malnutrition
Educational assistance
Limited teachers
Lack of medical equipment
Lack of facilities for transportation/ roads/ bridges
Lack of Livelihood support
Lack of recreational facilities
Lack of capital for small business
Limited assistance to develop farming
Lack of support in training People’s Organization
Lack of orientation and training on Solid Waste Management
Others (Dust, Signal)
Figure 156 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on their Common

Community Problems and Concerns

The respondents provided possible solutions to the identified community problems, specifically
on the Employment (13.92%) and Livelihood (10.44%) aspects. Various proposals were provided
by the respondents, summarized in the matrix below.
Table 102 - Proposed Solution of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle on the Identified
Concerns/Problems
AKLE
PROPOSED SOLUTIONS
No. %
Employment 44 13.92
Livelihood Projects 33 10.44
Livelihood Training and Assistance to Women 22 6.96
Education Assistance Project 23 7.28
Scholarship Program 27 8.54
Potable water supply 28 8.86
Medical/Dental Mission Assistance 25 7.91
Designate Materials Recovery Facility in areas within
10 3.16
the Barangay
Conduct orientation on proper waste disposal 18 5.70
Assistance from government offices 20 6.33
Assistance from private companies and full
20 6.33
implementation of CSR Program
Conduct community consultations at the grassroots
12 3.80
level, plan intervention and implement
Values formation/ orientation to all concerned 9 2.85
Additional budget (for the barangay) 21 6.65
Others (Dust) 4 1.27
Total 316 100.00
Awareness on the Current Operation of Eagle Cement
Majority of the respondents or 51.52% expressed awareness on the current operation of Eagle
Cement while 24.24% of the respondents are unaware of the operation of Eagle Cement. The
remaining percentage gave no answer on the question.

Table 103 - Awareness of Respondents in Barangay Akle on the Current Operation of Eagle
Cement
AWARENESS ON THE CURRENT AKLE
OPERATION OF EAGLE CEMENT f %
Aware 51 51.52
Not Aware 24 24.24
No Answer 24 24.24
Total 99 100.00
Awareness on Current Operation
24.24%
51.52%
24.24%
Aware Not Aware No Answer
Operation
Majority of the respondents’ place of residence (81.48%) are located near the plant of Eagle
Cement, while 5.56% lives relatively far from the plant and 12.96% did not specify their place of
residence.
Table 104. Houses location of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle

AKLE
LOCATION
No. %
Near 44 81.48
Far / Not Near 3 5.56
No Answer 7 12.96

AKLE
LOCATION
No. %
Total 54 100.00
Location of Houses
12.96%
5.56%
81.48%
Near the Plant Not near No Response
Figure 158 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Location of their Houses
The respondents also expressed the positive and negative effects on the current operation of
Eagle Cement to their community. The respondents mentioned about the positive effects of the
presence of Eagle Cement operation in their community. Employment opportunities (19.79%) and
health and nutrition assistance (14.06%) in relation to the positive effects of the operation of
Eagle Cement were mentioned. The assistance that the barangay was receiving generated positive
perception on the current operation. Improvement on the physical condition of the areas in
barangays was also stated. It can also be noted that only 4.69% of the respondents do not see any
positive effects on their household.
Table 105 - Response of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle about the Positive Effects of
the Current Operation of Eagle Cement
POSITIVE EFFECTS OF THE AKLE
CURRENT OPERATION No. %
Employment Opportunities 38 19.79
Livelihood Opportunities 16 8.33
Health and Nutrition Assistance
27 14.06
(Feeding Program, Medical Mission)

POSITIVE EFFECTS OF THE AKLE

Education Assistance 18 9.38
Sports Facility Improvement (Gym,
12 6.25
Basketball Court)
Relocation/ Resettlement Program 9 4.69
Worker’s Safety 23 11.98
Provision of Cement for Community
11 5.73
Projects
Progressive place 16 8.33
No positive results 9 4.69
No Response 13 6.77
Total 192 100.00
Positive Effects of the Current Operation
6.77%
4.69% 19.79%
8.33%
5.73% 8.33%
11.98%
14.06%
4.69%
6.25% 9.38%
Employment
Livelihood Opportunities
Health and Nutrition Assistance (Feeding Program, Medical Mission)
Education Assistance
Sports Facility Improvement (Gym, Basketball Court)
Relocation/ Resettlement Program
Worker’s Safety
Provision of Cement for Community Projects
Progressive place
No positive results
Figure 159 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Positive Effects of the
Current Operation

On the other hand, majority of the respondents (36.02%) saw Dust pollution as one of the
negative effects of the current operation of Eagle Cement, followed by Health Hazard (23.66%).
There were also other negative effects mentioned by some of the respondent such as Noise
(16.13%), Traffic Disturbance (10.75%) and Improper Waste Disposal (6.45%). However, 0.54% of
the respondents also mentioned that blasting and some accidents near the plant as one of the
negative effects of the current operation. It can be also noted that 0.54% of the respondents
stated that no negative effects were observed from the operation of Eagle Cement.
Table 106 - Response of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle about the Negative Effects
of the Current Operation of Eagle Cement
NEGATIVE EFFECTS OF THE AKLE
Dust 67 36.02
Noise 30 16.13
Traffic Disturbance (Trucks) 20 10.75
Improper Waste Disposal 12 6.45
Health Hazard 44 23.66
Others (Blasting , Accident) 1 0.54
No negative results 1 0.54
No Response 11 5.91
Total 186 100.00

Negative Effects of the Current Operation

0.54%
0.54% 5.91%
23.66% 36.02%
6.45%
10.75% 16.13%
Dust Noise
Traffic Disturbance (Trucks) Improper Waste Disposal to the sea
Health Hazard Others (Blasting , Accident)
No negative results No Response
Figure 160 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Negative Effects of the
Current Operation
There were 59.60% of the respondents who were familiar with the different community
developmental projects of Eagle Cement, while 12.12% of the respondents were unfamiliar.
About 28.28% did not specify their response.
Table 107 - Awareness of Respondents in Barangay Akle on the Existing Community Projects
of Eagle Cement
FAMILIARITY OF THE DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS AKLE
OF EAGLE CEMENT No. %
Familiar of Development Projects of Eagle
59 59.60
Cement
Unfamiliar with Projects 12 12.12
No Answer 28 28.28
Total 99 100.00

Familiarity with the Existing Projects
28.28%
59.60%
12.12%
Familiar of Development Projects of Eagle Cement Unfamiliar with Projects No Answer
Figure 161 - Distribution of the Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Familiarity with the
Existing Projects of Eagle Cement
Among those that are familiar with the projects of Eagle Cement in the community, 25.16% of the
respondents are most familiar with the Health Program, followed by 24.52% of the respondent
who were familiar with the educational program. Infrastructure Development (14.84%) and
Sports Development Program (14.19%) also identified familiar by the respondents. The
respondents also recognized the program implemented to Livelihood (12.26%) and to Barangay
Development (9.03%).
Table 108 - Community Development Projects in Barangay Akle

COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AKLE
PROJECTS No. %
Health Program 39 25.16
Educational Program 38 24.52
Sports Development Program 22 14.19
Livelihood Program 19 12.26
Infrastructure Development 23 14.84
Barangay Development 14 9.03

COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AKLE

PROJECTS No. %
Total 155 100.00
*Multiple Answer
Awareness to Existing Community Projects
9.03%
25.16%
14.84%
12.26%
24.52%
14.19%
Health Program Educational Program

Sports Development Program Livelihood Program
Infrastructure Development Barangay Development
Figure 162 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Awareness to Existing

Community Projects
There were 37.37% respondents that said they or their family had been part or directly benefited
from the identified community development projects, while 30.30% of the respondents did not
have any involvement with the projects.
Table 109 - Family’s Direct Involvement with the Projects in Barangay Akle
AKLE
PROJECT INVOLVEMENT
No. %
Family Involved or Benefited in the Projects 37 37.37
Not Involved 30 30.30
No Answer 32 32.32

AKLE
PROJECT INVOLVEMENT
No. %
Total 99 100.00
Involvement with the Projects
32.32%
37.37%
30.30%
Family Involved or Benefited in the Projects Not Involved No Answer
Figure 163 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Involvement with the
Projects
The benefits provided by Eagle Cement that were received or experienced by the respondents are
presented in the matrix below.
Table 110 - Benefits directly received by the respondents in Barangay Akle

DIRECT BENEFITS RECEIVED BY THE AKLE
RESPONDENTS AND THEIR FAMILIES No. %
Employment / Jobs 5 33.33
Educational Program (Scholarship, Financial
4 26.67
Assistance)
Health Program (Medical & Dental Mission,
3 20.00
Free Medicines, Feeding Program)
Livelihood 1 6.67
Financial Assistance (Plant's worker) 1 6.67
Skills Development 1 6.67
Total 15 100.00
*Multiple Responses (No Initial Perception Survey)

Direct Received Benefits
6.67%
6.67%
6.67% 33.33%
20.00%
26.67%
Employment / Jobs
Educational Program (Scholarship, Financial Assistance)
Health Program (Medical & Dental Mission, Free Medicines, Feeding Program)
Livelihood
Financial Assistance (Plant's worker)
Figure 164 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Direct Received Benefits
2.4.2.2.5 Awareness and Acceptability on the Proposed Project of Eagle Cement
The majority (33.33%) or 33 respondents were aware of the proposed project of Eagle Cement.
There were 37 or 37.37% that were not yet aware and 29.29% or 29 respondents who refused to
give an answer.
Table 111 - Awareness of the Respondents in Barangay Akle on the Proposed Project of
Eagle Cement
AWARENESS ON THE AKLE
PROPOSED PROJECT No. %
Aware 33 33.33
Not Aware 37 37.37
No Answer 29 29.29
Total 99 100.00

Awareness on the Proposed Project
29.29% 33.33%
37.37%
Figure 165 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Awareness on the

Proposed Project of Eagle Cement
For those who were aware of the proposed project, most of the information sources were from
the Government/Barangay Officials and Official/Employee of Eagle Cement with the same
percentage of 28.36%. The proposed project was also known to the respondents through the
Barangay Meetings/ Consultations (17.91%) and through their Relatves/Friends/Neighbors
(13.43%). Other sources mentioned were through the Surveys with 10.45% an from the
Radio/TV/Local Newspaper (1.49%).
Table 112 - Sources of Information of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle about the
AKLE
Community Development Projects
No. %
Government/ Barangay Officials 19 28.36
Relatives/ Friends/ Neighbors 9 13.43
Official/ Employee of Eagle Cement 19 28.36
Radio/TV/Local Newspaper 1 1.49
Barangay Meetings/ Consultations 12 17.91
Survey 7 10.45
Total 67 100.00
*Multiple Answer

Sources of Information
10.45%
28.36%
17.91%
1.49%
13.43%
28.36%
Government/ Barangay Officials Relatives/ Friends/ Neighbors

Official/ Employee of Eagle Cement Radio/TV/Local Newspaper
Figure 166 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Sources of Information

about the Proposed Project
The respondents were asked on their perceived positive and negative effects of the proposed
project by Eagle Cement. Looking into the details, Error! Reference source not found. presents
specific answer of respondents on the possible positive and negative effects of the project to their
community. There were 47 or 29.38% from the respondents that perceived Additional Job
Opportunities with the proposed project, 18.13% or 29 were Additional Income to the Barangay
and Additional Livelihood Opportunities (13.75%). Also, 13.13% or 21 respondents perceived the
Provision of Free Medicines, 13 or 8.13% were Provision of Sports Facilities for Youth and 5.63%
or 9 respondents perceived the Less Environmental Threats. About 4.38% of the respondents
perceived that the proposed project will be one of the means so the Negative Issues will be
Addressed and the Traffic will be lessened (3.75%). Lastly, 3.75% of the respondents seeing No
Positive Effects of the Proposed Project to the household.
On the other hand, 55 respondents or 35.95% stated that they perceived the proposed project to
cause Air Pollution and Increase of Dust in their community. About 19.61% or 30 respondents
perceived an Increase of Noise in the community, 26 or 16.99% perceived Health and
Environmental hazard, 32 respondents or 14.38% perceived an Increase in Vehicular Traffic and
7.19% or 11 respondents saw Pollution or Destruction of the Environment through Improper
Waste Disposal. There were 4.58% of the respondents perceived worsening of Peace of Order
situation, while 0.65% said that one of the negative effects of the project would be Blasting.
Nevertheless, 0.65% of the respondents perceived No Negative Effects on the proposed project
of Eagle Cement.

Table 113 - Perceived Positive and Negative Effects of the Respondents in Barangay Akle
regarding the Proposed Project of Eagle Cement
AKLE
Effects Details
No. %
Additional Job Opportunities 47 29.38

Traffic will be lessened 6 3.75
Less Environmental Threats 9 5.63
Negative issues will be addressed 7 4.38
Positive
Additional income to the Barangay 29 18.13

Livelihood opportunities will improve
22 13.75
economic condition of the barangay
Provision of Sports Facilities for Youth 13 8.13
Provision of Free Medicines 21 13.13
No Positive Effects 6 3.75
TOTAL RESPONSES 160 100.00
Air Pollution / More dust 55 35.95

More Noise 30 19.61
Generation of Wastes/ Improper
11 7.19
Negative
Waste Disposal
Increase in Traffic 22 14.38
Health and Environmental Hazard 26 16.99
Peace and Order 7 4.58
Others (Blasting) 1 0.65
No Negative Effects 1 0.65
*Multiple Answer

Table 114. Proposed Solution of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle on the Perceived
Negative Impact of the Proposed Project
Perceived Negative Effects
Proposed Solutions on the Perceived Negative Effects
of the Proposed Project
Increased Find ways to lessen the dust that have caused negative effect to
Environmental and Health the health of the community and organize the plans for the
Impacts: progress of the barangay.
• More dust Provide mask

• More Noise Water sprinkling; Appoint someone to sprinkler water daily
• Generation of wastes/ Proper waste disposal
Improper waste Implement controls/measures
disposal Site-specific hazard control should be implemented and
monitored
Disturbance to the Secure the safety of the community; Give notice or warning to
Community: the community prior to blasting to avoid accidents
• Increase in Traffic
• Peace and Order Separate road for the hauling trucks
• Blasting
Other Response: Cooperation and Coordination with the Barangay Officials,
Community and Company
• No perceived negative Strengthen the IEC
impact Discussed the negative effects
• More information Meet and comply to the DENR standards and requirements
should be given to the Tree Planting
community
Support for the workers
The acceptability of the respondents on the proposed project was expressed. The majority of the
respondents (30.30%) or 30 were Uncertain if they will agree or not with the project. There were
26.26% who agree with the proposed project, while 10.10% of the respondents do not agree with
the project. About 33.33% or 33 of the respondents refused to give an answer.

Table 115 - The Acceptability of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Akle on the Proposed
Project of Eagle Cement
ACCEPTABILITY OF THE AKLE
Agree 26 26.26
Do Not Agree 10 10.10
Uncertain 30 30.30
No Answer 33 33.33
Total 99 100.00
Acceptability of the Proposed Project
26.26%
33.33%
10.10%
30.30%
Agree Do not Agree Uncertain No Response
Figure 167 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Akle based on Acceptability of the

Proposed Project
Those who expressed in agreement or disagree with the implementation of the proposed project
stated their reason for their positive or negative responses. It can be observed that even though
some posted negative response for the proposed project, most of their reasons are conditional
with the implementation of mitigating measure which means they would support the project as
long as measures are ensured and taken. The details are presented below.

REASON FOR POSITIVE RESPONSE REASON FOR NEGATIVE RESPONSE
Many residents will lose their job if the operation

Dust and fallen rocks when blasting
will stop
The proposed project will have impact to the The participants do not have any safety
growth of the economy and it will be a big help for assurances pertaining to the proposed
the progress of Barangay Akle. project.
Help the Employees Increase of Pollution and Noise
Main concern is the safety of the

Employment / Additional Job
community
Destruction to the Environment
It depends on the effect of the project to

the community
2.4.2.3 Perception Survey Result in Barangay Talbak
2.4.2.3.1 Profile of Survey Respondents
2.4.2.3.1.1 Gender
Table 116 - Gender of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak

TALBAK
GENDER
No. %
Male 24 25.81
Female 69 74.19
Total 93 100.00

Gender
25.81%
74.19%
Female Male
Figure 168 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Gender
Majority of the respondents are females with a total of 69 out of the 93 respondents or 74.19%.
Males represent 25.81% or 24 out of 93 total survey respondents.
2.4.2.3.1.2 Birthplace
Majority of the respondents (34.41%) were born in the impact barangay, while 33.33% were from
Other Provinces. There were 20.43% of them who were born from Other City/Municipality and
9.68% from Other Barangays.
Table 117 - Birthplace of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak

TALBAK
BIRTHPLACE
No. %
Within Barangay 32 34.41
Other Barangay 9 9.68
Other City/ Municipality 19 20.43
Other Province 31 33.33
No Answer 2 2.15
Total 93 100.00

Birthplace
2.15%
33.33% 34.41%
9.68%
20.43%
Within Barangay Other Barangay Other City / Municipality

Other Province No Answer
Figure 169 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Place of Birth
2.4.1.1.1.1 Age
shows the age distribution of the respondents. The most number of respondents belongs to the
41-50 age bracket with 24.73% and this was followed by the age bracket 31-40 (20.43%). With the
same percentage of 13.98%, respondents were either in the age bracket of 21-30 or 61-70. There
were 11.83% from 51-60 years old and 7.53% from the age group 15-20. Lastly, older age group
of 71 – above were 4.30%, while 3.23% of the respondents refused to give an answer.
Table 118 - Age of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak

TALBAK
AGE
No. %
15-20 7 7.53
21-30 13 13.98
31-40 19 20.43
41-50 23 24.73
51-60 11 11.83
61-70 13 13.98
71 & above 4 4.30
No Answer 3 3.23
Total 93 100.00

Age
3.23%
4.30% 7.53%
13.98% 13.98%
11.83%
20.43%
24.73%
15-20 21-30 31-40 41-50 51-60 61-70 71 & above No Answer
Figure 170 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Age
2.4.2.3.1.3 Civil Status
About 70.97% of the respondents confirmed that they are Married, while 17.20% of the
respondents were Widowed. There were 7.53% of the respondents who were Single and 3.23%
respondents were Separated. This only shows that the community holds marriage as an important
social institution.
Table 119 - Civil Status of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak

TALBAK
CIVIL STATUS
No. %
Single 7 7.53
Married 66 70.97
Widow 16 17.20
Separated 3 3.23
No Answer 1 1.08
Total 93 100.00

Civil Status
1.08%
3.23% 7.53%
17.20%
70.97%
Single Married Widow Separated No Answer
Figure 171 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Civil Status
2.4.2.3.1.4 Religion
The religion of the majority respondents (77.42%) were Roman Catholic. Comprising 12.90% of
the respondents who were Iglesia ni Cristo or Born Again. The remaining percentage were
Protestant (3.23%) and members of Other denominations (1.08%). 5.38% of the respondents
refused to divulge its religions affiliation.
Table 120 - Religion of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak

TALBAK
RELIGION
No. %
Roman Catholic 72 77.42
Protestant 3 3.23
INC 6 6.45
Born Again 6 6.45
Others 1 1.08
No Answer 5 5.38
Total 93 100.00

Religion
1.08%
5.38%
6.45%
6.45%
3.23%
77.42%
Roman Catholic Protestant INC Born Again Others No Answer
Figure 172 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Religion
2.4.2.3.1.5 Educational Attainment
All of the respondents had formal education they acquired from community schools and majority
of them, 33.33%, had Elementary Education. This is higher than those who had reached High
School with 23.66% and those who have graduated in High School (17.20%) and in Elementary
(16.13%). Some respondents were able to attend Technical-Vocational Courses (4.30%) and
Tertiary Education (3.23%). This only shows that all of the respondents are literate and were able
to acquire basic education.
Table 121 - Educational Attainment of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak

TALBAK
EDUCATIONAL ATTAINMENT
No. %
Elementary 31 33.33
Elementary Graduate 15 16.13
High School 22 23.66
High School Graduate 16 17.20
College 3 3.23
Vocational 4 4.30
No Answer 2 2.15
Total 93 100.00

Educational Attainment
4.30%
3.23% 2.15%
33.33%
17.20%
23.66%
16.13%
Elementary Elementary Graduate High School

High School Graduate College Vocational
Figure 173 - Distribution of Respondents by Barangay Based on Educational Attainment
2.4.2.3.1.6 Income Sources and Employment
Majority of the respondents were Farmers with 26.88%, followed by Barangay Official /
Government Employees with 15.05% of the respondents. The 9.68% are vendors, however, 4.30%
of the respondents do not have any source of income. There are also Self Employed or
Entrepreneur (4.30%) and 3.23% works in Construction. The remaining percentage were
Transport Service, works in Private Companies and Service Workers, sharing the same percentage
of 1.08%.
Table 122 - Income Source of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak

TALBAK
SOURCE OF INCOME
No. %
Vendor 9 9.68
Barangay Official / Gov’t Employee 14 15.05
Transport Service 1 1.08
Private Employee 1 1.08
Construction 3 3.23
Farmer 25 26.88
Self – employed / Entrepreneur 4 4.30
None 8 8.60
Other – Volunteer/Service 1 1.08
No Answer 27 29.03

TALBAK
SOURCE OF INCOME
No. %
Total 93 100.00
Source of Income
9.68%
29.03%
15.05%
1.08%
1.08%
1.08% 3.23%
8.60%
4.30% 26.88%
Vendor Barangay Official / Gov't Employee

Carpentry Transport Service
Private Employee Construction
Farmer Factory Worker
Self – employed / Entrepreneur None
Other - Volunteer/Service No Answer
Figure 174 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Source of Income
2.4.2.3.1.7 Monthly Income
The table below shows that the majority (38.71%) of the respondents are earning between Php
1,000 and 5,000, while only 19.35% are earning less than Php 1,000. About 6.45% of the
respondents have an income of Php 5,001 to 10,000 and there were only 1.08% that earns Php
15,001 to 20,000. The large. In their struggle to achieve upliftment of their socio-economic status,
either they would to find a good paying job or perhaps engage in an enterprise.
Table 123 - Estimated Monthly Income of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak

TALBAK
No. %
Less than 1,000 18 19.35
1,000 to 5,000 36 38.71

TALBAK
No. %
5,001 to 10,000 6 6.45
10,001 to 15,000 0 0.00
15,001 to 20,000 1 1.08
20,000 & above 0 0.00
No Answer 32 34.41
Total 93 100.00
Monthly Income
19.35%
34.41%
1.08%
6.45% 38.71%
Less than 1,000 1,000 to 5,000 5,001 to 10,000 10,001 to 15,000

15,001 to 20,000 20,000 & above No Answer
Figure 175 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Monthly Income
2.4.2.3.1.8 Membership to Organization
Majority of the respondents belong to an Organization in their community with 51.61% of the
total respondents. Majority of the active members belong to Womens and Senior Citizen’s
Organization. Below are the identified organization by the respondents.
Table 124 - Organization of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak

TALBAK
No. %
Organization Member 48 51.61

TALBAK
No. %
Not an Organization Member 24 25.81
No Answer 21 22.58
Total 93 100.00
Membership to Organization
22.58%
51.61%
25.81%
Organization Member Not a member No Answer
Figure 176 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Organization
Table 125 - Organizations in Barangay Talbak

4Ps 3
Tanod 1
BASSY 2
BERT 1
Kaagapay 3
Solo Parent Association 1
Senior Citizens 9
Farmers’ Organization 8
Womens 10
Youth Organization 1
Barangay Council Volunteer 8
Faculty Club 1

2.4.2.3.2 Household Information
2.4.2.3.2.1 Household Size
Most of the respondents (37.63%) belong to 3 to 4 household size, followed by those who had 5
to 6 household size (26.885). Almost fourteen percent (13.98%) of the respondents belong to 7
to 8 household size and 11.83% belong to a relatively small household size of 1 to 2. Finally, four
(4) respondents or 4.30% belongs to a 9 to 10 household size.
Table 126 - Household Size of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak

TALBAK
HOUSEHOLD SIZE
No. %
1-2 11 11.83
3-4 35 37.63
5-6 25 26.88
7-8 13 13.98
9-10 4 4.30
More than 10 0 0.00
No Response 5 5.38
Total 93 100.00
Household Size
4.30% 5.38% 11.83%
13.98%
37.63%
26.88%
1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 More than 10 No Response
Figure 177 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Household Size

2.4.2.3.2.2 Household Composition
There are 47.27% of the respondents that are considered a Nuclear Family that consists of
parents and children, while 32.73% have families that extends beyond the nuclear which include
aunts, uncles, grandparents, etc., who live in a household. 20.00% of the household did not
specify the composition.
Table 127 - Household Composition of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak

TALBAK
HOUSEHOLD COMPOSITION
No. %
Extended Family 18 32.73
Nuclear Family 26 47.27
No Answer 11 20.00
Total 55 100.00
Household Composition
20.00%
32.73%
47.27%
Extended Family Nuclear Family No Response
Figure 178 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Household Composition
2.4.2.3.2.3 Morbidity
Table 128 shows the number of household members that got sick in the past year. Eighteen (18)
or 32.73% of them claimed that two of their family members experienced illness and nine (9) or
16.36% of the respondents replied that three of their family members also experienced illness.
There were 12.73% of the respondents answered that only one of their family members that got
sick for the past years, while 10.91% of them said that six of their family members experienced

illness. Only 2 respondents or 3.64% of the respondents who claimed that more than 6 of their
household got sick and 1.82% answered that five members of their family got sick.
Talbak
TALBAK
No. of HH Members
No. %
1 7 12.73
2 18 32.73
3 9 16.36
4 6 10.91
5 1 1.82
More than 6 2 3.64
No Answer 12 21.82
Total 55 100.00
Household who Experienced Illness
12.73%
21.82%
3.64%
1.82%
32.73%
10.91%
16.36%
1 2 3 4 5 More than 6 No Answer
Figure 179 - Number of Household members that got sick in Barangay Talbak
2.4.2.3.2.4 Common Diseases
The matrix below (Table 129) shows the common community diseases in Barangay Talbak. Upper
Respiratory (44.44%) tops as one of the common illnesses in their barangay, followed by Fever
with 40.00% and Diarrhea with 6 cases or 6.67%. The rest of the common diseases are listed
below.

Table 129 - Common Diseases of the Respondents in Barangay Talbak

TALBAK
ILLNESS
No. %
Diarrhea 6 6.67
Fever 36 40.00
Upper Respiratory 40 44.44
Others 1 1.11
Asthma 2 2.22
Injury 1 1.11
Colds 2 2.22
Appendicitis 1 1.11
Highblood 1 1.11
Total 90 100.00
*multiple answer
1.11%
2.22%
6.67% Common Diseases
1.11%
1.11%
2.22%
1.11%
40.00%
44.44%
Diarrhea Fever Upper Respiratory

Other Heart Attack Prostate
Skin Disease Stroke Athritis
Figure 180 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Experience Illness
2.4.2.3.2.5 Health Seeking Behavior
Most of the respondents (38.81%) availed of the services of Barangay Health Center for
treatment. About 25.37% prefer to be treated in Public Hospitals, while 10.45% prefer to be

treated at their homes. 10 respondents prefer to treated either in Private Clinic or by the
Traditional Healer. Only 4.48% of the respondents opted to treat illnesses in Private Hospitals.
Table 130 - Health Facilities and Providers accessed by the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak
TALBAK
HEALTH FACILITY
No. %
Home 7 10.45
Health Center 26 38.81
Public Hospital 17 25.37
Private Hospital 3 4.48
Private Clinic 5 7.46
Herbalist 5 7.46
No Answer 4 5.97
Total 67 100.00
*multiple answer
Place of Treatment
10.45%
5.97%
7.46%
7.46%
4.48%
38.81%
25.37%
House Health Center Public Hospital Private Hospital

Private Clinic Herbalist No Response
Figure 181 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Place of Treatment
2.4.2.3.2.6 Waste Disposal
Data presented in Table 131 shows the type of waste disposal of the survey respondents. Majority
or 38.18% disposes their garbage through their own Garbage Pits and 34.55% of them said that

their wastes and garbage were collected by the barangay for disposal. Some of the respondents
(18.18%) still burns their garbage and 5.45% uses different types of disposals. Only 3.64% of the
respondents practice segregation.
Table 131 - Waste Disposal of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak

TALBAK
WASTE DISPOSAL
No. %
Garbage Pit 21 38.18
Garbage Collection 19 34.55
Burning 10 18.18
Segregate 2 3.64
Others 3 5.45
Total 55 100.00
Waste Disposal
5.45%
3.64%
18.18%
38.18%
34.55%
Garbage Pit Garbage Collection Burning Segregate Others
Figure 182 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Waste Disposal
2.4.2.3.2.7 Sources of Drinking Water
Table 132 shows the sources of potable drinking water of the household surveyed. More than
half (40) or 72.73% of the households primary source of drinking water is through Deep Wells,
while 14.55% of the respondents use water from Other sources. Some residents sourced their
water through the Local Water District (10.91%) and only 1.82% from the Spring.

Table 132 - Sources of Drinking Water of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak

TALBAK
SOURCE OF DRINKING WATER
No. %
Spring 1 1.82
Deepwell 40 72.73
Local Water District 6 10.91
Others 8 14.55
Total 55 100.00
Source of Drinking Water

1.82%
14.55%
10.91%
72.73%
Spring Deepwell Local Water District Others
Figure 183 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Sources of Drinking Water
2.4.2.3.2.8 Toilets
Most of the respondents (67.27%) have their own Water-Sealed Toilet, while 14.55% have toilet
facility with Flush mechanism. There are 7.27% of the respondents dispose their human waste
through Hole on the Ground, however, 5.45% respondents answered that they do not have their
own toilet. Only one respondent said they have other type of toilet facility.
Table 133 - Sanitation and Toilet of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak
TALBAK
No. %
Flush 8 14.55

TALBAK
No. %
Water Sealed 37 67.27
House with hole on the ground 0 0.00
Hole on the ground 4 7.27
None 3 5.45
Others 1 1.82
No Answer 2 3.64
Total 55 100.00
Type of Toilets
1.82%
3.64%
5.45%
7.27%
14.55%
67.27%
None Flush
Water Sealed House with hole on the Ground
Hold on the Ground Others
Figure 184 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Type of Toilets
2.4.2.3.3 Housing Condition
2.4.2.3.3.1 House Ownership
Majority of the respondents (73.12%) Own the House where they are staying and 18.28% of
them do not own the house they occupy. Only 8.60% of the respondent did not specify their
answers.

Table 134 - House Ownership of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak

TALBAK
HOUSE OWNERSHIP
No. %
Owns the House 68 73.12
Does not own the House 17 18.28
No Answer 8 8.60
Total 93 100.00
House Ownership
8.60%
18.28%
73.12%
Owns the House Does not own House No Response
Figure 185 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on House Ownership
2.4.2.3.3.2 Land Ownership
Most of the respondents (47.31%) Own the Land where their houses were built, while 45.16% of
them were not lot owners of their houses.
Table 135 - Land Ownership of Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak

TALBAK
LAND OWNERSHIP
No. %
Owns the Land 44 47.31
Does not own the Land 42 45.16
No Answer 7 7.53
Total 93 100.00

Land Ownership
7.53%
47.31%
45.16%
Owns the Land Do not own the Land No Answer
Figure 186 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak Based on Land Ownership
2.4.2.3.3.3 Housing Materials
Table 136 shows the construction materials of the outer walls of the survey respondents houses
. Almost half of the respondents (41.18%) used G.I. Sheets as an outer wall of their houses. Thirty
two or 31.37% of the respondents used Wood, 21.57% used Concrete and only six or 5.88% of the
respondents used Bamboo as outer walls of their houses.
Table 136 - Outer Wall Materials of the Respondent’s Houses in Barangay Talbak
CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS OF TALBAK
THE OUTER WALLS No. %
Wood 32 31.37
Concrete 22 21.57
Bamboo 6 5.88
Others 0 0.00
Total 102 100.00
*Multiple Answer

Outer Wall Material
31.37%
41.18%
5.88% 21.57%
Figure 187 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Outer Wall Material of
their Houses
On the other hand, the most common roofing material used by the respondents in Barangay
Talbak was G.I. Sheets (33.02%), followed by Wood with 31.13%. There were respondents that
also used Concrete (17.92%), Bamboo (16.04%) and other kind of roofing materials (1.89%) for
their houses.
Table 137 - Roof Material of the Respondent’s Houses in Barangay Talbak

CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS OF TALBAK
THE ROOF No. %
Wood 33 31.13
Concrete 19 17.92
Bamboo 17 16.04
Others 2 1.89
Total 106 100.00
*Multiple Answer

Roofing Material
1.89%
31.13%
33.02%
16.04% 17.92%
Figure 188 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Roofing Material of

their Houses
2.4.2.3.4 Community Problems and Concerns
The matrix below presents the perceived problems of the respondents in Barangay Talbak. Most
of the responses identified Unemployment (11.93%) as the main problem in the Barangay.
Poverty (10.78%), Lack of Livelihood Support (9.63%), Lack of Capital for Small Business (8.72%),
Educational Assistance (8.26%) and Availability of Potable Water (7.80%) were also identified by
the respondents as the major concerns in their Barangay. Problems were also perceived on
Limited Assistance to Develop Farming (6.88%), Lack of Medical Equipment (6.65%), Lack of Water
for Irrigation (5.28%), Lack of School Equipment (5.05%) and Malnutrition with 4.82%. Another
point of concerns raised by the respondents were Lack of Recreational Facilities (4.13%), Lack of
Support in Training People’s Organization (3.67%), Lack of Facilities of
Transportation/Roads/Bridges (2.29%), Lack of Teachers (1.83%) and Lack of Orientation and
Training on Solid Waste Management (1.61%) that needed attention in the community. Lastly, it
is important to note that some of the respondents also raised their concerns about the weak
cellular signal (0.69%) as another community problem in their barangay. The complete list of the
perceived problems by the respondents are shown in Table 138.
Table 138 - Common Community Problems and Concerns of the Respondents in Barangay
Talbak
TALBAK
No. %
Unemployment 52 11.93 1st
Poverty 47 10.78 2nd

TALBAK
No. %
Availability potable water 34 7.80 6th
Lack of water for irrigation 23 5.28 9th
Lack of school equipment 22 5.05 10th
Malnutrition 21 4.82 11th
Educational assistance 36 8.26 5th
Lack of teachers 8 1.83 15th
Lack of medical equipment 29 6.65 8th
Lack of facilities for transportation/ roads/ bridges 10 2.29 14th
Lack of Livelihood support 42 9.63 3rd
Lack of recreational facilities 18 4.13 12th
Lack of capital for small business 38 8.72 4th
Limited assistance to develop farming 30 6.88 7th
Lack of support in training People’s Organization 16 3.67 13th
Lack of orientation and training on Solid Waste
7 1.61 16th
Management
Others (Signal) 3 0.69 17th
Total 436 100.00
*Multiple Answer

Common Community Problems and Concerns

1.61% 0.69%
3.67% 11.93%
6.88%
8.72% 10.78%
4.13%
7.80%
9.63%
5.28%
2.29%
5.05%
6.65%
4.82%
1.83%
8.26%
Unemployment
Poverty
Availability potable water
Lack of water for irrigation
Lack of school equipment
Malnutrition
Educational assistance
Limited teachers
Lack of medical equipment
Lack of facilities for transportation/ roads/ bridges
Lack of Livelihood support
Lack of recreational facilities
Lack of capital for small business
Limited assistance to develop farming
Lack of support in training People’s Organization
Lack of orientation and training on Solid Waste Management
Others (Dust, Signal)
Figure 189 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on their Common

Community Problems and Concerns

The respondents provided possible solutions to the identified community problems. Notably, the
generation of Employment (16.33%) and creation of Livelihood Projects (13.07%) is among the
top proposed solution of the respondents. Other top proposals include Potable Water Supply
(9.05%), Additional budget for the Barangay (8.54%), Livelihood Training and Assistance to
Women (8.29%) and Scholarship Program (7.54%). Various proposals were provided by the
respondents, summarized in the matrix below (Table 139).
Table 139 - Proposed Solution of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak on the Identified
Concerns/Problems
TALBAK
PROPOSED SOLUTIONS
No. %
Employment 65 16.33
Livelihood Projects 52 13.07
Livelihood Training and Assistance to Women 33 8.29
Education Assistance Project 24 6.03
Scholarship Program 30 7.54
Potable water supply 36 9.05
Medical/Dental Mission Assistance 27 6.78
Designate Materials Recovery Facility in areas within
9 2.26
the Barangay
Conduct orientation on proper waste disposal 16 4.02
Assistance from government offices 17 4.27
Assistance from private companies and full
26 6.53
implementation of CSR Program
Conduct community consultations at the grassroots
15 3.77
level, plan intervention and implement
Values formation/ orientation to all concerned 10 2.51
Additional budget (for the barangay) 34 8.54
Others (Cellular Signal) 4 1.01
Total 398 100.00
Awareness on the Current Operation of Eagle Cement
Table 140 shows the awareness of the respondents on the current operation of Eagle Cement.
Majority (60.22%) of them expressed awareness on the current operation of the company.

25.81% of the respondents are unaware of the current operation and 13.98% gave no answer on
the question.
Table 140 - Awareness of the Respondents in Barangay Talbak on the Current Operation of
Eagle Cement
AWARENESS ON THE CURRENT TALBAK
OPERATION OF EAGLE CEMENT No. %
Aware 56 60.22
Not Aware 24 25.81
No Answer 13 13.98
Total 93 100.00
Awareness on the Current Operation
13.98%
25.81%
60.22%
Operation of Eagle Cement
Majority of the place of residence of the respondents (52.73%) are located far from the plant of
Eagle Cement, while 34.55% are near the and only 12.73% did not specify their place of residence.
Table 141 - Houses location of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak

TALBAK
LOCATION
No. %
Near 19 34.55
Far / Not Near 29 52.73
No Answer 7 12.73
Total 55 100.00

Location of Houses
12.73%
34.55%
52.73%
Near the Plant Not near No Response
Figure 191 - Distribution of Respondents Barangay Talbak based on Location of their Houses
The respondents also expressed the positive and negative effects of the current operation of
Eagle Cement to their community. The respondents mentioned about the positive effects of the
presence of Eagle Cement operation in their community. Employment Opportunities (18.71%)
and Health and Nutrition Assistance (15.11%) in relation to the operation of Eagle Cement were
mentioned. Other impacts include Livelihood Opportunities (12.59%), Educational Assistance
and Worker’s Safety both with 10.79% and the Provision of Cement for Community Projects
(8.99%). Only 0.36% of the respondents answered that current operation of Eagle Cement do
not have any positive effects in their community. The detailed results can be seen in Table 142.
Table 142 - Response of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak about the Positive Effects
of the Current Operation of Eagle Cement
POSITIVE EFFECTS OF THE TALBAK
Employment Opportunities 52 18.71
Livelihood Opportunities 35 12.59
Health and Nutrition Assistance (Feeding
42 15.11
Program, Medical Mission)
Education Assistance 30 10.79
Sports Facility Improvement (Gym, Basketball
16 5.76
Court)
Relocation/ Resettlement Program 9 3.24
Worker’s Safety 30 10.79
Provision of Cement for Community Projects 25 8.99

POSITIVE EFFECTS OF THE TALBAK

Progressive place 22 7.91
No positive results 1 0.36
No Response 16 5.76
Total 278 100.00
*Multiple Answer
Positive Effects of the Current Operation
0.36%
5.76%
7.91% 18.71%
8.99%
12.59%
10.79%
3.24%
5.76% 15.11%
10.79%
Employment
Health and Nutrition Assistance (Feeding Program, Medical Mission)
Sports Facility Improvement (Gym, Basketball Court)
Relocation/ Resettlement Program
Worker’s Safety
Provision of Cement for Community Projects
Progressive place
No positive results
No Response
Figure 192 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Positive Effects of the
Current Operation
With regard to the responses on the negative impact of Eagle Cement’s operations to their
community, 33.77% of the respondents cited Dust as the main negative impact, followed by

Health Hazard such as tuberculosis, cough and other respiratory diseases with 19.21%. Other
negative impacts include Noise Pollution (13.25%); Improper Waste Disposal (5.96%); and Other
negative effects (0.66%) such as Blasting and Accident were stated by the respondents. There
were 6.62% of the respondents who said that No Negative Effects were observed from the current
operation of Eagle Cement.
Table 143 - Response of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak about the Negative
Effects of the Current Operation of Eagle Cement
NEGATIVE EFFECTS OF THE TALBAK
Dust 51 33.77
Noise 20 13.25
Traffic Disturbance (Trucks) 12 7.95
Improper Waste Disposal 9 5.96
Health Hazard 29 19.21
Others (Blasting , Accident) 1 0.66
No negative results 10 6.62
No Response 19 12.58
Total 151 100.00
*Multiple Answer
Negative Effects of the Current Operation
12.58%
6.62% 33.77%
0.66%
19.21%
5.96% 13.25%
7.95%
Dust Noise
Traffic Disturbance (Trucks) Improper Waste Disposal to the sea
Health Hazard Others (Blasting , Accident)
Figure 193 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Negative Effects of the
Current Operation

Table 144 presents the awareness of the respondents on the existing projects of the company.
More than half (73.34%) of the respondents are aware of the existing social development projects
of Eagle Cement, while there are only 9.68% of them who are not aware of it. 13.98% of the
respondents did not provide their answers to the question.
Table 144. Awareness of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak on the Existing
Community Projects of Eagle Cement
FAMILIARITY OF THE DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS TALBAK
OF EAGLE CEMENT No. %
Familiar of Development Projects of Eagle
71 76.34
Cement
Unfamiliar with Projects 9 9.68
No Answer 13 13.98
Total 93 100.00
Familiarity with Existing Projects
13.98%
9.68%
76.34%
Familiar of Development Projects of Eagle Cement
Figure 194 - Distribution of the Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Familiarity with the
Existing Projects of Eagle Cement
Among those that are familiar with the projects of Eagle Cement in the community, 32.81% of
them know that there was program implemented under Health, followed by 20.31% of the
respondents who were familiar with the Educational Program. Some of the other projects
mentioned include Barangay Development (16.15%), Infrastructure Development (11.46%),
Livelihood Program (10.94%) and Program under Sports Development with 8.33%. The details are
presented in Table 145.

Table 145 - Community Development Projects in Barangay Talbak

TALBAK
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS
No. %
Health Program 63 32.81
Educational Program 39 20.31
Sports Development Program 16 8.33
Livelihood Program 21 10.94
Infrastructure Development 22 11.46
Barangay Development 31 16.15
Total 192 100.00
*Multiple Answer
16.15%
32.81%
11.46%
10.94%
8.33% 20.31%
Health Program Educational Program

Sports Development Program Livelihood Program
Infrastructure Development Barangay Development
Figure 195 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Awareness to Existing

Community Projects
There were 53.76% respondents that said they or their family had been part or directly benefited
from the identified community development projects, while 26.88% of the respondents did not
have any involvement with the projects.
Table 146 - Family’s Direct Involvement with the Projects in Barangay Talbak
TALBAK
PROJECT INVOLVEMENT
No. %
Family Involved or Benefited in the Projects 50 53.76

TALBAK
PROJECT INVOLVEMENT
No. %
Not Involved 25 26.88
No Answer 18 19.35
Total 93 100.00
Involvement with the Projects
19.35%
53.76%
26.88%
Family Involved or Benefited in the Projects Not Involved No Answer
Figure 196 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Involvement with the
Projects
The benefits provided by Eagle Cement that were received or experienced by the respondents are
presented in the matrix below (Table 147).
Table 147 - Benefits directly received by the respondents in Barangay Talbak

DIRECT BENEFITS RECEIVED BY THE TALBAK
RESPONDENTS AND THEIR FAMILIES No. %
Employment / Jobs 6 20.00
Educational Program (Scholarship, Financial
7 23.33
Assistance)
Health Program (Medical & Dental Mission,
15 50.00
Free Medicines, Feeding Program)
Livelihood 1 3.33
Financial Assistance (Plant's worker) 0 0.00
Skills Development 1 3.33
Total 30 100.00

*Multiple Responses (No Initial Perception Survey)
Direct Received Benefits
3.33%
3.33%
20.00%
50.00% 23.33%
Employment / Jobs
Educational Program (Scholarship, Financial Assistance)
Health Program (Medical & Dental Mission, Free Medicines, Feeding Program)
Livelihood
Financial Assistance (Plant's worker)
Skills Development
Figure 197 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Direct Received Benefits
2.4.2.3.5 Awareness and Acceptability on the Proposed Project of Eagle Cement
Table 148 shows the level of awareness of the respondents on the proposed project of Eagle
Cement. Half of the respondents (49.46%) are aware of the proposed project. There are 36.56%
of them who are not aware if it. Only 13.98% of the respondents did not specify their answer.
Table 148 - Awareness of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak on the Proposed Project
of Eagle Cement
AWARENESS ON THE TALBAK
Aware 46 49.46
Not Aware 34 36.56
No Answer 13 13.98
Total 93 100.00

Awareness on the Proposed Project
13.98%
49.46%
36.56%
Figure 198 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak on Awareness on the Proposed

Project
For those who were aware (49.46%) of the project, most of the information sources were from
the Government/Barangay Officials (35.29%); Barangay Meetings/Consultations (30.59%); and
Official/ Employee of Eagle Cement (16.47%). Other sources mentioned were through Surveys
with 10.59% and through Relatives/Friends/Neighbors (7.06%).
Table 149 - Sources of Information of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak about the
TALBAK
No. %
Government/ Barangay Officials 30 35.29
Relatives/ Friends/ Neighbors 6 7.06
Official/ Employee of Eagle Cement 14 16.47
Radio/TV/Local Newspaper 0 0.00
Barangay Meetings/ Consultations 26 30.59
Survey 9 10.59
Total 85 100.00
*Multiple Answer

Sources of Information
10.59%
35.29%
30.59%
0.00% 7.06%
16.47%
Government/ Barangay Officials Relatives/ Friends/ Neighbors

Official/ Employee of Eagle Cement Radio/TV/Local Newspaper
Figure 199 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Sources of Information

about the Proposed Project
The respondents were asked on their perceived positive and negative effects of the proposed
project by Eagle Cement. Looking into the details, Table 150 presents specific answer of
respondents on the possible positive and negative effects of the project to their community.
31.16% of the respondents said that the project will generate Job Opportunities in the locality and
the Income in their Barangay will increase (18.59%). Respondents also perceived Provision of
Medicines (15.08%) and an Additional Livelihood Opportunities for their households (13.57%) as
another positive impact of the proposed project. Also, 9.55% of the respondents perceived the
Provision of Sport Facilities for youth, 8 or 4.02% perceived Less Environmental Threats and some
of the respondents think that the proposed project will be one of the means so that the Negative
Issues or problems will be addressed (4.02%). About 2.51% o the respondents perceived Less
Traffic and 1.51% said that one of the positive effects of the proposed project will be the
installation of Jetmatic in their Barangay.
On the other hand, for those who think that the proposed project will produce negative impacts
to the community, Table 150 also shows the specific list of possible negative impacts. 33.60% of
the respondents believed that the proposed project will result of Air Pollution/More dust and 29
or 23.20% respondents perceived an Increase of Noise in the community. Some respondents
(20.80%) perceived that the project will result to Health and Environmental Hazards and 13
respondents or 10.40% saw pollution or destruction of the Environment through the Improper
Waste Disposal. Other identified negative impacts include Increase in Traffic (7.20%) and

worsening of Peace and Order (3.20%). Only 1.60% of the respondents perceived No Negative
Effects on the proposed project of Eagle Cement.
Table 150 - Perceived Positive and Negative Effects of the Respondents in Barangay Talbak
regarding the Proposed Project of Eagle Cement
TALBAK
Effect
Details
s
No. %
Additional Job Opportunities 62 31.16

Traffic will be lessened 5 2.51
Less Environmental Threats 8 4.02
Negative issues will be addressed 8 4.02
Positive
Additional income to the Barangay 37 18.59

Livelihood opportunities will improve
27 13.57
economic condition of the barangay
Provision of Sports Facilities for Youth 19 9.55
Provision of Free Medicines 30 15.08
Others (Poso) 3 1.51
Air Pollution / More dust 42 33.60

More Noise 29 23.20
Negative
Generation of Wastes/ Improper Waste

13 10.40
Disposal
Increase in Traffic 9 7.20
Health and Environmental Hazard 26 20.80
Peace and Order 4 3.20
No Negative Effects 2 1.60
*Multiple Answer
Recommendations on the possible actions to be undertaken to prevent or mitigate the perceived

negative impacts were also gathered from the respondents. There were many suggestions that

will help resolve the perceived negative effects and somehow prevent or mitigate the possible
adverse impacts.
Table 151 - Proposed Solution of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak on the Perceived
Negative Impact of the Proposed Project
Find ways to minimize/eliminate dust and noise
Ensure that the operation is working well to minimize dust
Proper waste disposal; do not throw the garbage within the
vicinity of Talbak
Increased Find ways to lessen the dust that have caused negative effect to
Environmental and Health the health of the community and organize the plans for the
Impacts: progress of the barangay.
• More dust
Give additional medicines
• More Noise
Implement adequate medical assistance
• Generation of wastes/
Suspend the operation
Improper waste
disposal Proper equipment for the employee, surroundings and
environment
Implement controls/measures
Site-specific hazard control should be implemented and
monitored
Health Monitoring
Disturbance to the
Community:
Separate road for the hauling trucks
• Increase in Traffic
• Peace and Order
Other Response: Cooperation and Coordination with the Barangay Officials,

Community and Company
• No perceived negative Additional Budget
impact Unity of Barangay to suspend the operation of Eagle
• More information Proper implementation of procedures
should be given to the Projects should be first discussed in the barangay and announce it
community to the public, to be able to know the opinions of the majority
Proper communication and deliberation


Discussed the negative effects
Meet and comply to the DENR standards and requirements
Tree Planting
Support for the workers
The acceptability of the respondents on the proposed project was expressed. Most of the
respondents (46.24%) expressed their support to the proposed project. However, there are
27.96% of the total respondents were undecided whether they will support the project or not.
Lastly, 3.23% of the respondents expressed their reservation and for them the project is not
acceptable.
Table 152 - The Acceptability of the Survey Respondents in Barangay Talbak on the Proposed
Project of Eagle Cement
ACCEPTABILITY OF THE TALBAK
Agree 43 46.24
Do Not Agree 3 3.23
Uncertain 26 27.96
No Answer 21 22.58
Total 93 100.00

Acceptability of the Proposed Project
22.58%
46.24%
27.96%
3.23%
Agree Do not Agree Uncertain No Response
Figure 200 - Distribution of Respondents in Barangay Talbak based on Acceptability of the

Proposed Project
Those who expressed in agreement or disagree with the implementation of the proposed project
stated their reason for their positive or negative responses. The details are presented below.
The proposed project will be a big help to the

Destruction to the Environment
Barangay and Community
The participants do not have any safety
Additional Job / Employment assurances pertaining to the proposed
project.
Respondents were unsure if the proposed
project can help the community or it will
be just the cause of sickness of the people
Educational Assistance living near the proposed project.
Although, as per the participants, the
organization has been really a big help for
them.
Additional materials or equipment for disaster or
Health Hazards
calamity
Frequent conduct of medical missions and supply
of medicines

The proposed project will have impact to the

growth of the economy and it will be a big help for
the progress of Barangay Talbak
Help the Employees
2.4.3 Focus Group Discussion
Focus Group Discussions (FGD) were conducted in the two (2) identified impact barangays of Eagle
Cement, Barangays Talbak and Akle. The FGD aimed to gather perception and views of
stakeholders groups’ representatives and the people in general about the current operation of
Eagle Cement and the proposed project. It also aims to gather qualitative data on the experiences
of the communities in the present operation of the facility and also on the perceived issues on
the proposed project. The participants are asked in a focused and interactive setting and were
encouraged to discuss thoughts freely with the facilitator as well as with other participants. The
process of open and free discussion generated ideas and provided a wealth of information on the
concerns and opinions of the people.
Separate FGDs were conducted for the impact barangays. The FGDs were conducted before the
participants filled out the perception surveys. The FGDs were conducted on December 4, 2018
and it was attended by the Barangay Officials and Workers and also representatives from different
Sectoral/People’s Organizations.
The documentation of the conducted FGD is attached as Annex H and the attendance to the FGDs
(Annex I). The highlights of discussion, containing the responses of each group to the guide
questions are presented in Table 153.
Table 153 - Highlights of Focus Group Discussions

Guide Questions Barangay Talbak Barangay Akle
Familiarity of the • Residents were aware of the • The participants became
proposed project proposed project apparently familiar with the
because of the community’s proposed project


proximity in the company’s through the meetings
quarry area. with ComRel.
Perceived Benefits of the • The barangay will not only • Participants expressed
Community and specific benefit from the proposed that the proposed project
sectors from the proposed project but also the will attract more people
project community by giving financial in their barangay and it
assistance and/or capital for will be beneficial
livelihood. Additional especially to TODA.
perceived benefits from the However, when it comes
proposed project were, to farming, they see no
trainings/seminar, benefits from the
continuous feeding program, proposed project.
yearly medical mission and Furthermore,
supply of medicines, participants mentioned
additional scholarship and that Eagle Cement do
sports fest program. always make sure to
provide to the needs of
community.
Perceived negative effects • Participants indicated that • Dust was the primary
of the proposed project to blasting and water shortages concern of the
the community were among the top concerns community, most
in their community. especially when the
Environmental related issues hauling trucks were
such as dust pollution and passing by and they also
environmental hazards were raised that perhaps the
also raised. However, some proposed project do not
expressed that there were no have much negative
negative effects pertaining to impact to their
the proposed project. community compared to
the current operation of
Eagle Cement.
Suggestions on how to • The provision of water system • Participants have asked
avoid/mitigate the near Sitio Luya was highly to extend their concerns
negative effects suggested. Participants also to management of Eagle
recommended the provision Cement especially the
of water trucks to the areas issue about dust for they


with water shortage for the know that the solution to
mean time. problem lies to the
company itself.
Frequently and regularly
water truck sprinkling
were also suggested.
Perceived benefits of the • The community will benefit • The participants will
community from the from the programs/projects benefit from the
proposed project such as Out-of-School Youth proposed project
Programs (NCII Programs), through the coordination
Farm to market road and of Eagle Cement with the
road concreting going to community.
Verdivia Falls. They also see Implementation of
that the proposed project will programs/projects such
give the Barangay an as road concreting,
additional support especially drainage canal and safety
when it comes to livelihood road signs and ramps
(fruit processing, candle were some of the
making, etc.) of the benefits that the
community and an additional participants’ perceived
training/seminar (SMAW, from the proposed
automotive, catering project. Also,
services, etc.). The participants added that
participants also said that since the community
some of the benefits they will currently has an ongoing
acquired from the proposed MRF, support from Eagle
project would be the Cement with recycling is
assistance for fiesta (karakol), expected. Community
additional barangay and clinic, additional
school service and also solar medicines, TODA
street lights and assistance terminal, fire truck and
for the renovation of the harvester for farmers,
church. seminars and trainings
with NCII were also
expressed as the
perceived benefits of the


participants in Barangay
Akle.
Community’s • Majority of the participants • Participants expressed
acceptability on the expressed support in the that they will support the
proposed project proposed project because as proposed project but
for them, Eagle Cement will Eagle Cement should
continue to bring progress support the community
and development in their as well. In addition,
barangay. Some expressed participants mentioned
that the proposed project has that solutions to the
negative and positive impact problem should always
to the community; be discussed in a proper
nevertheless, they will still way.
support the said project for
the betterment of their
barangay.
There were also participants who discussed their experience with the current operation of Eagle
Cement. The primary concern that was expressed by the participants was dust pollution and
blasting that affects the health, houses and safety of the residents in both Barangays. Other issues
were also mentioned such as:
• Water shortage from both Barangays was raised during the discussion. Participants from
Barangay Talbak suggested putting up water system near Sitio Luya, it was being said that
the quarry area was nearby Sitio Luya that has caused water shortage within the vicinity.
While participants from Barangay Akle expressed that since Eagle Cement constructed
water pump, water supply shortage happened in their community and so they have
suggested that company should share sources of water to the community even just 2
months during the dry season.
• Participants also expressed the implementation of 70:30 local/outsider hiring by Eagle

Cement. Participants stated that people residing in direct impact areas should be
prioritized in employment inside the plant.
• Another concerns pointed out by the participants was their experience pertaining to
blasting without prior notice. As per the participants they have already informed Eagle

Cement about the issue and the company made an action towards it. In line with that,
blasting caused cracks to some of the resident’s houses and although the affected families
informed Eagle Cement, there were no actions taken from the company. Furthermore,
the participants have asked if there is a safe shade/shelter where the residents can stay
every time the company will conduct blasting, because as per the company, residents
should leave their houses during the blasting operation.
• Lastly, participants also expressed their issue that pertains to the plants and trees in their
barangay that have turned white due to generation of dust thru trucks and cement plant
production.
2.4.4 Potential Socio-Economic Impacts of the Projects
The proposed project has the potential to effect socio-economic impacts to the people and
communities. These impacts are currently being experienced with the ongoing operation of Eagle
Cement, the proposed project will also bring the same impacts but magnitude may vary
depending on the phase of the project. Since the project will expand in terms of land area, it is
rest assured that there will be no displacement of settlers or displacement/disturbance of
properties. Outlined below are the identified potential socio-economic impacts of the proposed
project in every phase of the project:
• Development/Construction Phase
o Creation of employment opportunities
o Population influx resulting to social tensions
o Noise and dust pollution
o Health and safety impacts
o Increase in business opportunities
o Increase in traffic and road safety hazards
o Generation of additional revenue for the Local Government
• Operation Phase
o Health and safety impacts
o Employment opportunities
o Increase in business opportunities
o Improved services and community development potential
o Generation of additional revenue for the Local Government

• Decommissioning and Closure Phase

o Temporary increase in employment opportunities followed by a decrease
o Decline in economic activities
o Change in socio/community development benefits
o Change in the revenue of the Local Government
2.4.5 Impact Assessment and Proposed Mitigating Measures
2.4.5.1 In Migration
The continuous operations of Eagle Cement and the implementation of the proposed project will
sustain or may further contribute to the socio-economic development of Barangays Talbak and
Akle. Because of this, residents from other Barangays of Bulacan or other Municipalities may be
attracted to work or do business in both barangays.
Although based of the data, in migration of both short distance movers and long-distance movers
in Bulacan, in 2010 was only 3.03% (or 99,879 persons) of the household population, the
economic activities and the operations of industries present in the district as well as in the impact
barangays may attract more workers and businesses. And also, the proposed project may prevent
barangay residents to leave the area in search for employment outside the barangay, decreasing
the rate of out-migration and also increasing the net migration of the area.
The opportunities bought by the presence of cement plant of Eagle Cement and the proposed
project may invite workers and entrepreneurs to engage economic activities in both Barangays of
Talbak and Akle, which may contribute to the natural increase of its population. As observed, the
population pyramid of both Municipalities and Barangays are expansive, wherein an increasing
very young population is manifested. The natural increase in population in the areas already
causes competition in accessing the available economic opportunities in the areas.
Residents of other barangays and municipalities who are seeking employment and livelihood or
business opportunities may migrate to Barangay Talbak or Barangay Akle. This may lead to the
proliferation of informal settlers.
There is also possibility that seekers of jobs and livelihood opportunities from other areas may
not require themselves to physically resettle in the barangay. If this will be the case, there will be
an increase in the day-time population of the said both Barangays.

Influx or jobseekers from other areas is expected during the development and construction phase
as well as during the operation phase with the introduction of other economic activities related
to the cement operations. With the entry of in-migrants or increased day-time population, further
competition in terms of local employment, public utilities, and access to basic services will be
experienced. Immigrant workers may also introduce lifestyles and behaviors different from the
local which may lead to social tensions.
As already mentioned, the natural increase in the population of Barangays Akle and Talbak, may
later result to competition on the access to basic services and available resources in the
community. Also, the increase in population due to in-migration and increase in day-time
population will also put pressure on available basic services and competition on available
resources. However, it is important to note that based on the socio-economic profile of both
Barangays there had been no significant concern in terms of sanitation, education, and peace and
order. These services are still within the prescribed standard in terms of adequacy to serve the
current population, although there had been issues on the accessibility on basic utilities such as
availability of safe drinking water, decent housing, latrines and accessibility and availability of
health services.
To ensure the delivery of basic services and address some issues related to them in both
Barangays and City, basic services must be improved to ensure adequacy to the increasing
population. Eagle Cement has been the partner of Local Government Unity (LGU) in ensuring that
better services are being provided to the residents through its Corporate Social Responsibility
Program and the Social Development and Management Program (SDMP). Informal and formal
consultations are made to assess the actual needs of the communities. Through the Barangay
Council, Eagle Cement identifies the programs and projects for the communities addressing the
felt need that required intervention and assistance. These programs and projects intend to
prioritize the marginalized and most vulnerable sectors within the Barangays of Talbak and Akle
namely: women, youth, senior citizens, physically and mentally challenged persons, families living
below the poverty line, and farmers.
Impacts of in-migration and increase in day-time population may be mitigated and managed
through the following:
• Implement policy on preferential hiring of locals from the impact barangay;

• Prioritization of hiring of qualified personnel from host barangay;
• Provide assistance to the Local Government to meet housing backlogs for informal
settlement;
• Restriction of hours of activity;

• Provide assistance to the barangay to ensure efficient and effective delivery of social
services;
• Proper induction of construction workers to prevent occurrence of peace and order
problems or security breaches;
• Coordination with the Barangay Councils, Barangay Peace and Security Officers (BPSO) as
well as with the Local Police;
• Provide assistance to the Barangay on maintenance of peace and order; and
• Implementation of EMP.
2.4.5.2 Health and Safety Impacts
The most common concern of the community, attributed to the current operations of Eagle
Cement is the incidents of dust emissions from the cement plant and thru trucks. Based on the
results of the perception survey and discussion with community sector representatives, it was
perceived that the dust coming-out from the plant affects the health of the residents. There were
also statement from the FGD that dusts affect their health and lead to health issues such as
asthma affecting the old and the children of the community. The community may also be exposed
to other health and safety hazards associated with Eagle Cement activities.
The current partnership of Eagle Cement and the BLGU’s on the programs and projects on health
services may be continued, strengthened and sustained. However, emission of dust may
proliferate due to the implementation of the proposed project during construction phase.
Eagle Cement has an existing system to address the issues and concerns of the communities. Open
communication is maintained thru the CSR and environment unit. Any issue is related to the
Quarry Manager, who in turn endorses the concerns to the specific unit or department to address
the issues. The communities are then informed of the updates and actions taken by the CSR or
Environment Unit. Also, the quarterly MMT meetings have become a venue where issues and
concerns are raised and resolved.
Impacts on health and safety issues may be mitigated and managed through the following:
• Implement Safety and Health Program for the workers and impact communities to reduce
or avoid health and safety risks;
• Strict compliance on the proper wearing of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) for
workers;
• Provide assistance to the Barangays on the delivery of efficient and effective healthcare
services;

• Establishment of buffer zone;

• Regular water spraying; and
• Implementation of Environmental Management Plan.
2.4.5.3 Increase in business opportunities
The influx of population and construction activities will increase demand for goods and services.
The increase in income-earning opportunities will also increase spending potential, providing
opportunities for further increased supply of goods and services, increasing the income of the
people and indirectly increasing the overall wealth of the area. Introduction of new economic
endeavors and establishment of new businesses will increase revenue collection of the LGUs from
taxes and fees. Increase in revenue collection of the LGUs will mean improvement of basic services
and infrastructure facilities. These will be experience during construction and operation phase.
Furthermore, the residents perceived that the current operation and the proposed project will
bring progress to the barangay and municipality. It was also mentioned that additional programs
and projects for the barangay are also expected.
A different scenario is anticipated during decommissioning and closure phase. Decommissioning

activities will require temporary increase in employment opportunities; however this will be
followed by streamlining of labor force upon closure. The decline on economic activities will be
possible because of closure of small businesses dependent on the operation of Eagle Cement and
the employment from these businesses will also most likely be affected. Change in revenue
collection of the LGU will be experienced; closure of Eagle Cement may decrease the income of
LGUs from taxes and other fees. Due to this, benefits from community development projects
being implemented by the LGUs may not be the same and projects through the CSR Program of
Eagle Cement will be ended.
The anticipated scenario during decommissioning and closure phase may be mitigated by
implementing sustainable community development projects within both Barangays through its
CSR Program, implements a continuing initiative to develop both Barangays of Akle and Talbak as
a sustainable community.
Impacts on increase in business opportunities may be enhanced and managed through the
following:

• Coordination with Barangay and Municipal LGUs to ensure proper zoning of business area,
peace and order, sanitation and solid waste management;
• Explore possibilities to include training opportunities for developing business / livelihood
opportunities that cater to needs of the population; and
• Provide assistance in establishing livelihood projects.

Eagle Cement MPSA No. 245-2007-III Quarry Project Impact Management Plan
3.0 IMPACT MANAGEMENT PLAN
This section presents the Impacts Management Plan (IMP) formulated to minimize the potential adverse impacts of the project and enhance the
beneficial effects of implementing the project. This plan shall be used to systematically manage the implementation of the recommended mitigating
measures that are intended to address the identified possible environmental impacts of implementing the project.
The IMP as summarized in Table 154 shall serve as the implementing guideline to ensure that environmental requirements are met during the project
implementation and can be duly updated during the monitoring of the perceived project impacts.
Table 154 - Impact Management Plan

Environmental
Project Phase / Guarantee /
Component Options for Prevention or Responsible
Environmental Potential Impact Cost Financial
Likely to be Mitigation* or Enhancement Entity
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
II.DEVELOPMENTi
- Site preparation Terrestrial - Loss of vegetation due to site - Prioritizing ecologically and Eagle PhP 199 per Included in
(clearing, Ecology clearing; economically important Cement seedling (Part EPEP, ECC
grubbing, - Removal of economically and species in conservation Corp. of EPEP cost) work program
stripping of ecologically important species - Use of indigenous species in
topsoil and - Destruction of wildlife habitat the nursery
overburden - Disturbance/displacement of - Strictly prohibiting poaching
removal, drilling wildlife of wildlife
and blasting) - Difficulty in plant establishment - Progressive rehabilitation of
due to loss in soil productivity disturbed areas
- Change in microclimate

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
- Internal habitat fragmentation - Routine monitoring of
- Improved accessibility of the terrestrial flora and fauna
area may attract illegal hunters
and poachers
- Loss of top soil due to - Rehabilitation/revegetation Eagle Included in Included in
ground/site preparation planning will be conducted in Cement the EPEP cost EPEP, ECC
activities accordance with the EPEP Corp. work program
- Bulk of the total project area
will be revegetated by strict
adherence to the approved
EPEP and FMRDP
- The perimeter of the Quarry
Land
area shall be progressively
rehabilitated and re-graded
to match the surrounding
landforms
- Establishment of safe
working slopes and
installation of land slide
control structures.

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
- Increase in surface erosion and - Progressive ground clearing/ Eagle Included in Included in
down slope sedimentation preparation will be employed Cement the project EPEP, ECC
brought about by quarry to minimize the area Corp. cost work program
development activities disturbed at any one time
- Top soil removal - Erosion/ sedimentation
- Change in topography due to controls will be installed to
blasting activity mitigate surface erosion and
the consequent down slope
or downstream
sedimentation. These will
include:
• Installation of rainwater
and runoff collecting
systems at the toe of
work areas;
• “Vengineering” (i.e.
planting of vegetation
with high rainfall
intercepting capacity
and high transpiration
rate characteristics to

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
serve as re-
evaporators/biological
pumps, respectively).
- Ground preparation and
grubbing will be conducted
progressively to minimize the
total area of soil cover
removal at any one time.
- Generation of unwanted - Materials recovered from Eagle Included in Included in
materials (solid vegetation removal can be Cement the EPEP cost EPEP, ECC
waste/biomass/debris) used as: Corp. work program
• Trash lines on steep
slopes to mitigate soil
erosion
• Compost
material/surface mulch
for immediate soil cover
and for improving SOM
content of soils
• Chipping of cut trees and
using the chipped

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
material as a growing
medium for
rehabilitation
Surface water Siltation of Conlong River - Installation of a drainage Eagle PhP 2,000,00 Included in
quality canals and settling ponds. Cement Included in EPEP, ECC
Corp. the EPEP cost work program
Air quality/ - Noise disturbance - Strictly implement covering Eagle PhP 300,000 Included in
Ambient Noise - Fugitive dust generation of hauling trucks and water Cement per year EPEP, ECC
- Vehicle/equipment emissions spraying; Corp. Included in work program
- Preventive maintenance of the EPEP cost
vehicles and equipment
- Imposition of speed limits
- Provision of dust and noise
PPEs to employees
Economic Creation of employment - Implementation of skills Eagle Part of the Human
opportunities development program to Cement SDMP Cost Resource
• Availability of unskilled and ensure support to local Community Program
semi-skilled work population in obtaining Relations Corporate
opportunities for the employment opportunities Office (CRO); Social
construction works Barangay Responsibility
- LGU; TESDA (CSR) Program

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
- Local government generation of - Development of small and Barangay Part of the Included in
revenues from fees and permits medium enterprises like LGU; Eagle SDMP Cost SDMP and IEC
transport, construction and Cement Program
utility services Corp., CRO;
- Prompt processing of permits
and payment of necessary
fees
Cultural and - Possible unearthing of historical - Safeguard possible
Historical artifacts and/or fossil remains archeological site and Eagle Part of the Included in
immediately inform the Cement SDMP Cost EPEP, ECC
National Museum in case of Corp., CRO, work program
finds National
Museum
Health and Health and Safety Impacts - Implement Safety and Health Eagle Part of the Occupational
Safety - Noise and Dust generation as Programs for the workers Cement SDMP Cost Safety and
well as the increase traffic may and impact communities to Safety and Health
negatively impact the health and Health Office Program,

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
safety of workers and reduce or avoid health and and CRO ; Community
community residents safety risks Barangay/ Safety and
- - Strict compliance on the Municipal Health
proper wearing of Personal Health Projects
Protective Equipment (PPE) Office; Local through CSR
for the workers Office of Program
- Provide assistance to the Department
Barangays on the delivery of of Labor and
efficient and effective Employment
healthcare services.
- Establishment of buffer zone
- Regular water spraying
- Implementation of
Environmental Management
Plan
III. OPERATION PHASE
- Quarry Land Use - Land slides and mass washings - Establishment of safe Eagle Included in Included in
operation maybe induced by operation working slopes and Cement the EPEP cost EPEP, ECC
- land clearing activities on high angle slopes installation of land slide Corp. work program
(removal of control structures.

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
vegetation), - Installation of Warning
stripping of signages in the active
overburden quarrying areas
- progressive Geology - Inducement of - Implement a suitable and Eagle Included in ECC; EPEP;
rehabilitation of subsidence/collapse appropriate slope / ground Cement the EPEP Environmental
mined-out areas - Generation of open areas with failure monitoring plan to Corp. budget – Occupational
- Use of heavy greater potential for runoff, detect instability at an early Rehabilitation Health Plan
equipment erosion and landslides and non-critical stage so that Program Cost
safety measures could be
initiated to prevent or
minimize impacts
- Familiarize / orient / train
quarry personnel, staff and
workers on recognition of the
various slope / ground failure
modes, hazard warning signs
and standard operating
procedures to be observed in
the case of ground failure
events

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
Land/Soil - Soil Contamination due to - Contaminated soils will be Eagle Included in Included in
Quality accidental fuel and lubricant removed and disposed off Cement the EPEP cost EPEP, ECC
spills from vehicles and site. Corp. work program
equipment may occur - Haul trucks will be properly
maintained
Drainage Change in drainage morphology - Construction of drainage Eagle Included in Included in
morphology which may cause accelerated canals that will divert Cement the EPEP cost EPEP, ECC
erosion unimpacted surface runoff Corp. work program
away from the work areas.
- Construction of drainage
canals that will convey
impacted/silt-laden runoff
from the quarry area to the
settling ponds.
- Construction of a drainage
system connecting all
drainage canals to a series of
adequately-sized settling
ponds.

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
- Construction of drainage
canals at the bench toe to
prevent scouring or roads.
Water Quality Siltation / degradation of surface - Construction of a drainage Eagle Included in Included in
water quality particularly system connecting all Cement the EPEP cost EPEP, ECC
Conlong River drainage canals to a series of Corp. work program
adequately-sized settling Php 256 per
ponds. meter dredge
of canal and
- Construction of drainage drainage
canals at the bench toe to
prevent scouring. Php 699 per
cubic meter
- Regular desilting of settling including
ponds especially before and depth and
during the wet season. width of
settling ponds
- Regular water quality

monitoring

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
Php 8,000 per
water quality
station
Groundwater Possible contamination of - Regular inspection and Eagle Included in Included in
Quality groundwater due to accidental maintenance of haul trucks Cement the operating EPEP, ECC
leaks/spills from the vehicles used for quarrying Corp. cost work program
operations.
Freshwater Threat to Existence and Loss of - The river systems in the Eagle Included in Included in
Ecology Important Local Species and proposed project site do not Cement the EPEP cost EPEP, ECC
Habitat host any endemic or Corp. work program
potentially threatened
freshwater organisms.
- Appropriate erosion control

measures will be
implemented particularly
during high precipitation
periods.
Air ad Noise - Local increase in TSP, SOx, NOx - Proper and regular Eagle - Included in Included in
and noise levels maintenance of equipment Cement the EPEP cost EPEP, ECC
Corp. work program

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
- Air pollution due to Quarry - Water spraying; quarry Php 6,720 per
operation activities to be confined Air station
during daytime as much as
possible Php 1,000 per
- Regular monitoring Noise station
Terrestrial - Vegetation is cleared during - Retain existing vegetation in Eagle - Included in Included in
quarrying. areas of low mineral content Cement the EPEP cost EPEP, ECC
- Loss of soil due to erosion would - Rehabilitation of open areas Corp. work program
reduce survivability of plants and enrichment planting and
having no substrate to anchor reforestation in buffer zones
themselves to and obtain and mined out areas
nutrients - Fire protection by setting up
- Loss of habitat to birds and small of fire lines
animals such as lizards & - Conduct ‘progressive
amphibians rehabilitation’ of mined out
parcels
Health and Health and Safety Impacts • Implement Safety and Eagle - Included in Included in
Safety - Increase in traffic, potential Health Programs for the Cement the SHP cost SHP, ECC work
dust and noise pollution and workers and impact Safety and program

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
emissions from the plant may communities to reduce or Health
negatively impact on the health avoid health and safety Office and
condition of the populace. risks CRO;
• Strict compliance on the Barangay/
proper wearing of Municipal
Personal Protective Health
Equipment (PPE) for Office; Local
workers Office of
• Provide assistance to the Department
Barangays on the delivery of Labor and
of efficient and effective Employment
healthcare and protective
services
- Regular water spraying
Economic Employment Opportunities • Priority hiring of locals Eagle - Included in Human
- During the operation, minimal - Coordinate with the Cement SDMP cost Resource
workforce will be added to the Barangay Councils to Human Program CSR
existing manpower of Eagle identify local labor pool Resources Program
Cement. With sufficient Office (HRO)
training during the and

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
construction phase, a Community
proportion of theses workforce Relations
may be sourced from the local Office
communities. (CRO);
Barangay
LGU
- Enhancement socio-economic - Implementation of Eagle Included in
welfare of the community community development Cement the SDMP cost Included in
- Local government generation of programs through Social Corp. CRO; EPEP, SDMP,
revenues from taxes, permits Development Management Barangay SHP
and LGU share in the quarrying Plan equivalent to 1.5% of LGU
activities quarry operating cost based
- Payment of local taxes and fees on the identified needs of the
to Municipal and Barangay Local communities
Government Units - Total taxes paid to the
- Generation of employment national government will
- Generation of livelihood exceed >Excise Tax: 60% goes
opportunities by putting-up to the national government;
food stalls, variety stores and 40%, to the local
other services near the quarry government--

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
area which might cause -20% for host Provinces
problems of congestion, peace -45% for host
and order and security breaches Municipalities
-35% for host
Barangays
- Occupation Fees and Real
Property Tax to province and
municipalities
- Skills training to upgrade
local skills of residents that
can be hired by the project
- Implementation livelihood
development programs
through the SDMP
Climate - Impact of Climate Change: La - Integrating Climate Change Eagle Included in Included in
Change Niña and El Niño phenomenon (DENR EMB MC 5- 2011) and Cement the EPEP and EPEP, SDMP,
and possible consequential Organizing and enhancing Corp. CRO; SDMP cost SHP
disasters capabilities of men and CDRMMC;
women for Disaster Risk BDRMMC
Reduction Management in

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
the Barangays . IEC on DENR
Special Order 2007-65,
adaptation measures
include protection of water
aquifer, conduct of massive
information and education
campaign, establishment of
protection measures,
determination of the areas
most vulnerable to natural
hazards “to forewarn
people,” and strengthening
the protection of ecosystems
IV. ABANDONMENT PHASE
- Rehabilitation Land Use - Permanent land use change in - Bulk of the total project area Eagle Included in Part of FMRDP
of mined-out areas to be occupied by the will be reverted to Cement the FMRDP
areas quarry areas and its facilities revegetated area by strict Corp. cost
adherence to the FMRDP
- Buffer zones and physical
barriers will be set around

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
the quarry area to secure and
limit access and disturbance
- The final perimeter and cover
of the quarry area will have
an undulating profile to
facilitate drainage
- Stakeholders shall be
consulted to for the final land
use of the project area
Land Use - Integrity failure of the Water - All the impoundment Eagle Included in
reservoirs (i.e. settling structures will be designed Cement the FMRDP
ponds/sedimentation ponds) considering seismic and Corp. cost
and quarry areas may cause structural parameters
flooding risks downstream of - Structural integrity will be
these structures. monitored for the duration of
operation of these facilities
and beyond mine closure.
- An Emergency Response Plan
will be developed to handle
possible occurrence of water

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
reservoir failure and
downstream flooding.
- Identify vulnerable areas and
possible scenarios of flooding
(i.e. its extent and its
duration), and the necessary
preventive measures
Biological - Establishing vegetative cover in - Use indigenous species that Eagle Included in
the area were once thriving in the Cement the FMRDP
- Return of the avifauna and area (refer to list of species) Corp. cost
increase in population of small - Restore the habitat of the
animals due to presence of fauna by increasing
habitat vegetative cover
Socio-Economic Temporary increase in - Development of Eagle Included in
employment opportunities retrenchment package and Cement project cost
followed by a decrease implementation of re- Human
- Closure and decommissioning of training activities during Resources
the plant and port facilities will operational stage Office (HRO)
need additional manpower. - Provide employees with clear and
However, after the and transparent information Community
decommissioning activities,

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
reduction of manpower on planned activities and Relations
employed in Eagle Cement will closure dates Office (CRO)
happen. Also, indirect - Offer full retrenchment
employment from business package or relocation to
enterprises depended to the maintain employment in
operations will most likely other operation sites where
decrease. possible
- Possible skills training to
communities to increase
employability to find other
job opportunities
- Termination of LGU revenues - Timely announcement and Included in
from taxes, permits and share preparation of Eagle the FMRDP
when the company ceases decommissioning/ Cement cost
operation Abandonment Corp. CRO;
- Loss of Jobs/ unemployment of - Retrenchment Package to be HR and
mine workers offered to affected Finance
- Loss of market of the established employees/workers. Office
livelihood dependent on the - Assistance in job hunting or
quarry operation transfer employment to

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
- Transfer of company social other projects of the
assets/ facilities and services to company.
the community - Assistance to employees and
their families in establishing
livelihood or income
generating activities.
- Assistance to the community
in establishing market/clients
other than the company/
quarry operations
- Identify diversity of products
and services that will cater
the needs of the community,
adjacent barangays and
municipality proper
- Consultation with the
community through the
BLGU on the social assets/
facilities and services to be
transferred, acceptable to
them. A Memorandum of

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
Agreement or Deed of
Donation will be crafted in
order to ensure the
responsibility of the
community on the
sustainable management of
the transferred facilities
and/or services
Out-migration - The loss of employment and job - Establishment of livelihood Eagle Included in Part of FMRDP
and psycho- opportunities in the area may projects for workers and their Cement the FMRDP
social result to out-migration to search families as part of the Corp. CRO; cost
concerns on for jobs in other places retrenchment package HR and
the closure of - Discontinuation of the social - Ensure sustainability of the Finance
the operation services offered by ECC through livelihood projects Office
CSR and SDMP established through the
SDMP
- Assistance in the
strengthening of the BLGU to
increase their capacity to
manage the social services to
be transferred

Environmental
Aspect Arrangements
Affected
- IEC on the job and livelihood
opportunities in
accomplishing the final land-
use and that the final land-
use will spur economic
growth to the community
- Implement remaining
community development
activities to support the
communities during closure
and rehabilitation through
the FMRDP Social Plan

Eagle Cement MPSA No. 245-2007-III Quarry Project Environmental Risk Assessment
4.0 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSSESSMENT AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE POLICY AND

GUIDELINES
4.1 Environmental Risk Assessment
4.1.1 Introduction
This ERA aims to identify and analyze the hazards and assess the risks associated with the
proposed limestone quarry project. It includes characterization of consequences for identified
potential hazards in terms of loss of human lives or injuries, damage to or loss of assets and
environmental risks.
4.1.1.1 Scope and Limitations of the ERA
This environmental risk assessment deals with the analysis of the various potential safety (fire,
explosion, toxicity) and physical hazards association with the proposed quarry project. It complies
with the requirements of the Procedural Guidelines for Scoping of Environmental Risk Assessment
(Annex 2-7e of the Revised Procedural Manual of DAO 03-30) and focuses on safety risks, which
are characterized by low probability, high consequence, accidental nature and acute effects”
(EMB-EIAMD, 2007).
As a separate geological and geohazard assessment is also conducted as other component of this
EIA and in other studies for the project, this ERA does not delve deeply into geological, geo-
technical and structural risks. It also does not include environmental impacts from normal and
other planned operations, which are discussed in detail in other components of the EIS Report.
4.1.1.2 ERA Framework
The Procedural Manual for DAO 2003-30 (Annex 2-7e) defines environmental risk assessment as
“the use of universally accepted and scientific methods to assess the risks associated with a
project. Risk is defined as a measure of potential human injury, death, economic loss, or
environmental damage. It is determined based on the probability (likelihood) of the loss, injury/
death or damage occurring and the severity (magnitude) of the loss, injury/death or damage if it
occurs. In simple terms, risk involves two measurable parameters: severity and probability.
The general ERA process is illustrated in Figure 201 The various elements/steps in the risk
assessment procedure are elaborated in the succeeding sections.

Figure 201 - The Risk Assessment Procedure

4.1.2 Risk Screening of Hazardous Substances
A risk screening procedure was undertaken to determine the type of environmental risk
assessment to be undertaken and to prioritize the environmental risks presented by the various
hazardous substances and activities. The criteria and process used in risk screening was based on
Annex 2-7e (Guidelines for the Conduct of Environmental Risk Assessment) of the Revised
Procedural Manual of DAO 2003-30.
The screening criteria for hazardous substances are (1) inherent hazardous characteristics of the
substance and (2) maximum inventory involved. After classifying the substances according to
defined categories (i.e. flammable, oxidizing, toxic, etc.), their respective maximum inventories
were compared to DENR’s threshold inventory levels (Levels 1 and 2), which are defined in the
Revised DAO 2003-30 guideline. A facility that will manufacture, process or store any hazardous
substance in excess of DENR's Threshold Inventory Level 2 is required to undertake a quantitative
risk assessment. Those with any hazardous substance exceeding Level 1 threshold inventory but
below Level 2 threshold inventory is required to undertake Hazard Analysis Study, and
Emergency/Contingency Plan based on the study and worst-case scenario.
No hazardous materials or chemicals will be stored at the project site. The project will not
construct or install any material storage support facility at the site, including storage facilities for
fuel or blasting materials. For its fuel needs, the proposed project will utilize the existing facilities
of the Eagle Cement Plant, which is covered by a separate ECC. The Blasting Contractor will be
responsible for sourcing, storage and handling of the blasting materials (dynamites, ammonium
nitrate, boosters, etc.) and equipment. The blasting materials will be transported to the site as
per controlled blasting activity basis. Based on this information, the “q/Q” value is definitely
below unity (1) even for Level 1 Threshold Inventory.
Figure 202 below shows the result of the risk screening process done.

Figure 202 - Result of risk screening process
4.1.3 Hazard Identification
The various hazardous activities, conditions and substances associated with the proposed
limestone quarry project of Eagle Cement Corp. were identified and reviewed. These includes all
hazards, both physical and chemical, that could result to injury or fatality of the quarry project
workers and the general public, particularly those in the vicinity of the quarry and/or along the
transport route of the ores. Included in the analysis are various natural factors that may cause
failure of structures (i.e. earthquakes, extreme weather events) and external factors such as
sabotage and terrorism. Also identified were hazards associated with occupational health and
safety and environmental factors such as climate change.
Hazards associated with chemicals and substances were also identified, particularly those that
has the potential to cause fire, explosion and toxic releases. Identification of all hazardous
substances to be used, handled and stored during the various project phases was conducted. The
potential of each substance to pose hazards to the environment, the public and the facility was

analyzed based on its intrinsic physical, chemical and hazard characteristics. Table 155 lists the
identified hazards associated with the project during development (construction) and production
(operation), including occupational health and safety, natural hazards and climate change and
external factors. A total of 33 hazard scenarios were identified, which were assessed in the
succeeding sections of the ERA Report.
Table 155 - Hazards List and Risk Characterization of the Proposed Eagle Cement Quarry
Project in Akle, San Ildefonso, Bulacan
SN Activity/ Hazard Initiating/Contributi At Risk C F Risk

Condition ng Factors Sectors *
A. Development Phase
1 Clearing of ▪ Being struck by ▪ human error; ▪ Clearing 3 2 6

existing felled trees, debris equipment failure; team
vegetation and equipment part communication
failure; non-
adherence to SOPs
2 Clearing of ▪ Vibration and noise ▪ Inadequate ▪ Clearing 3 3 9
existing from power saws vehicular/ team
vegetation and other equipment
equipment maintenance
3 Clearing of ▪ Vehicular and/or ▪ Adverse weather ▪ Clearing 4 3 12
existing equipment accidents conditions team
vegetation (overturning, fall ▪ Inherently steep ▪ Company
from heights, etc.) slopes assets
▪ Unsafe practices
▪ Inadequate
vehicular/
equipment
maintenance
4 Stripping and ▪ Landslides and rock ▪ Heavy rains, ▪ Quarry 4 3 12
stockpiling of falls typhoons, workers
quarry earthquakes,
overburden defective
engineering design;
5 Stripping and ▪ Equipment/vehicular ▪ Inadequate ▪ Equipment 4 3 12
stockpiling of accidents (fall from equipment/ vehicle operators
quarry steep slopes, being maintenance; and drivers
hit by rocks and


overburden debris, collisions, ▪ human errors
etc.) (failure to follow
protocols, etc.)
6 Stripping and ▪ Sediment-laden ▪ Inadequate/inappr ▪ Surface 3 3 9
stockpiling of runoffs from o-priate berms water bodies
quarry overburden ▪ Failure to stabilize and adjacent
overburden stockpiles could overburden lands
contribute to surface stockpiles ▪ General
water siltation and ▪ Heavy rains public
possible
contamination with
toxic heavy metals
and minerals
7 Bench ▪ Landslides and rock ▪ Heavy rains, ▪ Quarry 5 3 15
Development falls typhoons, workers
earthquakes,
defective
engineering design
8 Bench ▪ Equipment/vehicular ▪ Inadequate ▪ Equipment 4 3 12
development accidents (fall from equipment/ operators
steep slopes, being vehicular and spotters
hit by rocks and maintenance; ▪ Quarry
debris, collisions, human errors workers
etc.) (failure to follow
protocols, etc.)
B. Production Phase
9 Transport to ▪ Blast overpressures, ▪ Mechanical ▪ Explosives 5 3 15

and use of vibration and high impacts on transport
explosives velocity projectiles explosives due to team
(dynamites, from accidental carrier vehicle ▪ Other
ammonium detonation/ accidents commuters
nitrate, explosions reaching ▪ Ignition sources at and
boosters) at sensitive receptors the vicinity; pedestrians
the site (per (people, animals, lightning strikes at vicinity
blasting structures, etc) ▪ Terroristic attacks
operation


only)
10 Controlled ▪ Exposure of people ▪ breach of protocols ▪ Blasting 5 3 15

blasting to harmful blast ▪ operator error team,
overpressures that ▪ explosive misfiring trespassers,
may cause major quarry
injuries workers
11 Controlled ▪ Blast overpressures ▪ Failure to follow ▪ Company 3 3 9
blasting and ground vibration blasting protocols assets and
causing damage to (eg. miscalculation community
nearby of safe distances) infrastructur
infrastructures es
12 Controlled ▪ Harmful impact ▪ No or inadequate ▪ Blasting 3 3 9
Blasting noise causing hearing PPE team,
hearing impairment trespassers,
quarry
workers
13 Controlled ▪ Being struck by high ▪ breach of protocols ▪ Blasting 4 3 12
Blasting velocity projectiles ▪ operator error team, quarry
(fly rocks) workers
14 Controlled ▪ Landslides and ▪ Miscalculation of ▪ Blasting 5 3 15
blasting rockfalls outside of amount of team, quarry
blasting area due to explosives used equipment,
blast overpressure ▪ Prolonged and quarry
and vibration heavy rains workers
15 Ripping ▪ Ripping equipment ▪ Inadequate ▪ Equipment 4 3 12
accidents (fall from equipment operators;
steep slopes, being maintenance quarry
hit by rocks and ▪ Ripping operator workers
debris, collisions, error
etc.) ▪ Non-adherence
with SOPs
16 Dozing and ▪ Equipment (dozers ▪ Very steep slopes ▪ Equipment 4 3 12
Loading of and haul trucks) ▪ Human error operators
quarried accident (fall from ▪ Failure to follow ▪ Quarry
materials edge of a bench, protocols workers
being hit by falling ▪ Unsafe practices


rocks, being hit by
loading arm)
17 Hauling and ▪ Generation of ▪ Unpaved roads ▪ Hauling truck 3 3 9
transport of airborne dusts from ▪ Dry road conditions drivers and
quarried dirt roads and from ▪ Exposed ore loads helpers
materials quarried materials ▪ Communities
being hauled at the
vicinity of
haul roads
18 Hauling and ▪ Noise from haul ▪ Inadequate vehicle ▪ Same as 3 3 9
transport of trucks could cause maintenance above
quarried disturbance to ▪ Failure to follow
materials communities along delivery schedules
the haul route
19 Hauling and ▪ Vehicular accidents ▪ Inadequate vehicle ▪ Vehicle 4 3 12
transport of at the quarry site maintenance drivers,
quarried (fall from edge of ▪ Unsafe driving helpers and
materials bench, collision with practices other Quarry
other ▪ Inadequate training workers
vehicles/equipment of drivers
or structures,
overturning, etc.)
20 Hauling and ▪ Traffic accidents ▪ Same as above ▪ Vehicle 4 3 12
transport of (collision with other ▪ Unsafe road drivers and
quarried vehicles, hitting conditions helpers,
materials pedestrians and/or other
animals, others) commuters,
pedestrians
and
residents
along the
haul roads
21 Settling ▪ Breaching of settling ▪ Inclement weather ▪ Surface 4 3 12
Ponds ponds could lead to conditions waters and
flash floods, siltation ▪ Earthquakes adjoining
and possible lands


contamination with ▪ Faulty engineering ▪ Aquatic
heavy metals and design ecological
minerals (e.g. Ca, ▪ Inadequte entities
Mg, Zn, Fe, Cd, Pb) of maintenance of ▪ Surrounding
surface waters and drainage canals communities
nearby lands and the settling
pond system
C. Occupational Safety and Health
22 Earthworks ▪ Generation of and ▪ Inadequate PPE, ▪ Quarry 3 4 12

and other exposure of workers inadequate/absenc workers;
quarry to dusts, including e of protective equipment
activities respirable barriers (e.g. operators
particulates that airconditioned
could lead to or equipment cabin)
predispose to
respiratory diseases
and eye irritation
23 Equipment ▪ Harmful noise levels ▪ Inadequate ▪ Same as 3 3 9
operation could lead to hearing maintenance of above
and blasting impairment equipment
▪ Inadequate hearing
PPEs
▪ Failure to observe
safe distances
during blasting
operations
24 Equipment ▪ High impact ▪ Inadequate ▪ Equipment 3 3 9
operation vibration from equipment operators
(e.g drilling, equipment can maintenance
excavation predispose to ▪ Prolonged
and ripping musculoskeletal and exposure to
activities) nervous system vibration
disorders (eg. Hand-
Arm vibration
Syndrome or HAVS)


25 Working at ▪ Fall from the edge of ▪ Inadequate PPE ▪ Quarry 4 3 12

heights a bench ▪ Human error workers
26 Working ▪ Being struck by ▪ Human error; ▪ Quarry 4 3 12

near falling rocks/debris unsafe practices; workers
unstable or at the foot of a face inadequate training
loose soil/ of workers
rocks
27 Working ▪ Being struck by or ▪ Same as above ▪ Quarry 3 3 9

near moving caught in a moving ▪ Unguarded workers
equipment part of quarry equipment moving
parts equipment parts
28 Ergonomic ▪ Ergonomic hazards ▪ Inappropriate body ▪ Workers 2 3 6

issues (heavy that may lead to mechanics while
lifting, bodily injuries and performing
prolonged stress activities
standing, ▪ Inadequate rest
repetitive periods
movement, ▪ Tasks performed
awkward exceed
postures, recommended
etc.) limits (eg. too
heavy lifted loads,
etc)
D. Natural Events, Climate Change Factors and Terrorism
29 Earthquakes ▪ Landslides and ▪ Areas with steep ▪ Workers and 5 3 15

damage to slopes and other
structures and susceptible to persons at
equipment with erosion the site
injuries/fatality to ▪ Assets
people ▪ Ecology
30 Increased ▪ Landslides and rock ▪ poor engineering ▪ Workers; 5 3 15
frequency falls design; poor contractors;
and intensity ▪ Flooding of low lying maintenance of nearby
of tropical areas structures; communities
cyclones defective warning esp. along


▪ Damage to buildings systems; river/stream
and equipment infrastructures banks
▪ Injury or fatality along riverbanks
from falling trees, and flood plains
debris, rock
fragments
projectiles, and
equipment parts
31 Torrential ▪ Same as above ▪ Same as above ▪ Same as 5 3 15
rains during above
rainy season
32 Drier dry ▪ Increased airborne ▪ Inadequate dust ▪ Workers, 3 4 12

seasons and dusts; suppression contractors,
increased ▪ Drying of nearby system; nearby
ambient water sources could earthworks; communities
temperature compromise dust ▪ forest/ vegetation , enviroment
s suppression efforts denudation;
disturbance of
existing water
sources (springs,
rivers, streams)
33 External ▪ Terroristic attacks ▪ Major damage to ▪ Workers 4 3 12
Threats/ and/or sabotage of equipment and ▪ General
Terrorism quarry facilities facilities Public
▪ Fatalities/ injuries ▪ Assets
to people
Legends: SN = Scenario Number; C = Consequence; F = Frequency

* -- High Risk; -- Medium Risk
4.1.4 Severity Analysis
Consequence severity analysis involved the qualitative description of possible impacts on people,
assets and the environment in case of occurrence of accidents or incidents due to the identified
hazards. Accident or consequence is graded according to a Consequence Severity Rating Chart as

shown in Table 156. The rating ranges from 1 to 5, with rating 1 being the lowest consequence
and 5 as the highest consequence severity.
Table 156 - The Consequence Severity Rating Chart Used in Consequence Analysis
Consequence/Impact
Rating Description
On-site Health and
Environment and Community
Safety
Self-administered first
No community complaints; no corrective
1 Very low aid treatment; No
actions required; No breach of regulations
specific treatment
First Aid treatment Impacts confined to site; corrective actions

2 Low
injury required; no breach of regulations
Medical treatment Off-site environmental/ community

3 Moderate injury; possible loss time damage could easily be contained or
injury prevented; breach of regulations
May result to uncontained environmental

Injuries require or community damage; multiple
4 High
hospitalization community complaints; may result to civil
prosecution
Fatalities; Permanent Long term environmental damage; May

5 Very High
disabilities result to criminal prosecution
4.1.5 Probability/Frequency Analysis
Probability/frequency analysis of accidents or incidents due to realization of project hazards were

described using a Probability of Occurrence Rating Chart as shown in Error! Reference source not
found. Probability (frequency) were assigned with values ranging from 1 to 5, with the value of 1
corresponding to the lowest probability value and 5 having the highest probability value.

Table 157- The Probability of Occurrence Rating Chart Used in Consequence Analysis
Rating Description Explanation
1 Rare Might occur at some time in exceptional circumstances
2 Unlikely Could occur at some time although unlikely
3 Possible Might occur at some time
4 Likely Will probably occur, has happened
5 Almost Certain Expected to occur, quite common
4.1.6 Risk Characterization
Risk characterization involved the integration of the results of the consequence severity analysis
and consequence probability analysis. For purposes of risk prioritization, indicative risk (IR) values
were computed for each of the identified hazard by getting the product of the severity rating and
probability rating values from Table 156 and Table 157, respectively. Table 158 shows the resulting
risk matrix.
Table 158 – Risk Matrix
Probability/Frequency
Qualitative 1 2 3 4 5
Risk Matrix
Almost
Rare Unlikely Possible Likely
Certain
5 Very High 5 10 15 20 25
Consequence/ Impact
4 High 4 8 12 16 20
3 Moderate 3 6 9 12 15
2 Low 2 4 6 8 10
1 Very Low 1 2 3 4 5
Low Risk Medium Risk High Risk

As shown in Table 155, the identified hazards associated with the proposed limestone quarry
project has the potential to result either to medium risks (26 of the 33 identified hazard scenarios)
or high risks (7 of the 33 identified hazard scenarios).
Based on the methodology used, two hazards were classified as high risk hazards at the project
site. These were landslides and rockfalls resulting from various activities/events and explosives
accidents resulting to uncontained blast overpressures, vibration and fly rocks. At worst case,
these hazards could result to fatalities, damage to assets and damage to ecological entities.
4.1.6.1 Risk of Landslides and Rock Falls
Landslides and rock falls are high risk hazards that may result from earthquakes; earthworks
during bench development, controlled blasting; and climate-change instigated weather
anomalies (increased frequency and intensity of tropical cyclones; increased frequency of heavy
precipitation).
The worst-case consequence of slope failure is multiple fatalities and injuries, damage to assets
and properties, and possible damage to ecological entities. If the landslide and rockfalls should
result to damming/obstruction of river flows, downstream flash flooding could result upon
breaching of the dam/obstruction, especially in the event of extreme rainfall. Five (5)
activities/events that can lead to landslides and rockfalls are shown in Figure 203.
Figure 203 - Activities and events that may lead to landslide and rockfall incidents
4.1.6.2 Risks from Explosives and Blasting Accidents
The project will utilize controlled blasting activities in bench development and ore extraction. It
will make use of industrial explosives such as dynamites, ammonium nitrates and boosters. The

activity will be undertaken by a duly licensed third-party blasting contractor. No explosives will be
stored on-site but will be transported to the site on a per blasting activity basis. The existing
quarry operation of Eagle Cement utilizes drilling and blasting. Nitro Asia is the current drill and
blast contractor of the company, the same service provider will be employed for the proposed
operation. The magazine is located kilometers away from the community and has an approved
plan, and location design from the Philippine National Police Regional Director as per requirement
prior to installation. In addition, the facility has a 24-hr security personnel guarding the area for
safety purposes.
The transport and conduct of controlled blasting may be classified as high risks activities. Hazards
associated with explosives are blast waves or blast overpressures, high velocity missiles, vibration
and high impact noise. The damaging consequences of explosion arise from the direct impact of
blast overpressure or indirectly, from falling objects or missiles produced by the overpressure.
The violence and speed of the reactions taking place during explosion produce blast or shock
waves when an explosive material detonates. Blast waves are highly compressed air that rapidly
expands in all directions from the point that the explosion is initiated. With speed that can exceed
the speed of sound, the strength of the wave is measured in terms of overpressures or peak
overpressures, the maximum pressure in the wave in excess of normal atmospheric pressure.
During transport, accidents could happen that may cause the inadvertent detonation of
explosives, especially if regulations, supplier recommendations and appropriate protocols are not
strictly adhered to. During transport, heat and mechanical impacts may contribute to accidental
explosion. Exposure to heat, fire, ignition sources and lightning may contribute to accidental
explosions during storage. Factors that may contribute to accidents during controlled blasting
include explosives misfires, miscalculation of safe distances and breach of protocols (e.g. failure
to control trespassers, failure to issue warnings and to cordon off the affected area, etc.).
The following are the significant hazards associated with blasting activities:
• Injury and death resulting from the blasting procedure; from the hole drilling, explosive
application, setup of blasting cords and primers, to the explosion itself;
• Resulting toxic dust and gas generation from the explosive application to detonation;
• Vibration from the explosion; and
• Flying rocks and debris resulting from the explosion.

4.1.6.2.1 Ammonium Nitrate (AN) and Ammonium Nitrate-Fuel Oil (ANFO)
Ammonium nitrate (H3N•HNO3, CAS# 6484-52-2) was traditionally produced as commercial crop
fertilizer. The substance is not an explosive, per se, but a strong oxidizing agent. It later found use
as a major component of the industrial explosive, ANFO, and in the manufacture of improvised
explosive devices. It may explode if large quantities are involved in a fire. Ammonia, a highly
noxious, irritating and corrosive gas, may be evolved when exposed to fire. As such, breathing the
dusts and fumes from burning material should be avoided.
ANFO is a major industrial explosive used in the mining and quarrying industries. It is relatively
safe, and cost effective in terms of energy output. ANFO is safe to handle, as it requires a blasting
cap (booster) to detonate. It is also readily available. Fuel oil (‘FO’) is ordinary No. 2 diesel oil.
Classified as a tertiary class high explosive, ANFO is insensitive to shock, requiring an intermediate
explosive booster or secondary explosive to detonate. Tertiary explosives are largely used in large-
scale mining and construction operations. Ammonium nitrate-fuel oil mixture is used for blasting
rock and in mining. It also speeds up the burning of combustible materials.
4.1.6.2.2 Dynamite
A detonating explosive, dynamite contains a liquid explosive ingredient (usually nitroglycerine or

a similar organic nitrate ester or both) that is uniformly mixed with an adsorbent material such as
wood pulp. It usually contains materials such as nitrocellulose, sodium and/or ammonium nitrate.
Based on the explosive potential of nitroglycerin, dynamite is considered a “high explosive’, which
means it detonates rather than deflagrates. Dynamite is chiefly used in construction, mining,
demolition, oil well fire-fighting and on the battlefield. Replaced by newer explosives in many
applications, dynamite is still used, mainly as bottom charge or in underwater blasting. Dynamite
is composed of three parts: nitroglycerin, an adsorbent (diatomaceous earth or nitrocellulose),
and a small admixture of sodium carbonate or ketone. The mixture is formed into short sticks and
wrapped in paper. Nitroglycerin by itself is a very strong explosive. It is shock-sensitive (physical
shock can cause it to explode) in its pure form. It can degrade over time to even more unstable
forms, making it highly dangerous to transport or use in its pure form. Absorbed into
diatomaceous earth or other adsorbents, nitroglycerin is rendered less shock-sensitive. A priming
device is used for initiating dynamite.
Dynamite will "weep" or "sweat" its nitroglycerin content over time. The nitroglycerin “sweat”
can pool in the bottom of the box or storage area and crystals will form on the outside of the

sticks, creating a hazardous situation. The actual possibility of explosion without a blasting cap
however is minimal.
4.1.6.3 Risk of Vehicular and Equipment Accidents
Vehicular and Equipment accidents are medium risk hazards that could result to injuries and
possible fatalities, particularly of the vehicle/ equipment drivers and operators at the site and
other road users offsite. Contributing factors may include the following: adverse weather
conditions, inherently steep slopes, inadequate vehicle/equipment maintenance, unsafe
practices, failure to follow protocols/SOPs and traffic accidents, and unsafe road conditions.
Activities that could lead to the risk of vehicular/equipment accidents are shown in Figure 204.
Figure 204 - Activities associated with risks of vehicular/ equipment accidents
4.1.6.4 Occupational Hazards
As shown in Table 159, occupational hazards associated with various project activities include the
following: harmful noise levels; repeated exposure to harmful vibration; working at heights;
mechanical impacts from falling trees, rocks, etc; possible exposure to blast overpressures;
possible contact with moving machinery parts; and ergonomic hazards (heavy lifting, prolonged
standing, awkward postures, repetitive movement, etc.).
4.1.6.5 Failure of Siltation Pond Structures
The project will put up settling ponds to mitigate the possible impacts of surface run offs. Failure
of siltation pond structures (walls/containment) can result to flash flooding and mass release of
sediments that may be heavily tainted with heavy metals and minerals. Factors which may

contribute to structural failure, such as breaching of containment, are natural hazards like strong
earthquakes, prolonged heavy rains, strong typhoons, faulty engineering design, and sabotage.
Mass release of sediments and flash flooding can result to injuries, heavy siltation of affected
surface water systems, and destruction and contamination (with heavy metals and minerals) of
affected terrestrial and aquatic environments.
Quarrying activities may increase the loads of some heavy metals and other hazardous minerals
in the vicinity and at the site through release and exposure of these substances in the process of
quarrying. Pertinent activities include excavation, drilling, crushing, stockpiling and transport.
Run offs from mine overburden and wastes may scavenge and carry heavy metals and minerals.
Surface soil samples from the area showed that some heavy metals and minerals in several
sampling stations exceeded the acceptable USEPA limits for soil. These heavy metals include iron
and lead.
Lead (Pb). Sources of lead may be geogenic or anthropogenic. Anthropogenic sources include
pesticides, agricultural inputs, fuel combustion, coal-fired power plant emissions, waste batteries
and paints.
If absorbed into the body, lead can be toxic and has potential for carcinogenicity. With inhalation
and ingestion as two routes of exposure, lead accumulates in body organs, which may lead to
poisoning or even death. Lead can affect the central nervous system (CNS), the gastrointestinal
tract, the bones, and the kidneys. In children, it can lead to risks of impaired development. Lower
IQ, shortened attention span, hyperactivity and mental retardation. In adults, lead poisoning may
manifest as decreased reaction time, loss of memory, nausea, insomnia, anorexia and joint
weakness.
Iron (Fe). Elemental and iron compounds are usual components of mining wastes. Iron is an
essential element to human and animal metabolism in trace amounts. In excess, it can exert toxic
effects and environmental impacts.
4.1.7 Risk Management
The risk assessment conducted showed that potential inherent (unmitigated) risks from the
proposed Quarry Project of Eagle Cement Corp. ranges from medium to high risks. High risks,
must be prevented and/or controlled with application of appropriate mitigation measures. These
must be reduced to at least Medium Risk before work commences. Medium risks, on the other

hand, should be carefully evaluated and reduced to as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP)
within a defined period of time. Reasonable in this context means a balance between the benefits
of increased safety, environmental protection or lives saved and the costs involved in the process
of risk reduction.
4.1.7.1 Risks from Landslides and Rockfalls
Classified as a high-risk hazard, the potential for landslides and rockfalls is primarily due to the
nature of activities involved, the steep slopes in some areas, and the susceptibility of the area to
natural events that may trigger mass movements of rocks and soil. As earlier discussed, the
activities that may trigger landslides or rock falls include earthworks involving unstable and steep
slopes, drilling and ripping, and controlled blasting. Natural events that may trigger landslides and
rockfalls are earthquakes, heavy and prolonged rains, and intense typhoons. To address these
hazards, the Project management plans implement the following measures:
• Strict implementation of a benching design: Bench development involves the construction

of access roads and ramps to reach higher grounds and the eventual shaping-up of quarry
benches for slope stability. Benches shall be developed according to a specific engineering
design oriented towards slope stability and control of erosion;
• Install slope stabilization structures where necessary;
• Construction of a system of drainage canals and settling ponds to control the flow of water
that could trigger soil erosion and landslides;
• Grading the topsoil and overburden stockpile to a stable relief;
• Use of quarry wastes and overburden as backfill;
• Progressive rehabilitation and reforestation of inactive and abandoned quarry sites.
The following mitigating measures are recommended:
• Ensure regular inspections and proper maintenance of containment berms; and

• Conduct regular orientation and drills of workers on emergency response in case of
landslides and other accidents;
• Particular recommendations are contained in Table 159.

4.1.7.2 Explosives Transport and Blasting Incidents
The management of the proposed Quarry Project of Eagle Cement Corp. has outlined a
methodology for the mitigation of any untoward incidents involving the transport and use of
explosives at the project site. This methodology is described below.
4.1.7.2.1 General Methodology
The company and the contractor shall conform with DENR Administrative Order (D.A.O) No. 2000
– 98 known as the Mine Safety and Health Standards. Only blasting contractor that has the most
advance blasting technology, duly registered and has the necessary license from government
agency shall be awarded with the contract.
Non-electric detonation will be use for the initiation of the blasting sequence. This is to minimize
the effect of blasting such as air blast, excessive ground vibration and fly rock. To avoid any
accident from happening, a strict blasting procedure will be followed in coordination with the
contractor and the company.
Blasting operations shall be done using dynamites or boosters as primers and ammonium nitrate
as column charge. Full delay system of initiation shall be done using non-electric down line
detonators and non-electric surface delay detonators. Starter initiator to be used shall be ordinary
blasting cap & safety fuse.
4.1.7.2.2 Fly-Rock, Noise and Vibration Control
• All overlying loose materials and loose rocks shall be removed by bulldozer prior to drilling
activity. Bench faces shall be oriented in such a way that blast throw or direction shall not
be pointing directly to any structure, vital facilities or community.
• Blaster to prepare drilling layout to ensure the correctness of burden, spacing, and depth
of hole
• Protective works, such as the use of blasting mats, shall be done in blast area in very close
proximity to vital facilities and community.
• Full delay system of initiation shall be used. Only non-electric down the hole detonators
and trunk line delay detonators shall be used. Delay time between adjacent holes shall
not be less than 17ms. Firing will be one hole at any given time.
• Stemming materials to be used composed of rock fragments sized 5/8 of hole diameter
mixed with drill cuttings and compacted properly.

4.1.7.2.3 Safety Methodology
Only a Licensed Blaster shall supervise the whole blasting activity. All manufacturers’ safety
guidelines and PNP rules and regulations shall be followed in conducting the blasting
operation/activity. The company shall inform the nearby communities as to the time and date of
any blasting operation.
4.1.7.2.3.1 Explosives Transport
• All explosives and its accessories should only be transported on a diesel fueled truck.
• Vehicle transporting explosives shall not be overloaded and in no case shall boxes or
packages be piled in such a position that these may easily fall-off.
• A driver of explosives trucks should be in good condition and is not under the influence of
liquor.
• Explosives truck should not enter to any blast layout with loaded holes.
4.1.7.2.3.2 Handling & Charging
• Only the Licensed blaster shall do the charging and priming.

• Primer should be assembled only before charging.
• Stemming height should be greater or equal to the designed burden of the layout. Size of
stemming materials shall be 5/8 of the hole diameter mixed with some fine materials and
compacted using a tamping stick.
• Only non-conductive materials should be used for charging or tamping. Tamping sticks
should be flat at the bottom.
• Tamping of stemming materials should be done carefully not to hit the down line initiator
causing it to misfire or initiated prematurely.
• Final connection of loaded holes should only be done when the exact firing time has been
confirmed.
• A final inspection of the whole lay out should be made by the blaster, after which he will
declare that the area is ready to be blasted.
4.1.7.2.3.3 Clearing & Traffic Control
• Clearing of blasting area shall be done by Contractor blasting crew. The Contractor shall
designate blast guards to manned roadblocks and barricades.

• If possible, blasting time shall be set during breaks at work such as lunch or snack. No
blasting will be allowed during night time.
• All possible entries towards the blasting area, at least 200 meters from the blast site,
should be barricaded. Also, all equipment and personnel within 200 meters shall be
evacuated for safety.
• When all roadblocks are in place, licensed blaster shall conduct final clearing of the area.
• It is only the Drilling and Blasting Supervisor or Project Manager who will give the
clearance to fire the starter initiator after ensuring that the area is fully cleared.
4.1.7.2.3.4 Firing
• The licensed blaster will only install the starter initiator (OBC and Safety Fuse) once the
area has been declared clear.
• Each fuse should bear a minimum of three (3) minutes period to allow the blaster to seek
cover.
• A blasting timer should be made by licensed blaster as a warning shot, which will fire
around five (5) to ten (10) seconds prior to the main blast.
• After checking all the connection, the blaster will seek the approval of Drilling and Blasting
supervisor to fire the shot.
• Only the Drilling and Blasting supervisor or Project Manager shall have the authority to
give signal to fire the shot.
• After firing the shot, the licensed blaster shall allow 30 minutes for dust and fumes to
settle before checking for possible misfires.
• In case of a misfire, the blaster shall inform his supervisor about the presence of it. All
roadblocks and barricades shall not be lifted and the whole step in firing shall be repeated
all over again.
• Only the Drill and Blast Supervisor or Project Manager shall declare that blasting is over
and barricades can be lifted. All equipment and personnel can now return and go back to
resume their work.
4.1.7.3 Equipment/ Vehicular Accidents
Equipment and vehicular accidents such as fall from steep slopes, being hit by rocks and debris,
collisions and others are some of the hazards of the quarry project. These hazards are classified
as medium risk. To mitigate these risks, the following measures are proposed:
• Avoid operation during inclement weather.

• Maintain proper security and cordon off hazardous areas.

• Ensure good maintenance and regular testing of equipment and vehicles.
• Adequate training of operators and drivers.
• Provide spotters to guide heavy mining equipment and mobile units in maneuvering and
operating within the quarry zones and destination.
• Driver/operator cabs are protected from dusts and heat to reduce stress on operartors.
• Restrict access to vehicles.
4.1.7.4 Failure of Siltation Pond Structures
To mitigate against possible failure of siltation pond structures and the subsequent flooding and
contamination of downstream areas, the following measures will be implemented:
• Construction of a series of strategically placed settling ponds within the project area, with
sediments being impounded from the first to the third pond in succession.
• The ponds shall have a capacity of 100,000 m3, which is capable of handling surface run-
off and silt for a twenty-four hours continuous rainfall of 500 mm.
• The silt pond shall comply with applicable water quality standards prior to release to the
nearby surface waters.
The following measure is likewise recommended:
• Regular and periodic cleaning/dredging of settling ponds through bailing out the
accumulated silt materials as soon as they near critical level.
4.1.7.5 Occupational Hazards
To prevent occupational injuries from accidents and untoward incidents, it is recommended that
the management of the Eagle Cement Corp. will both observe and strictly enforce the applicable
quarry safety rules and regulations prescribed by the Philippine Mining Laws, particularly those
provided for in the DENR Mine Administrative Order No. MRD–51. Workers should be
appropriately trained on safe quarrying practices. The following safety precautions should be
observed:
• Provision of hard hats, safety shoes and other pertinent PPEs to all quarry workers.
• All overhangs and loose rock masses that have high potential of falling down on pit
walls and extraction faces should be scaled down.

• Provide spotters to guide heavy mining equipment and mobile units in maneuvering
and operating within the active quarry zones.
• Prohibit quarry workers from working directly below unstable slopes.
• Regular and timely maintenance and servicing of all quarry equipment
• Provide First-Aid kit and assign First Aiders onsite.
• Regular briefing and pep talks to quarry workers on safe operating practices.
• Train workers on proper body mechanics to reduce ergonomic problems.
• Implement job rotation for high risk tasks to reduce worker exposure to hazards such
as vibration and high noise levels.

4.1.7.6 Particular Hazards and Mitigation
Particular recommendations to mitigate and manage identified hazards are listed below.
Table 159 – Identified Hazards and Corresponding Recommended Mitigating Measures for the Proposed Quarry Project of Eagle Cement Corp.
SN Activity/ Condition Hazard Recommended Mitigating Measures
A. Development Phase
1 Clearing of existing ▪ Being struck by felled trees, ▪ Adopt and implement the safest methods/ technology.
vegetation debris and equipment part ▪ Ensure that persons doing specialized tasks (eg. Tree felling) are fully trained.
▪ Use of well-maintained equipment.
▪ Ensure use of personal protection gears
2 Clearing of existing ▪ Vibration and noise from power ▪ Regular and timely maintece of equipment
vegetation saws and other equipment ▪ Provide ear protection and vibration protective PPEs to workers
3 Clearing of existing ▪ Vehicular and/or equipment ▪ Use of well-maintained and suitable equipment and vehicles.
vegetation accidents (overturning, fall from ▪ Use of properly trained crew and operators, especially drivers of large equipment
heights, etc.) like bulldozers and backhoes.
4 Stripping and ▪ Landslides and rock falls ▪ Ensure regular inspections and proper maintenance of containment berms.
stockpiling of quarry ▪ Batter off final waste dump slope to atmost 20 degrees.
overburden ▪ Use wastes and overburden as backfill.
▪ Ensure implementation of rehabilitation plan on waste dumps.
▪ Ensure proper siting of the overburden/waste storage facility.
5 Stripping and ▪ Equipment/vehicular accidents ▪ Avoid operation during inclement weather.
stockpiling of quarry (fall from steep slopes, being hit ▪ Maintain proper security and cordon off hazardous areas.
overburden ▪ Ensure good maintenance and regular testing of equipment/vehicles.


by rocks and debris, collisions, ▪ Adequate training of operators and drivers.
etc.) ▪ Provide spotters to guide heavy mining equipment and mobile units in
maneuvering and operating within the quarry zones and destination;
▪ Driver/operator cabs are protected from dusts and heat.
▪ Restrict access to vehicles
6 Stripping and ▪ Sediment-laden runoffs from ▪ Construct and maintain networks of drainage canals and settling ponds
stockpiling of quarry overburden stockpiles could ▪ Progressive rehabilitation and reforestation of abandoned quarries, inactive
overburden contribute to surface water quarries and idle lands
siltation and possible ▪ Stabilize overburden stockpiles to a stable relief
contamination with toxic heavy ▪ Batter off final waste dump slope to atmost 20 degrees and plant with sediment
metals and minerals holding vegetation cover
7 Bench Development ▪ Landslides and rock falls ▪ Implement proper design and procedure in bench development
▪ Install slope stabilization structures where necessary (eg. vegetation planting
along berms)
▪ Construction and maintenance of a system of drainage canals and settling ponds
▪ Scaling down of all overhangs and loose rock masses that could fall down on pit
walls and extraction faces
▪ Use of quarry wastes and overburden as backfill
▪ Progressive rehabilitation and reforestation of inactive and abandoned quarry
sites.
▪ Regular orientation and drills of workers on emergency response in case of
landslides and other accidents
▪ Proper siting of overburden/waste storage facility

8 Bench development ▪ Equipment/vehicular accidents ▪ As in #SN 5

(fall from steep slopes, being hit
by rocks and debris, collisions,
etc.)
B. Production Phase
9 Transport to and use ▪ Expoosure of people and/or ▪ Contract out controlled blasting operations to government and PNP- accredited
of explosives at the properties to blast professional blasters
site (as per blasting overpressures, vibration and ▪ Implement the Planned Safety Procedures
operation only) high velocity projectiles from ▪ Strict adherence to protocols such as use of signalling system and
accidental detonation communication, cordoning off of affected areas
▪ Proper information dissemination to all workfand/or orce and nearby
communities on blasting schedules and protocols
10 Controlled blasting ▪ Exposure of people to harmful ▪ Same as above
blast overpressures that may
cause major injuries
11 Controlled blasting ▪ Blast overpressures and ground ▪ Same as above
vibration causing damage to
nearby infrastructures
12 Controlled Blasting ▪ Harmful impact noise causing ▪ Same as above
hearing impairment ▪ Ear protective PPE
13 Controlled Blasting ▪ Being struck by high velocity ▪ Same as above
projectiles (fly rocks)

14 Controlled blasting ▪ Landslides and rockfalls outside ▪ Same as above

of blasting area due to blast
overpressure and vibration
15 Ripping ▪ Ripping equipment accidents ▪ As in SN#5
(fall from steep slopes, being hit
by rocks and debris, collisions,
etc.)
16 Dozing and Loading ▪ Equipment (dozers and haul ▪ As in SN#5
of quarried trucks) accident (fall from edge
materials of a bench, being hit by falling
rocks, being hit by loading arm)
17 Hauling and ▪ Generation of airborne dusts ▪ Regular and adequate water sprinkling of haul dirt roads
transport of from dirt roads and from ▪ Adequate cover over the materials being transported
quarried materials quarried materials being hauled
18 Hauling and ▪ Noise from haul trucks could ▪ Observance of hauling/transport schedules, whicch takes into account the
transport of cause disturbance to welfare of the public (eg. no transport during night time)
quarried materials communities along the haul
route
19 Hauling and ▪ Vehicular accidents at the ▪ Same as in SN#5
transport of quarry site (fall from edge of
quarried materials bench, collision with other
vehicles/equipment or
structures, overturning, etc.)

20 Hauling and ▪ Traffic accidents (collision with ▪ Adequate training of drivers

transport of other vehicles, hitting ▪ Adequate vehicle maintenance
quarried materials pedestrians and/or animals, ▪ Regular performance review and implementation of corrective measures
others)
21 Settling ponds ▪ Breaching of siltation ponds ▪ Ensure appropriate siting, design and construction of settling ponds and related
could lead to flash floods, facilities.
siltation and possible ▪ Ensure regular, as well as emergency inspections and monitoring of structures
contamination with heavy ▪ Ensure proper and regular maintenance of the facility, including sediment
metals and minerals (e.g. Ca, dredging when critical levels are reached
Mg, Zn, Fe, Cd, Pb) of surface ▪ Security measures to prevent sabotage of infrastructures.
waters and nearby lands
C. Occupational Safety and Health
22 Earthworks and ▪ Generation of and exposure of ▪ Ensure use of appropriate personal protection equipment.
other quarry workers to dusts, including ▪ Use of appropriate equipment and vehicles with protective operator cabin.
activities respirable particulates that ▪ Pre-employment and free annual medical examination of all workers, including
could lead to or predispose to chest X-rays.
respiratory diseases and eye
irritation
23 Equipment ▪ Harmful noise levels could lead ▪ Ensure good maintenance and regular testing vehicles and equipment.
operation and to hearing impairment ▪ Provide adequate hearing protective PPEs to workers free of charge
blasting
24 Equipment ▪ High impact vibration from ▪ Ensure good maintenance and regular testing vehicles and equipment.
operation (e.g equipment can predispose to


drilling, excavation musculoskeletal and nervous ▪ Provide vibration protective gears like hand/arm support for critical operations
and ripping system disorders (eg. Hand-Arm like drilling, ripping .
activities) vibration Syndrome or HAVS) ▪ Job rotation to reduce exposure to vibration.
25 Working at heights ▪ Fall from the edge of a bench ▪ Training

▪ Safety barriers and signages
▪ PPE - hard hats, safety harness
26 Working near ▪ Being struck by falling ▪ Prompt scaling down of all overhangs and loose rock masses near pit walls and
unstable or loose rocks/debris at the foot of a face extraction faces
soil/ rocks ▪ PPE-hard hats, safety shoes
27 Working near ▪ Being struck by or caught in a ▪ Training of workers

moving equipment moving part of quarry ▪ Proper selection of equipment, noting presence of guards
parts equipment ▪ Install/replace all guarding mechanism on equipment/ machines
28 Ergonomic issues ▪ Ergonomic hazards that may ▪ Training of workers on proper body mechanics in performing various tasks
(heavy lifting, lead to bodily injuries and stress ▪ Job rotation to reduce exposure to very stressful tasks
prolonged standing, ▪ Provide workers with adequate break times
repetitive
movement,
awkward postures,
etc.)
D. Natural Events, Climate Change Factors and Terrorism

29 Earthquakes ▪ Landslides and damage to ▪ Formulate and implement an earthquake response plan that includes the
structures and equipment with following: monitoring and warning system; system of communication within and
injuries/fatality to people outside the mine site; SOPs for all personnel, workers and contractors; and
evacuation plan.
▪ Conduct regular and timely orientation and drills of all personnel, workers,
contractors, as well as nearby communities, on the earthquake/tsunami
emergency response plan and procedures.
▪ Ensure regular and timely inspections and monitoring of all buildings and
infrastructures within the mine site.
30 Increased frequency ▪ Landslides and rock falls ▪ Regular review of the Project’s Emergency Prevention and Response Plan (EPRP)
and intensity of ▪ Flooding of low lying areas ▪ Implementation of and compliance with the safety and health program, especially
tropical cyclones ▪ Damage to buildings and the EPRP.
equipment ▪ Regular and timely inspections and monitoring of containment dikes, retaining
▪ Injury or fatality from falling walls, and other retaining structures.
trees, debris, rock fragments ▪ Orient all personnel, workers and contractors of the EPRP
projectiles, and equipment parts ▪ Regular conduct of emergency drills for situations such as fires, flooding and
earthquakes.
▪ Education/ information campaigns on climate change, its impacts and appropriate
responses to mitigate impacts (tailored to the specific condtion in the area).
31 Torrential rains ▪ Same as above ▪ Same as above
during rainy season
32 Drier dry seasons ▪ Increased airborne dusts; ▪ Implement progressive rehabilitation and reforestation program of mined-out
and increased areas and other denuded areas.


ambient ▪ Drying of nearby water sources ▪ Implement fire prevention and control measures and protocols.
temperatures could compromise dust ▪ Implement dust suppression measures such as regular and adequate water
suppression efforts sprinkling on dirt haul roads, overburden stockpiles
▪ Provide adequate cover over ore stockpiles and during transport
▪ Provide workers with dust protection PPEs such as dust mask/respirators, eye
goggles.
33 External Threats/ ▪ Terroristic attacks and/or ▪ Fencing and security barriers of critical equipment
Terrorism sabotage of quarry facilities ▪ Proper deployment of security personnel
▪ Monitor for security announcement/advice from government’s national/regional/
local security agency
▪ Establish good public relations with the surrounding communities

4.2 Emergency Response Policy and Guidelines
To address the immediate actions required by emergency situations involving the loss of life,
damage to property and other resources, a comprehensive system of identifying potential for
occurrence of these emergencies and the appropriate response procedures shall be documented,
communicated and all personnel trained on the procedures.
The procedures shall include an emergency plan that shall outline the actions to be taken when
specific emergency situation arises. The involvement of external parties in emergency planning
and response shall be clearly identified and communicated.
Emergency equipment needed shall be identified, acquired and provided in the right quantities.
These are alarm systems, emergency lighting and power, means of escape, safe refuge, critical
isolation valves, switches and cut-outs, firefighting equipment, first aid equipment and
communication facilities.
Periodic emergency drills shall be conducted to test the procedures and measure the readiness
of emergency response teams.
4.2.1 Structure and Responsibility
The Emergency Response Team, headed by a full time Safety Engineer reporting directly to the
Quarry Manager, will be in-charge of the over-all responsibility of ensuring that the safety and
health management system is formulated, implemented, maintained and continually improved.
This will ensure strict implementation of Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan.
4.2.2 Emergency Procedures
For each type of emergency, a documented and updated procedure shall automatically govern
the response in the shortest possible response time. All procedures are to be subject of intensive
training and drill to be conducted regularly.
4.2.2.1 Fire
All necessary fire prevention, warning, suppression and control equipment shall be provided. Fire
prevention and firefighting programs shall be established and manned on a constant basis to

handle fire emergencies that may occur at fire risk areas in the mining area and nearby
communities.
4.2.2.2 Landslides and Land Subsidence
Continuous geotechnical assessments of the mined-out areas and affected sites (haul and access
roads, other facilities) shall provide inputs to contingency plans for these types of emergencies.
Critical localities near inhabited areas shall be prioritized when responding to these incidents.
During the pre-operation phase, sources of landslides and subsidence should be identified. Early
detection of landslides and subsidence occurrences could prevent loss of lives, damage to
property and others.
Training of workers on this is very important for them to be responsive and attentive in the
application of controls to avoid or minimize the degree of danger.
Aside from attending training, information on landslides and subsidence can be disseminated to
workers through posters, leaflets, meetings and other media advertisements.
4.2.2.3 Kidnappings & Unrests
Handling this type of emergency requires the participation of external authorities. It has to be
clearly established that there are specific legal and criminal aspects for these events hence,
emergency procedures should take this into account.
In general, the Project shall have the policy of not entertaining conditions where ransom
payments are imposed.
4.2.2.4 Oil/Fuel Spills
Procedures for handling, transport, storage and use of oil and fuels should incorporate specific
steps in controlling the potential and actual occurrences of spillages and leakages. The necessary
control and clean up equipment, supplies and personal protective equipment for emergency
personnel shall at all times be available in the right quantities.
Good housekeeping practices must be observed in the workplaces. Spills of oil/fuel are to be
collected and contained in plastic containers and stored in the designated area.

4.2.2.5 Flooding, Storm and Heavy Rains
Adequate early warning notification and information dissemination shall be ensured for these
emergency procedures. Readiness to implement evacuation procedures shall also be ensured.
Constant open channels of communication with government agencies on weather condition
announcements and disaster response procedures shall be maintained.
The workers should be attentive on this situation to prevent loss of lives, damage to properties
and others.
4.2.2.6 Vehicular Accidents
The proper first aid and medical evacuation procedures in handling injured persons involved in
vehicular accidents shall form part of these emergency procedures.
Included in the SOPs and WIs are the company policies and guidelines to prevent vehicular
accidents within and outside the Project area. The Project contractors and workers are bound to
comply with this and necessary penalties are to be applied.
4.2.2.7 Animal Bites
Medical first aid procedures shall be applied immediately. The availability of medicines and
specific treatment drugs (i.e. anti-venin serum) must be ensured including properly trained
medical personnel.
4.2.2.8 Development Programs
Support systems and programs shall continuously be adopted to ensure that the safety and health
performance of the Project be upgraded and improved in the long term.

Eagle Cement MPSA No. 245-2007-III Quarry Project Social Development Plan
5.0 SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN AND IEC FRAMEWORK
5.1 Indicative Social Development and Management Program (SDMP)
The current operation of Eagle Cement provides social/community development assistance to the
identified impact communities, Barangays Akle and Talbak. Some of the solutions to community
problems identified by the respondents such as employment, livelihood programs, capacity
building, scholarship and educational assistance, access to clean water, health programs, solid
wastes management program, values formation and other community needs shall be the core
programs, projects and activities of the company once it operates.
The participation of the impact communities, specifically the Barangay Councils, Sectoral
Organizations, Different Government Institutions, Businesses, and Industries is necessary for the
implementation of the indicative social development framework. Eagle Cement will ensure
partnership undertakings with the identified stakeholders.
The identified impact of the proposed project, as well as the continuous operation of Eagle
Cement to the communities will be addressed and compensated through the continuous
implementation of social/community development projects through the Company’s CSR
Program. The results of the socio-economic assessment, perception survey, and focus group
discussion were considered in the development of social development framework. Table 160
presents the indicative social development framework to be implemented in relation to the
proposed project of Eagle Cement’s operation.

Table 160 - Indicative Social Development Framework
Community Government Agency / Non-

Community
Concerns Member government Agency and Proponent Indicative Timeline Source of Fund
Beneficiary
Responsible Services
Livelihood and Employment
• Gender Responsive • Interested • Barangay Officials • LGU Municipal Planning • Community • Pre-construction • LGU – Eagle
Sustainable Livelihood Community and Development Office Relations • Construction Cement CSR
Program (Marginalized Residents – • Sectoral Officer • Operation Program
Sector: Womens, Youth, Marginalized Organizations • Impact Barangays
Farmers, Senior Citizens, Sector
Persons with Disabilities) • Municipal Social Worker
Department (MSWD)
• Employment Program:
Special Program for • Municipal Public
Employment of Students; Employment Services Ofice
Job Fairs
• TESDA
• Skills training program: to
give local residents of • Cooperative Development
impact barangays the Authority
chance to qualify and
compete for available • Local Department of Labor
employment and Employment
opportunities during the


Community
Beneficiary
implementation of the
project or in other areas
Health Services
• Provision of Medicines • Impact • Barangay Officials • Municipal Health Office • Community • Pre-construction • LGU – Eagle
and Medical Tools and Barangay (MHO) Relations • Construction Cement CSR
Equipment • Municipal and Officer • Operation Program
• Men, Women, Barangay Health • Barangay Health Center
• Support to the Children, Workers • Safety and
improvement of health Youth, Senior • Impact Barangay Health Officer
facilities Citizens,
PWDs
• Conduct of Medical
Mission
• Supplemental feeding for

malnourished children at
barangay including
kitchen tools
• Provision of Milk and Flu

Vaccines


Community
Beneficiary
• Construction of one unit

deepwell
• Monitoring of
emergence of possible
diseases in relation to
the presence of the
project in the area. Close
coordination with Health
workers and municipal
health officers.
• Adopt-a-School Program • Public Schools • Barangay Officials • Department of Education • Community • Pre-construction • LGU – Eagle
within the (specifically the (DepEd) Relations • Construction Cement CSR
• Assistance for Impact Council Member Officer • Operation Program
development/ Barangays for Education) • B/LGU, PTA
improvement of school
facilities (day care • Students,
centers, existing schools) Teachers


Community
Beneficiary
• Provision of scholarship
to qualified students
• Capacity building of
teachers
• Brigada Eskwela
• Teachers and Pupils

Training
Public Infrastructure, Environment, and Sanitation
• Implementation of Solid • Impact • Barangay Officials • Municipal Engineer’s Office • Community • Pre-construction • LGU – Eagle
Waste Management in Communities (specifically the Relations • Construction Cement CSR
compliance with Republic Council Member • Municipal Environment and Officer • Operation Program
Act 9003 for Environment) Natural Resources Office • Environmental
(ENRO) Officer/
• Infrastructure • Barangay Peace Pollution
Development (Cement and Security • B/LGU, PPPC Control Officer
Donation) for Physical Officers
Improvement of the area • Safety Officer


Community
Beneficiary
that will impact on
sanitation and safety
• Drainage Canal
• Church Repair
Road Safety and Protective Services
• Support for the Peace • Barangay/ • Barangay Officials • Municipal Engineer’s Office • Community • Pre-construction • LGU – Eagle
and Order Program of the Sitio Residents Relations • Construction Cement CSR
Barangay and Municipal • Barangay Peace • Municipal Environment and Officer • Operation Program
LGU • Institutions and Security Natural Resources Office
Officers (ENRO) • Mine • Environmental
• Partnership in the Environmental Management
implementation of Traffic • Municipal Disaster Risk Protection and Program
Management Program Reduction and Enhancement
Management Office Officer / • Safety and
• Emergency Response Pollution Health Program
Calamity / Assistance • Municipal Police Control Officer
• Safety Officer
Socio-Cultural Activities


Community
Beneficiary
• Provision of support/ • Barangay/ • Barangay Officials • Municipal Planning and • Community • Pre-construction • LGU – Eagle
assistance to LGUs in the Sitio Residents Development Office Relations • Construction Cement CSR
conduct of activities that Officer • Operation Program
strengthens community • Municipal Social Welfare
cohesiveness (Fiestas, and Development Office
Flores de Mayo, Karakol,
Christmas Party,
Barangay Assemblies)

5.2 Information and Education Campaign
Implementation of an intensive and consistent IEC Plan is the key to build a positive rapport with
the impact communities and other stakeholders. Through this, an open communication line is
established between the Eagle Cement, Barangay and Municipal LGUs, and the residents of
Impact Barangays. An open communication ensures accessibility of bringing community concerns
to the attention of the company. It is also a way for the company to communicate efforts and
activities that addressed community concerns, intervention to avoid or mitigate negative impacts
of the operations, as well as to enhance positive impacts through a strong partnership with the
impact communities.
Collected information from the community signifies the need to strengthen the IEC
implementation of Eagle Cement Corp. A more regular, consistent, and accessible line of the
communication will be established between Eagle Cement Corporation and the host barangay.
The approach will be two-way, that will ensure feedback mechanism in every communication
activity. An open line of communication will be institutionalized that ensures the accessibility of
bringing community concerns to the attention of the company. Eagle Cement Corporation, on its
part, will communicate all efforts and actions in addressing community concerns, intervention to
avoid or mitigate negative impacts of the operations. The monthly IEC activity conducted by the
Environment Team will be continued and strengthened by including the Safety and Health Team
and most especially the Community Relations Team.
Eagle Cement implements IEC activities to communicate updates on the results of the proposed
project and its current operations. Continuing IEC activities will be conducted based on the IEC
framework outline in Table 161.

Table 161 - IEC Framework

Target Sector Identified as Major Topics of Concern in IEC Schemes / Strategy Indicative Timeline
Information Medium Indicative Cost
Needing Project IEC Relation to the Project / Methods and Frequency
• Local Government Units • Approval of the ECC • Intensive information • Reproduction and • Prior to project • Cost of printing
• Households and Business Amendments and dissemination on the Distribution of the operation the IEC materials
surrounding Eagle Cement stipulated conditions approved ECC and EIS approved ECC and EIS to • Cost of holding
• Local Non-Government / • Project description (i.e. • Consultation – the concerned LGUs consultation
Community Organizations project components, Meetings • Print materials: meetings
• Relevant National Regional size/coverage, capacity, Brochure about the
Government Agencies among others) approved project
• Project affected • Environmental • Audio-Visual
communities Performance Report and Presentations
Management Plan • Two-way verbal
• Concerns on the daily communication and
operation of Eagle Cement action report
• Local Government Units • Presentation of project • Printed information • Print materials: Posters • During project • Cost of printing
• Households and Business activities in relation to the about the project or project bulletin operation the IEC materials
surrounding Eagle Cement operation of proposed updates and posting • Audio-Visual • Cost of holding
• Local Non-Government / project at impact barangays Presentations consultation
Community Organizations • Discussion on predicted bulletin board or • Two-way verbal meetings
• Barangay Council and impact and mitigation plan information centers communication and
Sangguniang Bayan • Gathering of community • Consultation- action report
• Project affected issues and concerns on the meetings
communities ongoing operation of Eagle
Cement

• Reporting of results of
project and monitoring
• Local Government Units • Presentation of project • Printed information • Print materials: Posters • During operations • Cost of printing
• Local Non-Government / activities in relation to the about the project or project bulletin the IEC materials
Community Organizations operations updates and posting • Audio-Visual • Cost of holding
• Barangay Council and • Gathering of community at impact barangays Presentations consultation
Sangguniang Bayan issues and concerns on the bulletin board or • Two-way verbal meetings
ongoing operation of Eagle information centers communication and
Cement • Consultation- action report
• Dissemination of the meetings
Corporate Social
Responsibility Programs,
possible partnership for the
implementation and
reporting of
accomplishments
• Dissemination of program
implementation and
accomplishment on the
Environmental
Management Plan
• Dissemination of program
implementation and

accomplishment of
Occupational Safety and
Health
• Quarterly reporting of
results MMT monitoring
• Local Government Units • Presentation • Printed information • Print materials: Posters • During • Cost of printing
• Local Non-Government / decommissioning and about the project or project Decommissioning the IEC materials
Community Organizations closure plan updates and posting bulletin/newsletter and Closure Phase • Cost of holding
• Barangay Council and • Provision of updates on the at impact barangays • Audio-Visual consultation
Sangguniang Bayan decommissioning and bulletin board or Presentations meetings
• Households and closure activities information centers • Two-way verbal
Businesses surrounding • Gathering of community • Consultation- communication and
Eagle Cement issues and concerns on the meetings action report
• Relevant National/ decommissioning and
Regional Government closure activities
Agencies • Reporting of updates on
• Project affected the monitoring of
communities decommissioning and
closure activities

Eagle Cement MPSA No. 245-2007-III Quarry Project Environmental Compliance Monitoring
6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE MONITORING
This section presents the proposed framework for compliance monitoring of the project, which
includes, among others, the environmental parameters necessary to monitor the identified key
environmental impacts of the proposed project operation.
As required by DENR Memorandum Circular No. 2010-14 and RPM for DAO 2003-30, and as a pro-
active tool in minimizing/eliminating adverse project consequences to the environment, an
“Environmental Quality Performance Level” (EQPL) has been identified for each critical parameter
associated with identified significant project impacts. The limit level shall be the regulated
threshold of pollutant (standard that must not be exceeded) while the action level is set lower
than the limit level wherein management measures must be implemented so as not to reach the
regulated threshold.
The following mechanisms and monitoring schemes are also discussed:

▪ Environmental Monitoring Plan;
▪ Multi-sectoral Monitoring Framework; and
▪ Environmental Guarantee and Monitoring Fund Commitment.
6.1 Self-Monitoring Plan
The EQPLs presented below for the Environmental Monitoring Plan is only applicable for Effluent
and Emissions regulations. The EQPLs were initially assigned the following values:
▪ Limit → DENR standard value

▪ Alert → 75-80% of the limit.
▪ Action → 90% of the limit
The salient point of the said table is that Alert and Action EQPLs were only assigned to parameters
that can be controlled by the project during construction and operation phases.

Table 162 - Environmental Monitoring Plan

Sampling and Measurement Annual EQPL Management Scheme
Lead
Environmental Parameters to Estimated EQPL Range Management Measure
Module Person/
Sector be monitored Method Frequency Location Cost
Office Alert Action Limit Alert Action Limit
(Php)
CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION PHASE
Terrestrial Flora Species Biodiversity, Quadrat Every two Identified MEPEO Part of Manifestations/  Tree growing Continue Progressive Rehabilitation
Species Sampling and years Sampling EPEP cost observations during program monitoring and
assessment of
Richness, Transect Walk Stations monitoring that will  Wildlife Flora
Endemicity, result in negative protection
Conservation impact program
Status
Fauna Species  Biodiversity, Sampling (Mist Every two Identified MEPEO Part of  Manifestations/  Tree growing  Continue  Progressive Rehabilitation
Species netting, Snap years Sampling EPEP cost observations during program monitoring
Richness, monitoring that will and
Endemicity, Traps, etc.) and Stations result in negative  Wildlife assessment
Conservation Transect Walk impact protection of Fauna
Status program
Water Quantity Groundwater  Deepwell Flow meter Daily Deepwell/s Pollution Part of  80% of the limit  90% of the limit  Pumping rate  Check any  Check any additional water  Check any
Surface water pump monitoring to be Control EPEP cost value value limit set by the additional uses, additional
operating NWRB in the water uses  Check the water system for water uses,
time Monthly installed Officer / water permit any leakages,  Check the
 Volume of reporting  Review the Water water system
water to NWRB Rivers/Creeks Mining Management Plan for any
extracted leakages,
or as which will be Operations
 Rate of  Review the
extraction required used as Water
water source Management
Plan
 Consider other
alternative
sources of
water
Effluent  pH In-situ Monthly Settling Pollution Part of Class C Class C Class C  Investigate  Investigate the source to  Investigate the
Class C  Temperature measurement ponds at the Control EPEP cost TSS=80-89 mg/l TSS=90-99 mg/l TSS=100 mg/l the source identify possible pollutant source to
 DO and identify sources identify
 TSS using hand-held quarry area Officer pH: 6.4-6.8 or 9.0-9.2 pH: 6.1-6.3 or 9.3- pH: 6.0 (min) or 9.5 possible possible
 COD water quality O&G= 4 - 4.4 mg/l 9.4 (max) pollutant  If the problem is within the pollutant
 Color tester (pH, DO, As = 0.032-0.035 mg/l O&G= 4.5 – 4.9 mg/l O&G=5 mg/l sources construction/operation sources
 Oil and area, conduct adjustments/
temperature) Cd = 0.008-0.0089 As = 0.036-0.039 As = 0.04 mg/l
Grease  Conduct appropriate corrective  Provide
 As, Cd, Cr6+, mg/l mg/l Cd = 0.01 mg/l
corrective action at identified pollutant additional
Pb, Hg Grab sampling Pb = 0.08-0.089 mg/l Cd = 0.009-0.0099 Pb = 0.1 mg/l actions if source. mitigation
and laboratory Hg = 0.0032-0.0035 mg/l Hg = 0.004 mg/l needed measures or
analysis mg/l Pb = 0.09-0.099 mg/l COD=100 mg/l pollution
control facilities
COD=80-89 mg/l Hg = 0.0036-0.0039 Color=150 TCU
Color=120-134 TCU mg/l  If source is not
COD=90-99 mg/l project
Color=135-149 TCU construction,
inform MMT
regarding
possible source
for the group’s
investigation
and


Lead
Module Person/
(Php)
coordination
with LGU
Freshwater /  pH In-situ Monthly Class C: Pollution Part of Class C Class C Class C  Investigate  Investigate the source to  Investigate the
Surface Water  Temperature measurement S1 & S2 Control EPEP cost DO: 5.6-6.0 mg/l DO: 5.1-5.5 mg/l DO=5 mg/l minimum the source identify possible pollutant source to
 DO and identify sources identify
(Ambient) using hand-held (control) Officer TSS: 64-72 mg/l TSS: 73-79 mg/l TSS=80 mg/l possible possible
water quality pH: 7.1-7.4 or 8.8-8.85 pH: 6.6-7.0 or 8.86- pH: 6.5 or 9.0 pollutant  If the problem is within the pollutant
tester O&G: 1.5-1.7 mg/l 8.9 O&G=2 mg/l sources construction/operation sources
 TSS As:0.015-0.017 mg/l O&G: 1.8-1.9 mg/l As = 0.02 mg/l area, conduct adjustments/
 As, Cd, Pb, Grab sampling  Conduct appropriate corrective  Provide
Cd:0.004-0.0044 mg/l As:0.018-0.019 mg/l Cd = 0.005 mg/l
Hg, Cr6+ and laboratory corrective action at identified pollutant additional
Pb:0.04-0.044 mg/l Cd: 0.0045-0.0049 Pb = 0.05 mg/l actions if source. mitigation
 Oil & Grease analysis
Hg:0.0006-0.0079 mg/l mg/l Hg = 0.001 mg/l needed measures or
Pb:0.045-0.049 mg/l pollution
control facilities
Hg:0.0008-0.0009
mg/l  If source is not
 TSS
 As, Cd, Pb, project
Hg, Ni, Mn Grab sampling construction,
 Oil & Grease inform MMT
and laboratory
 Nitrate regarding
 Sulfate analysis possible source
 Fecal for the group’s
Coliforms investigation
and
coordination
with LGU
Groundwater  pH In-situ Monthly Deepwell/s Pollution Part of Class A Class A Class A  Investigate  Investigate the source to  Investigate the
 Temperature measurement to be Control EPEP cost TSS: 30-39 mg/l TSS: 40-49 mg/l TSS=50 mg/l the source identify possible pollutant source to
and identify sources identify
using hand-held installed Officer pH: 7.0-7.3 or 8.1-8.2 pH: 6.6-7.0 or 8.3- pH: 6.5 or 8.5 possible  possible
water quality O&G: 0.8-0.85 mg/l 8.4 O&G=1 mg/l pollutant  If the problem is within the pollutant
tester GW1, GW2 & Chloride:150-119 mg/l O&G: 0.86-0.9 mg/l Chloride=250 mg/l sources construction/operation sources
area, conduct adjustments/ 
 TSS Grab sampling GW3 As:0.008-0.0085 mg/l Chloride:200-249 As = 0.01 mg/l
 Conduct appropriate corrective  Provide
 Oil &Grease and laboratory Cd:0.0018-0.0023 mg/l mg/l Cd = 0.003 mg/l
corrective action at identified pollutant additional
 As, Cd, Pb,
analysis Pb:0.006-0.0079 mg/l As:0.0086-0.009 Pb = 0.01 mg/l actions if source. mitigation
Hg, Cr6+, Cl
Hg:0.0006-0.0079 mg/l mg/l Hg = 0.001 mg/l needed measures or
pollution
Cd: 0.0024-0.0029 control facilities
Pb:0.008-0.009 mg/l 
Hg:0.0008-0.0009  If source is not
project
mg/l construction,
inform MMT
regarding
possible source
for the group’s
investigation
and


Lead
Module Person/
(Php)
coordination
with LGU
Hydrologic Hydrology  Date of Observation As Rivers/creeks Pollution Part of  n/a  n/a  n/a  Continuous
Hazards occurrence needed; within the Control EPEP cost improvement
 Continuous
 Frequency in of the
Yearly project area Officer improvement  Continuous improvement of
a year Emergency
summary / of the the Emergency Response
Response Plan;
Plan; Stream stabilization
Emergency Emergency  Stream
 Implementation of
Response stabilization
Response Progressive rehabiltation
Plan;  Implementation
Team of Progressive
rehabiltation
Air emissions Air Quality PM, SOX, NOX,  NOX- U.S.EPA Annual Generator U.S.EPA Part of ≥75% of NESSAP ≥90% of NESSAP NESSAP Values (in  Monitor  Proponent to correct high  Reduce load or
and CO Methods 1 sets Methods EPEP cost Values. EQPL (Alert Values. EQPL (Action mg/Nm3) levels levels, as necessary. suspend
through 4  Check genset operation
and Method Minimum in mg/Nm3) Minimum in
operating
7 SOX =525 mg/Nm3) SOX =700
 CO -U.S.EPA system
NOX = 1500 SOX =630 NOX = 2000
Method 3 or
PM = 112.5 NOX = 1800 PM = 150
10
 PM – CO = 375 PM = 135 CO = 500
Methods 1 to Hg = 3.8 CO = 450 Hg = 5
5 Sb = 10
 Metals in Sb = 7.5 Hg = 4.5
ambient air – As = 7.5 Sb = 9 As = 10
USEPA Cd = 7.5 As = 9 Cd = 10
Methods 1 Pb=-10
Pb=-7.5 Cd = 9
through 5 or
29 Others – all other Pb=-9 Others – all other
values prescribed in Others – all other values prescribed in
NESSAP values prescribed in NESSAP
NESSAP
Ambient Air Air Quality Ambient TSP  High Quarterly Receptors or Project Part of  EQPLs may not be Part of Ambient Air Release of Ambient TSP and PM10  High Volume/
and PM10 Volume/ or as ASR’s proponent EPEP cost applicable as environmental fugitive dusts gravimetric
gravimetric laboratory results
frequent downwind of are known few days mitigation
as prevailing or weeks after air plan/measure is to
necessary winds at the sampling ensure compliance
 Recommend daily
time of with the NAAQS set
visual inspection of
monitoring fugitive dust for TSP at 300
emissions and µg/Nm3 and PM10 at
meteorological 200 µg/Nm3
monitoring (please
see next item
below)
 Air sampling using
High
Volume/Gravimetric
is intended to check
compliance with the
NAAQS


Lead
Module Person/
(Php)
Ambient TSP/ Visual Daily Sources of air Project Part of Fugitive dust is Fugitive dust is Fugitive dust is  Check if  Inform equipment operator Suspend operation
Fugitive dust inspection and during emissions at proponent EPEP cost generated within generated close to visually transported regular dust or contractor on its (i.e., materials
mitigation generated dust emissions
meteorological operation the project and project area at wind residential at winds outside property measures are  Reduce vehicle travelling handling) until
monitoring during dry site contractor speed of < 5.4 m/s speed > 5.4 m/s boundaries (or at implemented speed (e.g., 30 km/hr from favourable
condition (relatively calm to light (moderate to strong ASRs) during high 40 km/hr) condition is meet
 Minimise dust generating
wind condition) winds) wind speeds (e.g., low wind
activities
(moderate to strong speed) and/or
winds) additional
mitigation
measures are in
Note: Wind speed of
placed (e.g.,
Note: Wind speed of 5.4 m/s is within
increase wetting
5.4 m/s is within Beaufort Scale 3 –
frequency)
Beaufort Scale 3 – leaves and small
Note: Wind speed of twigs constantly
leaves and small twigs
5.4 m/s is within moving, light flags
constantly moving,
Beaufort Scale 3 – extended)
light flags extended)
leaves and small
twigs constantly
moving, light flags
extended
Ambient Noise Noise Level Ambient noise  Noise Monthly Nearest Project Part of  Ambient:  Ambient:  Ambient:  Continue Conduct noise assessment to Reduce or suspend
(outside or as receptor proponent EPEP cost 51dBA (daytime)* 53dBA (daytime)* 55dBA (daytime)* monitoring mitigate noise source that activities that
noise levels
periphery of frequent (household) and  Morning/evening-  Check contribute to higher noise attenuate high
 Morning/evening-  Morning/evening-
proponent) as contractor 46 dBA* background levels noise levels
48 dBA* 50 dBA*
necessary noise levels exceeding
 Nighttime – 41
standards
dBA*  Nighttime – 43  Nighttime – 45 Implement noise attenuation
dBA* dBA* measures especially during
*Add factor of +5 dBA nighttime
if area (monitoring *Add factor of +5 *Add factor of +5
station) is directly dBA if area dBA if area
facing two-lane road (monitoring (monitoring

station) is directly station) is directly
facing two-lane facing two-lane
(Note: Assumes noise
road road
sources are from the
project only; no other
background sources) (Note: Assumes (Note: Assumes
noise sources are noise sources are
from the project from the project
only; no other only; no other
background sources) background sources)


Lead
Module Person/
(Php)
People Socio No. of business Ocular/Filed Annual Impact Proponent Incident Report on Complaint received  Implement  Verify and  Conduct investigation Increase in
Economic established due Observations Communities through negative impact on the negative measures to validate  Take action to address business
mitigate negative report negative impact
to the operation Gather CRO impact impact  Implement opportunities
secondary data measures to
from Barangay/ mitigate
negative
Municipal LGUs
impact
FGDs/ KIIs/
Community
Consultations
No. of Gather Annual Impact Proponent Incident Report on Complaint received  Implement  Verify and  Conduct investigation Improved services
Community secondary data Communities through negative impact on the negative measures to validate  Take action to address and community
Development from Barangay/ CRO impact mitigate impact report negative impact development
 Implement
Programs/ Municipal LGUs potential
measures to
Projects/ and
mitigate
Activities beneficiaries negative
implemented FGDs/ KIIs/ impact
and No. of Community
beneficiaries Consultations
LGU Income Gather data Semi- Impact Proponent Incident Report on Complaint received  Implement  Verify and  Conduct investigation Generation of
aside from IRA from Barangay/ Annual Communities through negative impact on the negative measures to validate  Take action to address additional revenue
Municipal LGUs CRO impact mitigate negative report negative impact for the Local
impact  Implement
FGDs/ KIIs/ Government
measures to
Community
mitigate
Consultations negative
impact
ABANDONMENT PHASE
• Rehabilitation Employment No. of workers HR Manpower Annual Quarry/ Proponent Part of Incident report on non- Complaint received  Implement  Verify and  Conduct investigation  Rehabilitation
of mined-out employed from Monitoring Impact through FMRDP prioritization of hiring on non-hiring of measures to validate  Take action to address of mined-out
areas mitigate negative report negative impact areas
the impact Report FGDs/ Communities HR cost locals locals
communities, KIIs/ Community Manager
measures to
including Consultations and CRO
mitigate
employment negative
from impact
contractors
Socio- No. of business Ocular/Filed Annual Impact Proponent Part of Incident Report on Complaint received  Implement  Verify and  Conduct investigation Possible decline in
Economic affected due to Observations Communities through FMRDP negative impact on the negative measures to validate  Take action to address economic activities
closure Gather data CRO cost impact mitigate negative report negative impact
from Barangay/
measures to
Municipal LGUs
mitigate
FGDs/ KIIs/ negative
Community impact
Consultations


Lead
Module Person/
(Php)
No. of Gather Annual Impact Proponent Part of Incident Report on Complaint received  Implement  Verify and  Conduct investigation Change in
implemented secondary data Communities through FMRDP negative impact on the negative measures to validate  Take action to address socio/community
Community from Barangay/ CRO cost impact mitigate negative report negative impact development
Development Municipal LGUs benefits
measures to
Programs/ and
mitigate
Projects/ Beneficiaries negative
Activities FGDs/ KIIs/ impact
continuously Community
managed or Consultations
sustained by the
beneficiaries
Monitor Gather data Semi- Impact Proponent Part of Incident Report on Complaint received  Implement  Verify and  Conduct investigation Change in the
decrease in LGU from Barangay/ Annual Communities through FMRDP negative impact on the negative measures to validate  Take action to address revenue collection
Income Municipal LGUs CRO cost impact mitigate negative report negative impact of the Local
FGDs/ KIIs/ Government/
measures to
Community Possible decrease
mitigate
Consultations negative in Local
impact Government
revenues

6.2 Multi-Sectoral Monitoring Framework
The multi-sectoral monitoring for the project was and shall be based on the
guidelines/requirements of the RPM for DAO No. 2003-30 and DAO No. 2017-15.
The Multi-partite Monitoring Team (MMT) shall assess and validate compliance of the Project
with the relevant environmental standards. The MMT shall be composed by representatives of
the following offices:
• Mines and Geosciences Bureau Regional Office No. III;

• Department of Environment and Natural Resources Regional Office No. No. III;
• Municipal/City Environmental and Natural Resources Office;
• Rural Health Unit (RHU);
• LGU – Barangay and
• LGU accredited Non-Government Organization.
The MMT shall have the following functions:
• Monitor, assess, and validate the project’s compliance as stated in the EIA Report, ECC, EPEP,
and other relevant environmental standards;
• Set-up project specific (location-based) environmental standards;
• Prepare members of the MMT to handle monitoring activities through proper trainings;
• Management and disposition of complaints formally filed against the project proponent and
its contractors; and
• Fiduciary management of funds allocated for the above purposes.
As stated under the Philippine Environmental Impact Statement System (PEISS), MMTs are
organized to encourage public participation, to promote greater stakeholder vigilance and to
provide an appropriate check and balance mechanisms in the monitoring of project
implementation. The MMT is recommendatory to EMB/MGB. MMTs have the primary
responsibility of validation of Proponent’s environmental performance, with the following specific
functions:
• Validate project compliance with the conditions stipulated in the ECC and the EMP;
• Validate Proponent’s conduct of self-monitoring;

• Receive complaints, gather relevant information to facilitate determination of validity of

complaints or concerns about the project and timely transmit to the Proponent and EMB
recommended measures to address the complaint;
• Prepare, integrate and disseminate simplified validation reports to community stakeholders;
and
• Make regular and timely submission of MMT Reports based on the EMB-prescribed format.
6.3 Contingent Liability and Rehabilitation Fund
CLRF is an environmental guarantee fund mechanism to ensure just and timely compensation for
damages and progressive and sustainable rehabilitation for any adverse effect a mining operation
or activity may cause.
The CLRF shall be in the form of the Mine Rehabilitation and shall be administered by the CLRF
Steering Committee.
6.3.1 Mine Rehabilitation Fund (MRF)
A Mine Rehabilitation Fund (MRF) shall be established and maintained by proponent as a

reasonable environmental deposit to ensure availability of funds for the satisfactory compliance
with the commitments and performance of the activities stipulated in the EPEP/AEPEP during
specific project phase.
The MRF shall be deposited as a Trust Fund in a Government depository bank and shall be used
for physical and social rehabilitation of areas and communities effected by mining activities and
for research on the social, technical and preventive aspects of rehabilitation.
The MRF shall be in two forms: Monitoring Trust Fund (MTF); and Rehabilitation Cash Fund (RCF).
6.3.2 Monitoring Trust Fund (MTF)
This Fund shall be initiated by Eagle Cement Corporation and shall be deposited in a mutually
acceptable Government depository bank for the exclusive use in the monitoring program
approved by the MRF Committee.
The MTF shall be in cash and in an amount to be determined by the MRF Committee which shall
not be less than the amount of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Pesos (PhP 150,000.00) per quarter

to cover maintenance and other operating budget for the transportation and travel expenses,
cost of laboratory analysis, cost of supplies and materials, cost of communication services, cost of
consultancy work and other reasonable expenses incurred by the monitoring team.
Authorization for the disbursement from the MTF shall only be given by the designated
representatives of both the MRF Committee and Eagle Cement Corporation. Replenishment of
this amount shall be done monthly to correspond to the expenses incurred by the monitoring
team for the month.
6.3.3 Rehabilitation Cash Fund (RCF)
Eagle Cement Corporation shall set up an RCF for a designated amount to ensure compliance with
the approved rehabilitation activities and schedules for specific mining project phase, including
research programs as defined in the EPEP/AEPEP. It shall be equivalent to ten percent (10%) of
the total amount needed to implement the EPEP or Five Million Pesos (P5,000,000.00), whichever
is lower. It shall be deposited as a Trust Fund in a mutually agreed Government depository bank
in four (4) equal quarterly deposits within fifteen (15) calendars days from the beginning of each
quarter of the first year following the approval of the EPEP.
In the event of withdrawals from RCF, the Company shall annually replenish the RCF so as to
maintain the minimum required amount.

Eagle Cement MPSA No. 245-2007-III Quarry Project Decommissioning/Abandonment
7.0 DECOMMISSIONING/ ABANDONMENT/REHABILITATION POLICY
Mine closure will greatly affect the host community. The degree will depend on the dependence
and involvement of the community to the project. The community may or may not survive
without the mining project. The analysis on the failure of these communities is because the
community relies on the project as the main source of livelihood and employment. During the
operating years, the community as a whole and the company failed to look beyond closure.
Hence, the community failed to sustain progress and development after closure.
Mine closure will also result to the following:
Loss/decrease taxes by the National Government. These taxes are Corporate Income Tax, Excise
Tax on Minerals, Customs Duties, Value Added Tax, Documentary Stamp Tax and Capital Gains
Tax. On the local government level, the following taxes will be affected such as Business Tax, Real
Property Tax, Registration Fees, Occupation Fees, Community Tax and other Local Taxes. Other
taxes such as Withholding Taxes on Payroll, Interest Income in Banks and Stockholders’ Dividends
will likewise be affected.
Loss of financial allocations for approved plans/programs such as the Social Development and
Management Plan, Environmental Protection and Enhancement Program and Final Rehabilitation
and Decommissioning Plan.
Loss of employment. The closure of the project will mean loss of income or business opportunities
derived from the project such as the transport sector, the Small-Medium Enterprises like stores,
eateries, etc.
Loss of financial support for the company’s supported social work projects such as medical
missions, outreach programs, support for education, etc.
At the closure of the Project, Eagle Cement Corporation aims to have a minimal area for
rehabilitation. Progressive rehabilitation will be implemented during the operating life of the
Project. The following are the objectives considered for project closure.
• To establish as early in the life of the project the final land use;
• Consultation with stakeholders;
• Establishment of success indicators for closure;
• Review of the FMRDP;

• Preparation for residual care;

• Building local capacity and avoiding creating a culture of dependency; and
• Facilitate the participation of other development players.
7.1 Final Mine Rehabilitation Plan
7.1.1 Rehabilitation Strategy
The proposed final land uses for each project component will determine the rehabilitation of the
Project. The area disturbed will be cleared and revegetated. Involvement of the host community
will be the prime strategy to ensure the success of rehabilitation.
The preparation of the area will be done using heavy equipment such as dump trucks, loaders,
bulldozers, etc. The final land configuration will incorporate road network to make as many areas
accessible as possible with provisions for drainage system.
The community maybe consider as the source of seedlings during the implementation of final
mine rehabilitation, this may serve as one of the livelihood programs of the company after close.
The parameters to be considered in the rehabilitation plan to control erosion and sedimentation
prior to revegetation are the following:
vi. Stabilization of the quarry areas.

vii. Spreading of top soil on the affected areas.
viii. Introduction of self-sustaining vegetation.
ix. Construction/maintenance of drainage system.
x. Maintenance of nursery to meet the rehabilitation requirements.
7.1.1.1 Final land use for each identified mine component
The final land use for the project will be a stable and revegetated mined-out area that is
sustainable and promotes the recolonization of the pre-project flora and fauna.
The bases in the selection of the final land use were the following:
1. Hazard in the area that may render it unusable or unfit for other productive land use.

2. Level of environmental and social impacts cause by the operation. (The environmental
impacts of the project will not render the area unusable after the life of the project.)
3. The expected post-closure operational use of the land.
4. The productivity of the land surrounding the site. (The surrounding areas are currently
non-productive and also cater to other mining projects. The denuded state of the area will
change once the revegetation is accomplished.)
The major elements of the plan include the following table:
Table 163 - Final Land Use of Mine Components

Project Component Proposed Final Land Use
Quarry Area Stable slope and adequately drained
Planted with endemic tree species
Access road Retain for future use
Settling ponds Back-filled/flat and revegetated area
7.2 Mine Closure Criteria and Performance Standards
The completion criteria6 are a set of indicators which, upon being met, will demonstrate the
success of rehabilitation. The completion criteria presented are specific to the project
component being rehabilitated or closed.
The guidelines in preparation of Final Mine Rehabilitation and/or Decommissioning Plan

(FMRDP), with its prescribed goals for mine closure set by the Mines and Geosciences Bureau
are adopted as the general closure criteria for Eagle Cement Corporation. The said goals are
as follows:
Physically Stable – The capability of the mine, not pose a hazard to public health and safety
as a result of failure or physical deterioration; and continues to perform the function for which
it was designed for its design life. It should not erode or move from its intended location under
the extreme events or perpetually disruptive to which it will be subjected after closure.
Chemically Stable - The capacity of mine component, to be chemically stable and not to
release chemicals (contaminants) into the environment.
6
Mine Closure Guidelines for Minerals Operations in Western Australia. The Chamber of Mines of Western Australia, Inc. October 2000

Visual Stability – The ability of the mine components or the undisturbed state of the site
component to blend with the surroundings. This goal is set with the understanding that the
trace of a mine component cannot be completely removed. The visual acceptability and
nuisance concerns include abandoned buildings or structures, derelict equipment, odors and
smoke, and a scarred landscape.
Productivity or self-sustaining condition – Productivity in a rehabilitated landscape is the

ability to generate wood or other marketable products through rehabilitation of the mining
areas into agro-forestry, or industrial facilities. Self-sustaining conditions mean that the final
land use can be sustained by the natural elements and processes and does not require further
human intervention.
The company is aiming for a post land use of revegetated area. Hence, revegetation thru
progressive rehabilitation of the affected areas is proposed. Minimum standard includes a
stable and revegetated mine area. The provisions by law for the periodic review of the FMRDP
every two (2) years will provide the necessary tool to ensure the success of progressive
rehabilitation.
Table 164 - Mine Closure Criteria and Performance Standards

Mine Component Post Mining Land Use Criteria
Quarry Area Revegetated area and source of 80% survival rate and self-
irrigation. thriving plants.
Stable
Access road Retained for access Usable roads

Settling ponds revegetated area 80% survival rate and self-
thriving plants.

Eagle Cement MPSA No. 245-2007-III Quarry Project IMP Implementation
8.0 INSTITUTIONAL PLAN FROM IMP IMPLEMENTATION
8.1 Mine Environmental Protection and Enhancement Office (MEPEO)
A Mine Environmental Protection and Enhancement Office (MEPEO) was established by the
company for its current operation. The MEPEO is reporting directly to the Quarry Resident
Manager and takes lead in implementing the environmental management programs as
committed in the Impacts Management Plan (IMP) and the Environmental Monitoring Plan
(EMoP) presented in this EIS. The Social Development and Management Plan (SMDP) and
Information Education Communication (IEC) Plan shall be competently implemented by the
Community Relations Officer (CRO).
As required under DENR Administrative Order 1996-40 and the Revised Procedural Manual for
DAO 2003-30, the MEPEO shall also have the following functions:
• Planning and managing the implementation of the approved EPEP/AEPEP;

• Monitoring and police compliance of Contractors on their implementation of provisions
of the EPEP and AEPEP;
• Monitoring and evaluating the effectiveness of the mitigating and enhancement
measures;
• Planning, proposing and implementing modifications or additional measures deemed
necessary to effectively protect the environment;
• Coordinating with relevant oversight agencies and other entities including the local
government units to ensure their effective participation in the implementation of the
EPEP and AEPEP;
• Initiating, planning and implementing rehabilitation and abandonment programs;
• Liaise with the Community Relations Officer (CRO) and the Mine Safety Personnel in
creating a holistic Safety and Health, Environmental and community relations program for
the Project;
• Ensure compliance to ECC conditions and reporting requirements of the DENR-EMB;
• Submission of Compliance Monitoring Report (CMR) in accordance with the specified
format in the implementing rules and regulations for Philippine Environmental Impact
Statement (PEIS) System; and
• Monitor the actual project impacts vis-à-vis the predicted impacts and management
measures presented in the EIS Report.

8.2 Grievance Procedure
Eagle Cement collects grievances through its Community Relations Department. The company
conducts and plans for IEC activities to inform the public about their operation. The IEC also serves
as a public consultation forum where residents of the communities nearby are able to raise their
concerns directly to the Eagle Cement staff. These activities are either conducted with general
community members or on a sectoral basis (i.e. youth, farmers, women, etc.).
The community directly or through the barangay officials send their complaints to the Community
Relations Officer (CRO). The CRO verifies the complaint by talking with the complainant or ocular
inspection. If the complaint is valid, the CRO will coordinate with the appropriate department to
address the complaint.

Quarry Manager MEPEO
Mining and
Mine Operations Engineering HR/Amin Sustainability Safety & Health
Manager
Mine Mine Planner and Environmetal

HAR/Admin Head CRO Safty Engineer
Superintendent Design Staff/Aide
Production
Mine Surveyor HR Assistant Commuity Aide Health Officer
Engineer
Blasting Leadman Instrument Man Safety Inspector
Figure 205 - Organizational Chart

Eagle Cement MPSA No. 245-2007-III Quarry Project
LIST OF ANNEXES
Annex A – MPSA
Annex C – Initial Perception Survey Result
Annex D – Public Scoping Documentation
Annex E – Final Exploration Report
Annex G – FGD and Perception Survey Photo Documentation
Annex H – FGD Documentation
Annex I – FGD Attendance Sheet
Annex J – Accountability Statement
Annex K – PEMAPS
Annex L - Laboratory Result
Eagle Cement Corporation

Annex A – MPSA

Annex C – Initial Perception

Survey Result
Annex D – Public Scoping

Documentation
Annex E – Final Exploration

Report

Annex G – FGD and

Perception Survey Photo
Documentation
Annex H – FGD
Documentation
Annex I – FGD Attendance

Sheet
Annex J – Accountability
Statement
Annex K - PEMAPS
Annex L – Laboratory Result

Eagle Cement MPSA No. 245-2007-III Quarry Project Annexes
Eagle Cement MPSA No. 245-2007-III Quarry Project Annexes

Eagle Cement Project EIS For Posting

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Eagle Cement Project EIS For Posting

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Eagle Cement Project EIS For Posting

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENVIRONMENTAL

EAGLE CEMENT CORPORATION

Eagle Cement Corporation Page i

Eagle Cement Corporation Page ii

5.2 Information and Education Campaign ........................................................................ 448

Figure 1 - Location Map ................................................................................................................... 3

Eagle Cement Corporation Page iii

Eagle Cement Corporation Page iv

Eagle Cement Corporation Page v

Figure 83 - Days with rainfall greater than 200 mm.................................................................... 162

Eagle Cement Corporation Page vi

Eagle Cement Corporation Page vii

Eagle Cement Corporation Page viii

Eagle Cement Corporation Page ix

Eagle Cement Corporation Page x

Table 1 - Identified Impact Area per Component ............................................................................. 7

Eagle Cement Corporation Page xi

Eagle Cement Corporation Page xii

Eagle Cement Corporation Page xiii

Eagle Cement Corporation Page xiv

Eagle Cement Corporation Page xv

Eagle Cement Corporation Page xvi

Table 161 - IEC Framework .......................................................................................................... 449

Eagle Cement Corporation Page xvii

Eagle Cement Corporation Page xviii

Project Name Eagle Cement MPSA No. 245-2007-III Quarry Project

II. Proponent Profile

Company Name Eagle Cement Corporation

Eagle Cement Corporation Page xix

III. Project Preparer

Address Unit 10C, Lansbergh Place, 170 Tomas Morato,

B. PROCESS DOCUMENTATION OF THE CONDUCT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

The Environmental Impact Study (EIS) Team is comprised of multi-disciplinary specialists/experts

This study is a conglomeration and integration of the various technical, environmental,

EIS Team Member Field of Expertise/Module Registration

Eagle Cement Corporation Page xx

EIS Team Member Field of Expertise/Module Registration

II. EIA Study Schedule and Area

Aspect Direct Impact Area

Eagle Cement Corporation Page xxi

III. EIA Methodology

Eagle Cement Corporation Page xxii

Issues/Concerns How the issue is address in the EIS/Public

Eagle Cement Corporation Page xxiii

Issues/Concerns How the issue is address in the EIS/Public

C. SUMMARY OF BASELINE CHARACTERIZATION

Module Summary of Baseline Conditions

Actual observation revealed a total of 34 species, majority of which are birds

Eagle Cement Corporation Page xxiv

Module Summary of Baseline Conditions

Eagle Cement Corporation Page xxv

Module Summary of Baseline Conditions

Eagle Cement Corporation Page xxvi

Module Summary of Baseline Conditions

II. Major Project Impact

Land - Loss of top soil due to - Rehabilitation/revegetation

Eagle Cement Corporation Page xxvii

EIA Study Module Impact Mitigation

III. Risk and Uncertainties